Degree Programs

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Degree Programs

[STEM]

STEM majors

*a concentration within the

Interdisciplinary Studies degree

**a concentration within

Liberal Studies degree

program offered through the

College of Extended Education

& Global Engageme

nt.

Environmental Science &

Management

{STEM}

Fisheries Biology

{STEM}

Forestry

{STEM}

Geology

{STEM}

Kinesiology

Oceanography

{STEM}

Physics

{STEM}

Rangeland Resource

Science

{STEM}

Wildlife

{STEM}

Zoology

{STEM}

MINORS

American Indian Education

American Sign Language &

Special Populations

Anthropology

Applied Mathematics

Applied Statistics

Appropriate Technology

Art History

Art Studio

Astronomy

Biology

Botany

Business Administration

Chemistry

Chinese Studies

Communication

Computer Science

Dance

Early Childhood Development

Ecological Restoration

Economics

English Literature

English Writing

Environmental & Natural

Resources Planning

Environmental Education &

Interpretation

Environmental Ethics

Environmental Policy

Ethnic American Literatures

Ethnic Studies, Comparative

Family Studies

Film

Fire Ecology

Fisheries Biology

Forestry

French & Francophone

Studies

Geography

Geology

Geospatial Analysis

German Studies

Health Education

MAJORS

Bachelor of Arts (BA)

Anthropology

Art

Chemistry

{STEM}

Child Development **

(Liberal Studies)

Child Development/Elementary

Education **(Liberal Studies)

Communication

Criminology & Justice Studies

Critical Race, Gender &

Sexuality Studies

Dance Studies*

(Interdisciplinary Studies)

Economics

Elementary Education**

(Liberal Studies)

English

Environmental Studies

Film

French & Francophone Studies

Geography

Geology

{STEM}

History

International Studies

Journalism

Leadership Studies

(Interdisciplinary Studies)

Liberal Studies/Elementary

Education

Mathematics

{STEM}

Music

Native American Studies

Philosophy

Physics

{STEM}

Political Science

Psychology

Recreation Administration

Religious Studies

Social Work

Sociology

Spanish

Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA)

Fine Arts

Bachelor of Science (BS)

Biology

{STEM}

Botany

{STEM}

Business Administration

Chemistry

{STEM}

Computer Science

{STEM}

Environmental Resources

Engineering

{STEM}

History

Indigenous Peoples, Natural

Resource Use & the

Environment

International Studies

Journalism

Kinesiology

Linguistics

Mathematics

Multicultural Queer Studies

Music

Native American Studies

Natural Resources

Natural Resources Recreation

Oceanography

Philosophy

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Rangeland Resource Science

Recreation Administration

Religious Studies

Scientific Diving

Social Advocacy

Sociology

Spanish

Teaching English as a

Second/Foreign Language

Theatre Arts

Tribal Leadership

Water Resource Policy

Watershed Management

Wildland Soil Science

Women’s Studies

Zoology

CREDENTIALS

Elementary Education

Preliminary Credential in

Multiple Subjects

Secondary Education

Art

English/Language Arts

Mathematics

Music

Physical Education

Science

Social Science

Spanish

Educational Leadership

Preliminary Administrative

Serv ices

Specialist Credentials

Adapted Physical Education

Special Education

Mild to Moderate &

Moderate to Severe

Disabilities

GRADUATE DEGREES

Master of Arts (MA)

Applied Anthropology

(not accepting admissions for 2019-20)

Education

(not accepting admissions for 2019-20)

English

Applied English Studies

Psychology

Academic Research

Counseling

School Psychology

Public Sociology

Social Science

Environment & Community

Master of Business

Administration (MBA)

Master of Science (MS)

Biology

Environmental Systems

Energy Technology & Policy

Environ men tal Re source s

Engineering

Geology

Kinesiology

Natural Resources

Environmental Science &

Management

Fisheries

Forest, Watershed &

Wildland Sciences

Wildlife

Master of Social Work

(MSW)

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Adapted Physical Education

Adapted Physical Education Credential

See Kinesiology for the Master of Science

degree with a ma jor in Kinesiology.

Program Coordinator

Rock Braithwaite, Ph.D.

Department of Kinesiology &

Recreation Administration

Kinesiology & Athletics 305

707-826-4536

humboldt.edu/kra

The Program

This program includes extensive fieldwork

prepare stu dents to teach physical educa-

tion to individuals with disabil ities. Students

develop teaching com pe ten cies in percep-

tual motor de vel op ment, aqua tics, game and

sports skills, and physical fit ness.

Admission Requirements

Sub mit the fol low ing documents to Kinesiology

& Recreation Administration:

 letter of application, stating interest in

work ing with a special group

 three letters of recommendation for

admis sion to the pro gram

 transcripts of all previous college work

Applicants must hold a basic teaching cre-

dential

au th or izing the teaching of physical

educa tion. A sin gle subject credential with

a supple men tary au tho ri zation in sports

and games is not a valid basic

credential.

The following are accept able: single

subject

in physical education; multiple subject;

standard secondary with a major or minor

in kinesiology; stan dard elementary

with a

major or minor in kinesiology;

standard early

childhood; special secondary in PE; general

elementary; general secondary;

junior high

school; kindergarten

— primary.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

All students receiving the Adapted Phys ical

Edu ca tion Specialist Credential must:

 successfully complete the California

Basic Edu ca tion Skills Test (CBEST)

 complete a CCTC-approved subject area

program or pass the SSAT and/or Praxis

tests author izing the teaching of phy sical

edu cation

 maintain a 3.0 GPA in the following re-

quired courses:

REC 302 (3)

Inclusive Recreation [DCG-d]

KINS 385 (3) Adapted Physical

Education

KINS 475 (3) Elementary School

Physical Education

KINS 484 (3) Motor Development/

Motor Learning

KINS 535 (2) Assessment Techniques

KINS 577 (4) Adapted Physical

Education Programs

KINS 578 (2) Adapted Aquatics for

Instructors

KINS 695 (1-6) Directed Field Experience

nnn

Adapted Physical Education

Programs Leading to Licensure

& Credentialing

Admission into programs leading to

licensure and credentialing does not guar-

antee that students will obtain a license or

credential. Licensure and credentialing re-

quirements are set by agencies that are not

controlled by or affiliated with the CSU and

requirements can change at any time. For

example, licensure or credentialing require-

ments can include evidence of the right to

work in the United States (e.g., social secu-

rity number or taxpayer identification

number) or successfully passing a criminal

background check. Students are responsi-

ble for determining whether they can meet

licensure or credentialing requirements.

The CSU will not refund tuition, fees or any

associated costs to students who deter-

mine subsequent to admission that they

cannot meet licensure or credentialing re-

quirements. Information concerning

licensure and credentialing requirements

are available from

the Vice President for

the Office of Academic Affairs, Sie mens

Hall 216, 707-826-3722.

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

American Indian Education Minor

Minor in American Sign Language &

Special Populations

Department Chair

Dr. Kishan Lara-Cooper

Department of Child Development

Harry Griffith Hall 229

707-826-3471

[email protected]

childdev.humboldt.edu

The Program

The American Sign Language and Special

Populations Minor is designed to assist

individuals who wish to work with the deaf or

hard of hearing and/or children with special

needs. Individuals will find the minor useful if

they seek employment as early intervention-

ists, family service providers, teachers of

special education, teachers of the hard of

hearing or deaf, or teachers of children with

language delays.

The minor is designed to help prepare stu-

dents to work in an entry-level position with

children and families that use American Sign

Language as a means of communication or

who might benefit from using signed speech

in combination with verbal communication.

American Sign Language

& Special Populations Minor

The minor provides the student with back-

ground in child development, language

acquisition, American Sign Language, life

and culture of the deaf and hard of hearing

communities, and experiences of families

with children with special needs.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Students must complete a total of 19 units

as described below.

Children’s Growth and Development

(One 3-unit course)

CD 209 (3) Middle Childhood

Development, or

CD 253 (3) Prenatal and Infant

Development, or

CD 255 (3) Early Childhood

Development, or

CD 350

(3) Perspectives:

Life-Span

Development

American Sign Language

(6 units)

CD 109Y (3) American Sign

Language I,* and

CD 109Z (3) American Sign

Language II

* Students with extensive prior experience

using ASL may take the challenge exam

to complete CD 109Y.

NOTE: Challenge process requires

students to inform instructor of desire

to challenge and take exam within the

first two weeks of the semester. Students

should not enroll in the course they wish

to challenge. The student must earn a

70% or greater on the challenge exam

to earn a credit in CD 109Y and before

proceeding to CD 109Z.

Language Acquisition

(3 units)

CD 355 (3) Language Development

Special Needs Populations

(7 units)

CD 366 (3) Exceptional Children

and their Families,

and

COMM 322 (4) Intercultural

Communication [DCG-d], or

COMM 324 (4) Nonverbal

Communication

nnn

American Indian Education Minor

Minor in American Indian Education

This minor is housed within the College of

Professional Studies.

Contact

Department of Child Development

Department Chair

Dr. Kishan Lara-Cooper

707-826-3471

[email protected]

childdev.humboldt.edu

The Program

The American Indian Education (AIE) minor

provides an understanding of the particular

educational needs of American Indian stu-

dents, as well as the skills to apply method-

ologies and classroom practices conducive

to academic success and validation of

cultural identity and values.

Having a positive self-identity and strong cul-

tural affirmation is key for the success of any

student in school and in life, but American

Indian students face assaults on their identity

and culture on a daily basis. To help ensure

success in working with American Indian

students and communities, the College of

Professional Studies provides a rigorous

curriculum designed to heighten awareness

of the numerous and complex issues sur-

rounding Amer ican Indian education, along

with successful educational models and

classroom applications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Core Courses (9 units)

AIE 330 (3) History of Indian

Education [DCG-d]

AIE 335 (3) Social and Cultural

Considerations [DCG-d]

AIE 340 (3) Educational

Experiences [DCG-d]

Child Growth & Development (3 units)

Choose one from the following courses:

CD 209 (3) Middle Childhood

Development

CD 253 (3) Prenatal & Infant

Development

CD 255 (3) Early Childhood

Development

Language & Communication Awareness

(3 units)

Choose from one of the following courses:

AIE 380/AIE 580 (3) Special Topics

NAS 340 (3) Language &

Communication in Native

American Communities

NAS 345 (3) Native Languages of

North America

AIE courses also comprise a specialization

within the Child Development major, as well

as a special area of emphasis in the MA

Education program.

AIE courses are available to all HSU stu-

dents. Community members may enroll

through Extended Education; call 707-826-

3731 for a schedule of classes.

nnn

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Anthropology

Humboldt State’s unique setting in proximity

to nine Native American tribes presents a

rare op portun ity for learning about the first

Nations of North America and their con-

temporary relationships to other cultures

of the U.S. Our region’s cultural richness

includes immigrant communities and

families as well as students and faculty of

diverse nationalities at HSU. Combined with

our department’s emphasis on international

and applied experience, this context allows

our students to obtain an academic and

experiential education in the study of culture.

Anthropology provides an excellent liberal

arts background, benefiting many ca -

reers. Wher ever crosscultur al relations

are pres ent, or wher ever cul turally broad

perspectives are val u able (educa tion, so cial

ser v ices, medi cine, business, legal serv ices,

and jour nal ism), anthro polo gists can make

strong con tri bu tions.

Humboldt’s program provides a strong

foun da tion for graduate study. Graduates

have established careers in archaeology, lin-

guis tics, international devel op ment, for eign

affairs, health serv ices, multi cul tural edu ca-

tion, envi ron men tal plan ning and re search,

bio logical and medical research, cul tural

resource man age ment, and profes sion al

anthro pology.

Preparation

At the high school level, students can

prepare for a major in Anthropology through

the study of college preparatory courses, es-

pecially including second-language learning,

social sciences, mathematics, and biology. At

the university level we encourage students

to continue with a carefully-planned breadth

of education in these areas.

Review your degree plan with your advisor

each semester, and ask how to best apply

international study and field school work

toward the requirements of your major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

BACHELOR’S DEGREE

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Core Courses

ANTH 103 (3) Biological Anthropology

ANTH 104 (3) Cultural Anthropology

Anthropology

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Anthro pology

Minor in Anthropology

Master of Arts degree

in Applied Anthropology**

Department Chair

Marissa Ramsier, Ph.D.

Graduate Coordinator

Rebecca Robertson

Department of Anthropology

Behavioral & Social Sciences 506

707-826-4124

anthropology.humboldt.edu

THE BA PROGRAM

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 understanding of the diversity of cultural

values reflected in different patterns of

social and political organization and systems

of communication (symbolic and linguistic)

 the ability to think critically and to apply

the scientific method in the various sub-fields

of the discipline (cultural, biological, archaeol-

ogy, linguistics, and applied)

 understanding of the complex and inter-

related processes of change (biological and

cultural evolution, diffusion, colonialism, glo-

balization) both within cultures and across

cultural boundaries

 a solid grasp of the relevance of anthro-

pology to present-day policy and social issues

such as human rights, health, historical

preservation, conservation, economic devel-

opment, language use, and cultural prac-

tices.

 practical skills needed to assume the

roles and responsibilities of a productive

member of an increasingly global society

(oral and written skills, research and library

skills, technical computer skills) through

classroom assignments, fieldwork, and

professional service opportunities.

Concerned with the world’s di verse cultures,

an thro pology provides ed u ca tion and experi-

ence to help students under stand the per-

spectives of peo ples in other places, settings,

and times. It devel ops cri tical and analytical

skills and empathic un der stand ing. Students

can pursue a wide num ber of anthro po logical

fields: so cial and cultural, archaeological,

lin guis tic, and biological.

ANTH 105 (3) Archaeology and World

Prehistory

ANTH 310 (4) Theory & History in

Anthropology

Methods Training (Select two.)

ANTH 318 (4) Ethnography

ANTH 330 (4) Method & Theory in

Bioanth

ANTH 350 (4) Method & Theory in

Archaeology

Breadth & Emphasis

Emphasis: Take at least three courses from

your emphasis group (at least 9 units).

Breadth: In addition, take at least one course

from each non-emphasis group (at least 3

units each).

Archaeology Emphasis

ANTH 351 (4) Archaeological Materials

Analysis

ANTH 352 (4)

Experimental Archaeology

ANTH 353 (4) Archaeology of Warfare

ANTH 354 (4) Cultural Resource

Management

ANTH 357 (3-6) Field Archaeology

ANTH 358 (1) Archaeology Lab

ANTH 359 (4) Special Topics in

Archaeology

Advisor Approved Elective (e.g., arch lab,

field program, independent study)

Biological Anthropology Emphasis

ANTH 331 (4) Paleoanthropology

ANTH 332 (4) Skeletal Biology &

Forensics

ANTH 333 (4) Primate Adaptation &

Evolution

ANTH 334 (4) Anthropology, Ecology &

Conservation

ANTH 335 (4) Topics in Evolutionary

Medicine

ANTH 339 (4) Special Topics in

Biological Anthropology

Advisor Approved Elective (e.g., bioanth lab,

field program,

independent study, anatomy.)

Sociocultural Anthropology Emphasis

ANTH 302 (3) Anthropology of Religion

[DCG-n]

ANTH 315 (4)

Sex, Gender &

Globaliza

tion [DCG-n]

ANTH 316 (4) Anthropology &

Development

ANTH 317 (4)

Women & Development

ANTH 340 (4) Language & Culture

ANTH 341 (4) Anthropological

Linguistics

** The Applied Anthropology MA program

is not accepting applications for the

2019-20 academic year.

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

ANTH 329 (4) Special Topics in Social

Anthropol ogy

Advisor Approved Elective (e.g., field

program, independent study.)

Additional Requirements

Regional Course: Take at least one course

(4 units)

ANTH 390 (4) World Regions Cultural

Seminar

ANTH 394 (4)

Regional Survey of North

American Archaeology

ANTH 395 (4) Mesoamerican

Archaeology

Seminars: Take at least two seminars (at

least 2 units). One topic must be Language

& Society (or another linguistic topic) un-

less ANTH 340/341 is taken.

ANTH 482 (1) Applied Anthropology

Internship

ANTH 485 (1) Anthropology Seminar

(Language & Society)

ANTH 485 (1) Anthropology Seminar

(variable topic)

Capstone: Take senior year. Must take

ANTH 310 first.

ANTH 410 (4) Anthropology Capstone

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

ANTH 104 (3) Cultural Anthropology

plus one of the following:

ANTH 103 (3)

Biological Anthropology, or

ANTH 105 (3) Archaeology and World

Prehistory

Plus 9 units of upper division anthropology

courses.

THE APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY MA

PROGRAM**

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated that they:

 exhibit substantive knowledge of the field

of applied anthropology, and an advanced

ability to apply disciplinary principles, theo-

ries, methods, and approaches to address

complex issues within academic and non-

academic settings.

 possess professional-level expertise in a

concentrated area, an advanced ability to

comprehend, conceive, design, and execute

meaningful research in that area

 possess a wide range of graduate level

practical and professional skills enabling one

to function efficiently in academic and non-

academic settings, including research and

problem-solving skills, effective multi-modal

communication, initiative, adaptability perse-

verance, and capacity to proactively market

skills and expertise

 display knowledge and competency in

anthropological ethics and embrace social

responsibility in research, teaching and

service.

The MA in Applied Anthropology is a rigor-

ous yet flexible program focused on build-

ing competitive, marketable skills. Applied

anthropology is the application of anthro-

pological perspectives, methods, theories,

and practices to human and environmental

problems in academic, professional, and

global contexts. Applied anthropology

crosses traditional disciplinary boundaries

and is relevant to students of anthropol-

ogy, history, human biology, environmental

studies, religious studies, sociology, art,

geography, international studies, political

science, and many other areas.

The program begins with a four to six week

Summer Institute, part of which is online and

part of which is held on the HSU campus,

during which students will build camaraderie

and be introduced to the program and disci-

pline. After the Summer Institute, students

undertake the remaining coursework via

online distance learning, typically in either

three to four full-time semesters or six

part-time semesters. Students who would

like to be on campus are welcomed and

will have access to departmental facilities.

Students also have three flexible options for

culminating experience, a comprehensive

exam, project or thesis.

Students will be held to rigorous standards

and as such, graduates will gain competitive,

broadly applicable skills and be in a position

to confidently apply anthropological perspec-

tives, theories, and methods to a variety of

careers in today’s academic, non-academic,

and increasingly global job market.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

MASTER’S DEGREE

Core Courses (26 units required)

ANTH 670 (2) Introduction to Applied

Anthropology

ANTH 671 (3) Methods in Applied

Anthropology

ANTH 672 (3) Theory in Applied

Anthropology

ANTH 673 (3)

Anthropology Careers

Management Strategy

ANTH 674 (3)

Research Project Design

ANTH 678 (3) Applied Anthropology

Pro Seminar

[1 unit course

repeated 3 times]

ANTH 682 (3)

Anthropology Internship

Field/Placement

ANTH 690 (6) Thesis/Project, or

ANTH 691 (3) Comprehensive Exam

Elective Courses (9–12 units required)

Students who choose the comprehensive

exam option (ANTH 691) are required to

complete 12 units of approved elective

courses.

Students who choose to complete a thesis

or project (ANTH 690) are required to com-

plete 9 units of approved elective courses.

All electives must be advisor-approved as

relevant to emphasis or career trajectory.

If emphasis changes, alternate electives

may be required, at the discretion of the

advisor. Electives must be graduate level

or upper division undergraduate level and

may be taken at HSU or other universities

where credits are transferable. Graduate

level courses taken prior to the program,

may be used to fulfill elective requirements,

if not counted toward any other degree, and

taken within seven years of completion of

the MA degree.

Internship/Field Placement

Requirement (ANTH 682)

Students are required to complete 180

hours of advisor-approved field placement

(internship) that is focused on gaining hands-

on applied experience in the emphasis area.

The field placement may, but is not required

to be, directly related to MA thesis research.

Field school(s) may fulfill some but not all

internship hours, at the discretion of the

advisor, but only if such hours are in excess of

any hours for which academic credit (units)

are earned and applied to meet the focus

elective requirement.

Culminating Experience Options

All students enter the program on track to

complete a comprehensive exam. The com-

prehensive exam consists of three areas

chosen in consultation with the advisor,

writing of annotated bibliographies in these

areas, then taking a written and/or practical

exam covering the three areas.

Students wishing to complete a thesis or

project must submit a proposal, receive

approval, and meet the requirements below.

To be eligible for the thesis or project option

a student must have: completed at least 15

units of coursework toward the MA degree

with a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or above; and

demonstrated proficiency in research and

writing skills by earning a grade of A- or above

in ANTH 674. An exception may be made

Anthropology

The Applied Anthropology MA program

is not accepting applications for the

2019-20 academic year.

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

on a case-by-case basis if the student can

otherwise document sufficient preparation

to successfully complete a thesis/project.

Any such exception must be approved by the

advisor, committee, graduate coordinator

and anthropology department chair.

Skills

In addition to other requirements, students

are expected to evince a mastery of subject

/skills pertinent to their culminating experi-

ence and career trajectories prior to gradu-

ation. This may include taking specific elec-

tive courses, participating in workshops/

trainings/fieldwork, and/or demonstrating

practical skills. Any such requirements will

set by the advisor with approval from the

graduate coordinator, and will be communi-

cated to the student no later than the end of

the first semester in the program or within

the semester of any approved change in

program focus.

Grade and Progress Requirements,

Continuous Enrollment Requirements,

and Leave of Absences

Students must pass preliminary exams at

the end of the Summer Institute to continue

in the program, and each semester students

are expected to maintain at least a B (3.0)

average and pass all courses will a B- or

better. If the culminating experience is not

expected to be completed according to the

standard timeline, students are required

to enroll in at least one unit each fall and

spring until work is complete and all com-

mittee members have approved the final

written thesis and oral defense. Extension

of culminating experience completion dead-

lines must be approved by the advisor and

graduate coordinator. Students must file a

formal “leave of absence” application if they

are unable to continue enrollment. The de-

partment reserves the right to dismiss from

the program a student who does not make

academically adequate and timely progress

in moving through degree requirements.

Conduct Requirements

Students are expected to maintain profes-

sional conduct and abide by ethical stan-

dards, in all aspects of and activities related

to the program, in anthropological research

and activities, and in all situations where they

represent the program and discipline. The

department reserves the right to dismiss

from the program a student who does not

abide by these rules.

Typical MA Program Timelines

Summer Institute (5 units) on-campus

ANTH 670 (2) Introduction to Applied

Anthropology

ANTH 671 (3) Methods in Applied

Anthropology

Milestone: Pass preliminary exams

Following the Summer Institute, students

may choose to complete the remainder of

the program with a full-time or part-time

schedule.

Full-Time (three semesters) online

Semester 1: Fall (10-11 units)

ANTH 672 (3) Theory in Applied

Anthropology

ANTH 673 (3)

Anthropology Careers

Management Strategy

ANTH 678 (1) Applied Anthropology

(3-4) Elective Course

Milestone: Internship

Semester 2: Spring (10-11 units)

ANTH 674 (3)

Research Project Design

ANTH 678 (1) Applied Anthropology

Pro Seminar

ANTH 682 (3)

Anthropology Internship

Field/Placement

(3-4) Elective Course

Milestones: begin internship; advance

to candidacy; establish exam areas

(Comprehensive Exam Track) or submit full

petition after competing ANTH 674 with

A- or better (Thesis/Project Track) .

Semester 3: Fall (10-11 units)

ANTH 678 (1) Applied Anthropology

Pro Seminar

(3-4) Elective Course

ANTH 690 (6) Thesis/Project, or

ANTH 691 (3) Comprehensive Exam

Milestones: take comprehensive exam or

submit and defend thesis/project, and

complete internship, or progress toward

these goals as approved by advisor.

Part-Time (Six semesters) online

Semester 1: Fall (4 units)

ANTH 673 (3)

Anthropology Careers

Management Strategy

ANTH 678 (1) Applied Anthropology

Milestone: identify internship location.

Semester 2: Spring (6-7 units)

ANTH 682 (3)

Anthropology Internship

Field/Placement

(3-4) Elective Course

Milestone: Begin internship.

Semester 3: Fall (6-7 units)

ANTH 672 (3) Theory in Applied

Anthropology

(3-4) Elective Course

Milestones: submit initial petition and pre-

liminary thesis/project plan

Semester 4: Spring (4 units)

ANTH 674 (3)

Research Project Design

ANTH 678 (1) Applied Anthropology

Milestones: establish exam areas (Comp-

rehensive Exam Track) or submit full petition

after competing ANTH 674 with A- or better

(Thesis/Project Track)

Semester 5: Fall (4-5 units)

ANTH 678 (1) Applied Anthropology

(3-4) Elective Course

Milestones: thesis progress approved by

thesis committee.

Semester 6: Spring (6 units)

ANTH 690 (6) Thesis/Project, or

ANTH 691 (3)

Comprehensive Exam

Milestones: take comprehensive exam or

submit and defend thesis/project, and

complete internship, or progress toward

these goals as approved by advisor.

nnn

Anthropology

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Applied Statistics Minor

Minor in Appropriate Technology

Advisors

Arne Jacobson, Ph.D.

Department of Environmental

Resources Engineering

Harry Griffith Hall 116B

707-826-3184

John Meyer, Ph.D.

Department of Politics

Founders Hall 138

707-826-4497

The Program

The term “appropriate technology” challeng-

es the presumed inevitability or naturalness

of technological development. At the same

time, the question of which technologies are

“appropriate” resists easy or predetermined

answers. An HSU minor in appropriate

technology allows students to familiarize

themselves with promising technologies,

while also developing their understanding of

the political, social, and economic processes

Appropriate Technology Minor

by which choices about technologies are —

and might be — made.

Courses enable students to combine theory

and practice, often through hands-on proj-

ects at the Campus Center for Appropriate

Technology (CCAT). CCAT is a student-run,

living laboratory and demonstration home on

the HSU campus. It models effective energy

use, a photovoltaic electrical system, solar

hot water heating, graywater recycling, a

composting privy, organic gardening, low-

impact building materials, and many other

technologies, in a residential setting.

The minor can be of particular value to

students wishing to pursue careers in

science, public policymaking, or community

development. It can also be useful for students

wishing to volunteer for the Peace Corps or

other overseas development work. For those

wishing to design and develop technological

systems professionally, the minor is not an ad-

equate substitute for a major in Environmental

Resources Engineering or a related field.

Minor in Applied Statistics

Information

Bori Mazzag, Ph.D., Chair

Department of Mathematics

707-826-3143

The Program

It is increasingly necessary for practitioners

in any quantitative discipline to have a sub-

stantial background in statistics. Whereas

statistics has traditionally played a central

role in the biological and natural resources

sciences, it is now equally important in busi-

ness, economics, and the social sciences.

The applied statistics minor is designed

to provide the broad statistical knowledge

and practical skills needed for application

of statistical techniques to research and

management problems in a wide variety of

disciplines. The introductory, intermediate,

and topics courses include computer labora-

tory sessions, in which students learn to use

statistical software. The minor culminates

with an upper division applications course.

Different choices for the introductory, inter-

mediate, and applications courses make the

applied statics minor an attractive

complement to bachelor’s degree programs

in business, economics, psychology, and the

biological and natural resources sciences.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

MATH 102 (4) Algebra & Elementary

Functions, or equivalent

One of the following calculus courses:

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the

Biological Sciences &

Natural Resources

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

One of the following introductory courses:

PSYC 241 (4) Introduction to

Psychological Statistics

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8]

STAT 109 (4) Introductory

Biostatistics

One of the following intermediate courses:

BA 332 (4) Intermediate Business

Statistics

PSYC 478 (4) Analysis of Variance

STAT 333 (4) Linear Regression

Models/ANOVA

Applied Statistics Minor

Two topics courses from the following list:

STAT 323 (4) Probability & Statistics

STAT 404 (4) Multivariate Statistics

STAT 406 (4) Sampling Design &

Analysis

STAT 410 (4) Modern Statistical

Modeling

STAT 480 (1-3) Special Topics in

Statistics

One advanced applications course from the

following list:

BA 446 (4) Marketing Research

FISH 458 (4) Fish Population Dynamics

FOR 311

(4)

Forest Mensuration &

Growth

PSYC 488 (4)

Regression/Multivariate

Topics

WLDF 311 (4) Wildlife Techniques

WLDF 478 (3) Animal Energetics

or other applications course with substan-

tial statistics content, as approved by the

Applied Statistics coordinator.

nnn

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

ENST 123 (2) CCAT Practicum (1 unit

course taken twice, each

with a different topic, for

a total of 2

units)

ENGR 305 (3) Appropriate Technology

ENGR 308 (3) Technology and the

Environment

PSCI 364 (4) Technology &

Development

PSCI 373 (4) Politics of Sustainability

SOC 320 (4)

Environmental Sociology

nnn

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Art

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Art —

concentrations in Art History, Art

Studio, and Art Education

Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Fine Art

Minor in Art History

Minor in Art Studio

Certificate of Study in

Art Museum & Gallery Practices

(see Certificates of Study)

The Art Department is a fully accred-

ited member of the National Association of

Schools of Art and Design and an approved

subject matter waiver program through

the California Commission on Teacher

Credentialing.

Department Chair

Heather Madar, PhD.

Department of Art

Art Complex 121

707-826-3624

art.humboldt.edu

REQUIREMENT FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Students must receive a minimum grade

of C- in any major course for it to count

toward the major.

Art History Concentration

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 recognition of art from a diverse number

of periods, cultures, and civilizations

 experience with the materials and

working methods of artists

 study of at least one foreign language

 the ability to find information in the library

using both traditional and online resources

 recognition of different methods of inter-

pretation

 use of the vocabulary and language of

visual analysis

 understanding of the relationship of art

to other disciplines in the humanities, social

sciences, or sciences

 oral presentation of information and

ideas to a group

Art

 written presentation of information and

ideas in a formal research paper.

At Humboldt, art history is taught in a variety

of ways, based on the visual and historical

contexts in which art is created. At the

beginning level of instruc tion, the program

features period courses (ART 104 series),

such as Renaissance Art and 20

Century

Art. These cours es introduce works of art

within their historical contexts.

Upper division courses focus on narrow er

periods, movements, artists, or

problems,

such as Rococo & Revolution and Public Art

The undergraduate seminar provides a

capstone experience preparing students

for advanced study leading to teaching and

curatorial careers.

Besides courses in art history, students

enroll in at least two studio art courses to

familiarize themselves with materials and

creative working methods of artists. Study of

gallery and museum methods gives students

both theoretical and practical experience

in the important areas of art display and

management. This can lead to careers in

the gallery and museum world. Students also

complete a year of language study to learn

how language affects thinking and visual

experience in other cultures.

Preparation

In high school take as many art cours es as

possible in a variety of areas.

Lower Division Courses

ART 103A (3) Survey of Art History I:

Prehistory-Medieval

ART 103B (3) Survey of Art History II:

1400CE–Contemporary

Lower Division Elective Courses

Three courses (9 units) from the ART 104

series

Two lower division studio art classes

One year of a language other than Eng lish

at the college level (French, German, and

Spanish are recommended).

Upper Division Courses

ART 356 (3) Museum & Gallery

Practices

ART 410 (4) Seminar in Art History

Upper division art history (15 units)

Electives to bring total units to 120 (40 units

must be upper division)

Art Studio Concentration

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 perceptual and technical skills and basic

fundamentals in a variety of media and have

depth of knowledge in one or more studio

areas

 familiarity with the history of visual ideas,

vocabulary, and the language of visual analy-

sis

 utilization of new technological advances

where appropriate

 problem solving abilities, individual intu-

ition, creativity, and vision

 the importance of locating the functions

of art in current and historical cultural

contexts

 integration of knowledge gained in both

studio and art history courses

The studio concentration has class es in

painting, ceramics, drawing, graph ic design,

jewelry and metal smith ing,

photography,

printmaking, and sculp ture.

We provide large

and well equipped studio facilities (including a

computer lab), small class es with individual

attention, and a faculty of 20 artists who

remain

active in their own creative pursuits.

The lower division core has courses common

to all areas of inquiry in the vis ual arts. The

upper division component is tailored to

each stu dent’s individual studio emphasis.

Through problem-solving assignments and

accompanying instruction, students learn

proc esses and strategies for creating works

of art in various media. By concentrating on a

particular studio area in depth, students can

prepare a portfolio for further professional

opportunities or for postgraduate study.

In addition to their studio courses, students

must complete 12 units of art history in

order to familiarize themselves with the

history of visual ideas.

Students can view exhibits at the campus

Reese Bullen Gallery as well as at the First

Street Gallery in downtown Eureka. Both

galleries bring challenging and thoughtful

exhibitions of contemporary art to the

Humboldt community. Besides curating

shows of artists from outside the area, the

galleries exhibit the work of faculty members

and students.

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Student Access Gallery Club, a student-run

organization, curates and exhibits stu dent

work in three separate venues around

campus.

Humboldt’s art graduates have gone on to

become graphic artists, webpage

design-

ers, painters, commercial jewelers, art

historians and teachers. Other

careers:

printmaking, art direction, art museum

work , exhibition design, package design, silk

screening, sculpting, illustration, photogra-

phy, jewelry, and ceramics.

Preparation

In high school take as many art cours es as

possible in a variety of areas.

Lower Division Courses

ART 103A (3) Survey of Art History I:

Prehistory-Medieval

ART 103B (3) Survey of Art History II:

1400 CE-Contemporary

ART 105B (3) Fundamentals of

Drawing

ART 105C (3) 2D Foundations

ART 105D (3) 3D Foundations

Lower Division Studio Electives

Select four courses (12 units) from:

ART 106 (3) Painting I

ART 107 (3) Printmaking I

ART 108 (3) Graphic Design I

ART 109 [3] Sculpture I

ART 122 (3) Life Drawing I

ART 250 (3) Darkroom Photography

ART 251 (3) Photography I

ART 282 (3) Jewelry/Small Metals I

ART 290 (3) Ceramics I

Upper Division Courses

ART 437 (3) Professional Practices

in Art

Two courses in upper division art history

(minimum six units)

18 upper division studio units (ART 356

recommended)

Art Education Concentration

Preparatory to a fifth-year single subject

teaching credential program

The Program

The undergraduate subject-matter program

in art education prepares students to teach

in a junior high and senior high school. The

art education curriculum is a combination of

studio, art history, and museum practices;

this prepares the student for more ad-

vanced training to become an art educator

either in schools or museums. Our program

is an approved subject matter waiver

program through the California Commission

on Teacher Credentialing.

The lower division core classes build a strong

foundation for students developing the skills

and

tools needed in becoming an artist or

teacher. In upper division classes, students

have the opportunity to concentrate in a par-

ticular studio area while tak ing courses that

prepare them to teach a broad

spectrum

of courses offered in a junior

or high school.

Students will familiarize themselves with

the four components of the California

Visual and Performing Arts Framework and

the California Visual and Performing Arts

Content Standards in order to develop strat-

egies for teaching and lessons for instruction.

We have a service learning component built

into the art education classes. Students have

the opportunity to develop curriculum and

teach art in local schools and docent school

children at the local galleries and museums.

In the fifth-year creden tialing program,

students are immersed in education classes

and have opportunities to teach with excel-

lent Master Teachers in Humboldt County.

Students must apply for this program and

pass the competency assessment of subject

matter, which takes place spring semester

of the senior year.

Please note: Degree requirements listed

here do not include the professional educa-

tion courses required for the credential.

Students earning this degree may waive

CSET assessments before entering the

credential program. Before applying to the

secondary education credential program,

students must meet the prerequisite of

45-hours early field experience or enroll

in SED 210/SED 410, and must enroll in

EDUC 285. Please notify your advisor at

least two semesters prior to applying to the

credential program, so that you can clarify

state requirement for acceptance.

Lower Division Core Courses

ART 103A (3) Survey of Art History I:

Prehistory-Medieval

ART 103B (3) Survey of Art History II:

1400 CE-Contemporary

ART 105B* (3) Fundamentals of

Drawing

ART 105C (3) 2D Foundations

ART 106 (3) Painting I

ART 105D (3) 3D Foundations, or

ART 109 (3) Sculpture I, or

ART 282 (3) Jewelry/Small Metals I

ART 122 (3) Life Drawing I

* Prerequisite to further art coursework.

Lower Division Studio

ART 108 (3) Graphic Design I

ART 251 (3) Photography I

ART 290 (3) Ceramics I

Upper Division Courses

ART 357B (3) Curriculum &

Development through

Art Education I [fall only

take in your junior year]

ART 357C (3)

Curriculum &

Development through

Art Education II

[spring only, take in your

junior year]

ART 497S (3) Service Learning & Art

Education I

[fall only, take in your

senior year]

ART 498S (3) Service Learning & Art

Education II

[spring only, take in your

senior year]

Upper Division Art History

Select two courses from the following:

ART 301 (3) Topics in Western Art

History

ART 302 (3) Topics in Global Art

History

ART 303 (3) Global Contemporary Art

ART 304 (3) Topics in American Art

Upper Division Studio

Select three courses (9 units) of upper divi-

sion Studio Electives.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Art History Minor

Lower Division

ART 103A (3) Survey of Art History I:

Prehistory-Medieval

ART 103B (3) Survey of Art History II:

1400 CE-Contemporary

Plus one ART 104-series art history courses

(3 units)

Upper Division

Take three upper division art history courses

(9 units)

Art Studio Minor

Lower Division

ART 105B (3) Fundamentals of Drawing

Plus 6 units of studio electives

Upper Division

9 units of studio electives

Art

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS

The Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Fine

Art is a professional degree that offers

courses in painting, drawing, jewelry and

small metals, photography, ceramics,

printmaking, sculpture, and graphic design.

The degree is a 120-unit program requiring

70 units of courses in studio and art history,

giving students the opportunity to develop a

high level of expertise within their chosen

concentration(s). The BFA is the degree of

choice for students interested in pursuing

graduate studies or other professional

opportunities. Admission to the program

is competitive and students who apply

must submit a portfolio for review in their

sophomore year. Once admitted to the BFA

program, students must maintain a B (3.0)

grade average in all major courses. Students

who wish to pursue a minor or second major

in another field, will find that the B.A. degree

with 54 units of courses in art is a more

attractive option.

The lower division core has courses common

to all areas of inquiry and is designed to give

students a solid technical foundation in art.

In the fall semester of their junior year, stu-

dents will choose an area(s) of concentration

and will focus their study on a prescribed list

of courses. Students will produce a culminat-

ing portfolio of artwork that will be presented

in public in their final semester.

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see, “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Students must maintain a “B” average in

coursework in the BFA major.

Admission Requirements & Procedure

Students should apply to the BFA program

in their sophomore year for entrance in the

following fall semester. The lower division

core courses (15 units) and at least two

of the four lower division studio elective

courses must be completed at the time

of application. A “B” average in all major

courses is required to be eligible to apply to

the program. Applicants will be required to

electronically submit images of work, two

academic references, a short essay and

an unofficial transcript. Transfer students

interested in the BFA program, may apply to

the program following the above guidelines.

For university transfer requirements, see

the “Admission Information” section of the

catalog.

Please refer to the Art Department website

for current information regarding application

guidelines, application forms and timelines.

Students completing this program will be

able to:

 Examine the relationship and influence of

the visual arts on a historical and cultural

context

 Recognize and evaluate critical and

aesthetic issues within the history of art and

contemporary studio practice.

 Apply aesthetic judgement perceptual

sensitivity and critical thinking skill to arts

related issues and environments in daily life.

 Demonstrate mastery of specific techni-

cal, conceptual and/or critical abilities within

each concentration area

 Communicate effectively, in both written

and oral formats on research and creative

issues

 Demonstrate perceptual acuity concep-

tual understanding and technical facility at

a professional entry level in their chosen field

Lower Division (27 units)

Courses must be completed with a B

average or better.

ART 103A (3) Survey of Art History I:

Prehistory-Medieval

ART 103B (3) Survey of Art History II:

1400 CE-Contemporary

Lower Division Studio Courses

ART 105B (3) Fundamentals of Drawing

ART 105C (3) 2D Foundations

ART 105D (3) 3D Foundations

Lower Division Studio Electives

Take four courses (12 units) from the fol-

lowing:

ART 106 (3) Painting I

ART 107 (3) Printmaking I

ART 108 (3) Graphic Design I

ART 109 (3) Sculpture I

ART 122 (3) Life Drawing I

ART 282 (3) Jewelry & Small Metals I

ART 290 (3) Ceramics I

Upper Division (43 units)

ART 303 (3) Global Contemporary Art

Take two of the following three art history

topics:

ART 301 (3) Topics in Western Art

History

ART 302 (3) Topics in Global Art

History [DCG-n]

ART 304 (3) Topics in American Art

History [DCG-d]

Professional Development

ART 437 (3) Professional Practices in

Art

ART 356 (3) Museum and Gallery

Practices, or

ART 499 (3) Directed Study (Teaching

Assistant in Art)

ART 494 (4) BFA Practicum in Studio

Art

Upper Division Studio Electives

Take eight courses (24 units) from the

following lists. At least one course must be

from List B.

Studio Electives List A

ART 321 (3) Drawing II

ART 326 (3) Painting II

ART 330 (3) Printmaking: Studio Topics

ART 337 (3)

Photography: Studio Topics

ART 340 (3) Graphic Design II

ART 345 (3) Sculpture: Studio Topics

ART 346 (3) Sculpture: Materials &

Methods

ART 348 (3) Jewelry and Small Metals:

Casting

ART 350 (3) Ceramics: High Fire

ART 351 (3) Ceramics: Low Fire

ART 367 (3) Photography II

ART 372 (3) Graphic Design: Studio

Topics

ART 396B (3) Workshops

ART 499 (3) Directed Study

Studio Electives List B

ART 324 (3) Drawing: Portfolio

Development

ART 329 (3) Painting III

ART 333 (3) Printmaking: Portfolio

Development

ART 339 (3) Photography: Portfolio

Development

ART 343 (3) Graphic Design: Portfolio

Development

ART 349 (3) Jewelry & Small Metals:

Studio Topics

ART 359 (3) Ceramics: Portfolio

Development

nnn

Art

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Biology

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Biology —

Concentrations in:

Cellular/Molecular Biology

Ecology

General Biology

Marine Biology

Microbiology

Science Education

Minor in Biology

Science Teaching Credential

Master of Science degree in Biol ogy

Department Chair

Amy Sprowles, Ph.D.

Department of Biological Sciences

Science Complex B 221

707-826-3245

humboldt.edu/biosci

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 apply the scientific method to questions

in biology by formulating testable hypothe-

ses, gathering data that address these hy-

potheses, and analyzing those data to

assess the degree to which their scientific

work supports their hypotheses

 present scientific hypotheses and data

both orally and in writing in the formats that

are used by practicing scientists

 access the primary literature, identify

relevant works for a particular topic, and

evaluate the scientific content of these

works

 apply fundamental mathematical tools

(statistics, calculus) and physical principles

(physics, chemistry) to the analysis of rele-

vant biological situations

 identify the major groups of organisms

and be able to classify them within a

phylogenetic framework. Students will be

able to compare and contrast the charac-

teristics of organisms that differentiate the

various domains and kingdoms from one

another

 use the evidence of comparative biology

to explain how the theory of evolution offers

the only scientific explanation for the unity

and diversity of life on earth. They will be able

to use specific examples to explicate how

descent with modification has shaped

organismal morphology, physiology, life

history, and behavior

 explain how organisms function at the

level of the gene, genome, cell, tissue, organ

and organ-system. Drawing upon this knowl-

edge, they will be able to give specific ex-

amples of the physiological adaptations,

development, reproduction and behavior of

different forms of life

 explicate the ecological interconnected-

ness of life on earth by tracing energy and

nutrient flows through the environment. They

will be able to relate the physical features of

the environment to the structure of popula-

tions, communities, and ecosystems

 demonstrate proficiency in the experi-

mental techniques and methods of analysis

appropriate for their area of specialization

within biology.

Humboldt’s program emphasizes hands-on

learning. Our diverse facilities include the

largest greenhouse in the California State

University system, a vertebrate museum

containing mammals, reptiles, and amphib-

ians from around the world, and a vascular

plant herbarium with almost 100,000

specimens. Near the campus are many

parks, forests, and undisturbed habitats for

studying plants and animals in their natural

surroundings.

Humboldt’s marine laboratory, located on

the coast in the nearby town of Trinidad,

gives students outstanding opportunities

for marine biology projects. The research

vessel, the Coral Sea, is used for seagoing

field trips. Several smaller boats are used

in nearshore waters, coastal lagoons, and

Humboldt Bay.

Our well-equipped biotechnology laboratory,

cell culture facility, and College Core facility

allow modern work in molecular and cellular

biology. Scanning and transmission electron

microscopes are also available for student

use.

Humboldt biology graduates have many job

opportunities: teacher, field biologist, marine

biologist, museum curator, science librarian,

clinical lab technologist, laboratory techni-

cian, environmental consultant, microbiolo-

gist, and biotechnology research technician.

Graduates may also pursue advanced study

in biology or a professional degree.

Preparation

In high school take biology, chemistry, and

physics (with labs, if possible); beginning

and intermediate algebra; geometry; and

trigonometry.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

pp. 83-84.

Students who receive a grade below a C- in

any prerequisite course will require instruc-

tor approval for enrollment.

Core Courses (for all concentrations)

Take all lower division courses before begin-

ning upper division work.

Lower Division (33-34 units)

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources, or

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

Upper Division (8 units)

BIOL 307 (4) Evolution

BIOL 340 (3) Genetics, and

BIOL 340L (1) Genetics Lab

Select one of the following concentrations:

Cellular/Molecular Biology

Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

PHYX 118 (1) College Physics: Biological

Applications

CHEM 228 (4)

Brief Organic Chemistry,

CHEM 324 (3)

Organic Chemistry I, and

CHEM 324L (2)

Organic Chemistry I Lab,

and

CHEM 325 (3) Organic Chemistry II, and

CHEM 325L (2) Organic Chemistry II Lab

Upper Division

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology

BOT 310 (4) Gen. Plant Physiology, or

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology, or

ZOOL 312 (4) Human Physiology

Draft

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Biology

BIOL 440 (2)

Molecular Genetics Lab, or

BIOL 450 (2) Cell Biology Laboratory

Upper Division Restricted Electives

Choose 12 units from the courses below.

Note: No more than two units of BIOL

490 or BIOL 499 may be used to fulfill this

requirement.

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology

BIOL 440 (2) Molecular Genetics Lab

(if

not already taken)

BIOL 450 (2) Cell Biology Lab

(if not

already taken)

BIOL 544 (2) Stem Cell Biology

BIOL 544L (2) Stem Cell Biology Lab

BIOL 564 (4) Transmission & Scanning

Electron Microscopy

BIOL 490 (1-2) Senior Thesis, or

BIOL 499 (1-2) Directed Study

CHEM 438 (4) Introductory Biochemistry

CHEM 434 (3) Biochemistry I

CHEM 434L (2) Biochemistry I Lab

CHEM 435 (3) Biochemistry II

CHEM 435L (2)

Biochemistry II Lab

ZOOL 476 (4) Principles of Animal

Development

upper division statistics courses with the

approval of your advisor.

Ecology Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

CHEM 228 (4) Brief Organic Chemistry

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

PHYX 118 (1) College Physics:

Biological Applications

One course from the following:

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

OCN 109/109L (3/1) General

Oceanography/Lab

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

FISH 320 (3) Limnology

Upper Division

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

BIOL 434 (4) Population & Community

Ecology

Take four to five units from the following:

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology and [either

BIOL 440 (2)

Molecular Genetics Lab or

BIOL 450 (2) Cell Biology Lab]

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology, or

BOT 310 (4)

General Plant Physiology, or

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology

At least three units of additional courses

from the following:

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology

BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

BOT 354 (4) Agrostology

BOT 355 (4) Lichens and Byrophytes

BOT 356 (4) Phycology

BOT 358 (2) Biology of Microfungi

BOT 359 (2) Biology of Ascomycetes

and Basidiomycetes

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

WLDF 365 (3) Ornithology I

ZOOL 314 (5) Invertebrate Zoology

ZOOL 316 (3) Freshwater Aquatic

Invertebrates

ZOOL 354 (4) Herpetology

ZOOL 356 (3) Mammalogy

ZOOL 358 (4) General Entomology

ZOOL 556 (4) Marine Mammalogy

One upper division statistics course (e.g.,

STAT 333, STAT 406)

Plus three additional upper division courses

(totaling at least seven units) chosen with

your advisor and focused on developing your

skills as an ecologist.

General Biology Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

PHYX 118 (1) College Physics:

Biological Applications

Take all lower division courses before

be ginning upper division work.

Upper Division

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology, or

BIOL 433 (3)

Microbial Ecology and

BIOL 433D (1)

Microbial Ecology Discussion

One course from the following:

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology, or

BOT 310 (4) Gen. Plant Physiology, or

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology, or

ZOOL 312 (4) Human Physiology

One chemistry option:

CHEM 228 (4) Brief Organic Chemistry,

CHEM 324 (3) Organic Chemistry I and

CHEM 324L (2) Organic Chemistry I Lab,

and

CHEM 325 (3) Organic Chemistry II and

CHEM 325L (2) Organic Chemistry II Lab

At least 12 additional units of upper divi-

sion courses in biological sciences, chosen

in consultation with an academic advisor.

Marine Biology Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

BIOL 255 (3) Marine Biology

CHEM 228 (4) Brief Organic Chemistry

OCN 109/109L (3/1) General

Oceanography/Lab

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

PHYX 118 (1) College Physics:

Biological Applications

Take all lower division courses before

be ginning upper division work.

Upper Division

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

BOT 356 (4) Phycology

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

ZOOL 314 (5) Invertebrate Zoology

BIOL 430 (3) Intertidal Ecology, or

OCN 310 (4) Biological Oceanography

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology, or

BOT 310 (4) Gen. Plant Physiology, or

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology

One of the following:

BIOL 490 (1-2) Senior Thesis, or

BIOL 498 (2) Marine Biology Capstone

Research, or

BIOL 499 (1-2) Directed Study

At least one advanced marine biology

elective from the following list, or from any

optional course NOT taken above.

BIOL 418 (3) Marine Microbiology

BOT 553 (3) Marine Macrophyte

Ecology

FISH 375 (3) Mariculture

FISH 435 (4) Biology of Marine Fishes

OCN 410 (3) Zooplankton Ecology

ZOOL 530 (3) Benthic Ecology

ZOOL 552 (3) Advanced Invertebrate

Zoology

ZOOL 556 (4) Marine Mammalogy

Microbiology Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

PHYX 118 (1) College Physics:

Biological Applications

One chemistry option:

CHEM 228

(4) Brief Organic Chemistry,

CHEM 324 (3) Organic Chemistry I and

Draft

100

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Biology

CHEM 324L (2) Organic Chemistry I Lab,

and

CHEM 325 (3) Organic Chemistry II and

CHEM 325L (2) Organic Chemistry II Lab

Take all lower division courses before

be ginning upper division work.

Upper Division

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology

BIOL 418 (3) Marine Microbiology, or

BIOL 433 (3) Microbial Ecology and

BIOL 433D (1) Microbial Ecology

Discussion

BIOL 440 (2) Molecular Genetics

Laboratory, or

BIOL 490 (1-2) Senior Thesis, or

BIOL 499 (1-2) Directed Study

Upper Division Restricted Electives

Six units from the courses listed below.

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology

BIOL 440 (2) Molecular Genetics Lab (if

not already taken)

BIOL 450 (2) Cell Biology Lab

BIOL 564 (4) Transmission & Scanning

Electron Microscopy

BOT 358 (2) Biology of the Microfungi

BOT 356 (4) Phycology

CHEM 438 (4) Introductory Biochemistry

Or upper division statistics course with the

approval of your advisor.

Science Education Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division (12 units)

CHEM 228 (4) Brief Organic Chemistry

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics

Take all lower division courses before

beginning upper division work.

Upper Division (19 units)

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology

BIOL 448 (3) Biogeography

BIOL 499 (1) Directed Study

BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

ZOOL 312 (4) Human Physiology

Before applying to the secondary educa-

tion credential program, students must

meet the prerequisite of 45 hours early field

experience or enroll in SED 210/SED 410.

In addition, they must take EDUC 285 or

equivalent.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Lower Division (12 units)

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

Upper Division (11-12 units)

One of the following courses.

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology

BOT 310 (4) General Plant Physiology

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology

ZOOL 312 (4) Human Physiology

Plus an additional eight units of upper division

courses (approved by minor advisor) in at

least two of these three areas: biology (BIOL),

botany (BOT) and zoology (ZOOL). Of these

eight units, a minimum of six units must be

courses NOT used to satisfy major require-

ments.

Note: BIOL 307 Evolution is the only upper

division GE Area B course that can be used

to satisfy requirements for the Biology minor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

MASTER’S DEGREE

Program Learning Outcomes

Graduate students will:

 apply a rich body of relevant biological

sciences knowledge and information to solve

complex scientific problems and challenges

 present a proposal for biological re-

search or project of their own design

 conduct a unique and independent bio-

logical investigation or an independent

project according to the rigors and conven-

tions of the field

 communicate the results of their scien-

tific investigation or project in an oral format

according to conventions of the discipline

 communicate the results of their scien-

tific investigation or project in writing accord-

ing to the conventions of the discipline

Requirements For Admission

Bachelor’s degree in biology, bot any, zoology,

or a related subject area approved by the

De part ment of Biological Sciences.

Undergraduate GPA at least 2.5 over all or

3.0 for the last 60 semester units of credit.

Submitted results of the aptitude portion

of the Grad uate Record Examina tion (GRE).

Requirements for the

Master of Science degree in Biol ogy

Required Courses

BIOL 683 [1] Introduction to Graduate

Studies

BIOL 684 [1] Introduction to Graduate

Research

BIOL 685 [1] Seminar in Biology [take

two seminars]

Upper division or graduate units in bio log i cal

sci ences or supporting courses approved by

the grad u ate committee to bring total to 30

units. A min i mum of 18 units must be at the

graduate level.

While in residence, enrollment in a minimum

of two units* per semester of:

BIOL 690 [1-4] Thesis or

BIOL 699 [1-4] Independent Study.

*Combined total of not less than four nor

more than eight units of BIOL 690 and/or

BIOL 699 (with a max imum of six units in

BIOL 690) and a thesis or project approved

by the graduate committee.

Culminating Experience

Oral presentation of the thesis or project

work and defense of the thesis or project

before the graduate com mittee.

nnn

Draft

101

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Botany

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Botany

Minor in Botany

Master of Science degree

in Biol ogy (see Biology)

Department Chair

Amy Sprowles, Ph.D.

Department of Biological Sciences

Science Complex B 221

707-826-3245

humboldt.edu/biosci

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 apply the scientific method to questions

in biology by formulating testable hypothe-

ses, gathering data that address these hy-

potheses, and analyzing those data to

assess the degree to which their scientific

work supports their hypotheses

 present scientific hypotheses and data

both orally and in writing in the formats that

are used by practicing scientists

 access the primary literature, identify

relevant works for a particular topic, and

evaluate the scientific content of these

works

 apply fundamental mathematical tools

(statistics, calculus) and physical principles

(physics, chemistry) to the analysis of rele-

vant biological situations

 identify the major groups of organisms

and be able to classify them within a

phylogenetic framework. Students will be

able to compare and contrast the charac-

teristics of organisms that differentiate the

various domains and kingdoms from one

another

 use the evidence of comparative biology

to explain how the theory of evolution offers

the only scientific explanation for the unity

and diversity of life on earth. They will be able

to use specific examples to explicate how

descent with modification has shaped

organismal morphology, physiology, life

history, and behavior

 explain how organisms function at the

level of the gene, genome, cell, tissue, organ

and organ-system. Drawing upon this knowl-

edge, they will be able to give specific ex-

amples of the physiological adaptations,

development, reproduction and behavior of

different forms of life

 explicate the ecological interconnected-

ness of life on earth by tracing energy and

nutrient flows through the environment. They

will be able to relate the physical features of

the environment to the structure of popula-

tions, communities, and ecosystems

 demonstrate proficiency in the experi-

mental techniques and methods of analysis

appropriate for their area of specialization

within biology.

Humboldt State University has the largest

greenhouse of all the state cam puses, con-

taining an extensive collection of plants from

around the world. Stu dents also find a large

collec tion of pressed plants in the herbarium.

Several plant growth chambers allow stu-

dents to control grow ing condi tions of plants.

Native plants in near by wilder ness areas

also provide excellent op por tu nity for study.

Our botany graduates do well in these ca-

reers: herbarium curator, naturalist, plant

physiologist, technical writer, plant ecologist,

environmental consul tant, botanist, horticul-

turist, science librarian, plant pathologist.

Preparation

In high school take biology, chem is try, and

phys ics (with labs, if pos si ble), alge bra

(begin ning, inter me di ate), geometry, and

trig onome try.

REQUIREMENTS

Students who receive a grade below a C- in

any prerequisite course will require instruc-

tor approval for enrollment.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

pp. 83-84.

Lower Division (34-37 units)

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

CHEM 228 (4) Brief Organic Chemistry

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources*

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

Botany

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

PHYX 118 (1) College Physics:

Biological Applications

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

Upper Division (38-42 units)

BIOL 307

(4) Evolution

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

BIOL 340 (3) Genetics, and

BIOL 340L (1) Genetics Lab

BOT 310 (4) General Plant Physiology

Botanical Diversity

Take three of the five (a-e) options:

a) BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

b) BOT 354 (4) Agrostology

c) BOT 355 (4) Lichens & Bryophytes

d) BOT 356 (4) Phycology

e) BOT 358 (2) Biology of the Microfungi

and BOT 359 (2)

Biology of Ascomycetes

& Basidiomycetes, or

BOT 360 (2) Biology of the Fleshy Fungi

and BOT 360L (2) Biology of the Fleshy

Fungi Lab, or

BOT 394 (3) Forest Pathology

Plant Structure/Development/Evolution

Take one course.

BOT 322

(4)

Developmental Plant

Anatomy

BOT 372 (4) Evolutionary Morphology

of Plants

BOT 521 (3) Paleobotany

Life Science Electives

Take one of the following or an upper division

zoology (ZOOL), fisheries (FISH) or wildlife

(WLDF) course with a lab for 3-5 units. The

course must be approved by your academic

advisor.

BOT 330 (2) Plant Ecology, and

BOT 330L (1) Plant Ecology Lab

BOT 553 (3) Marine Macrophyte

Ecology

BIOL 350 (3) Cell Biology

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology

BIOL 418 (3) Marine Microbiology

BIOL 433 (3) Microbial Ecology, and

BIOL 433D (1) Microbial Ecology

Discussion

* MATH 109 may substitute for MATH 105.

Draft

102

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Botany

BIOL 434 (4) Population & Community

Ecology

BIOL 448 (3) Biogeography

BIOL 564 (4) Transmission & Scanning

Electron Microscopy

OCN 109 (3)

General Oceanography and

OCN 109L (1)

General Oceanography Lab

SOIL 260 (3) Introduction to Soil

Science

Research Requirement

Take one unit from:

BIOL 490 (1-2) Senior Thesis, or

BIOL 499 (1-2) Directed Study

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

Plus 14 units of upper division courses in bot-

any, ap proved by the botany minor advisor

nnn

Draft

103

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Business Administration

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Busi ness

Administration — concentrations avail-

able in accounting, economics, finance,

international business, management,

marketing

Minor in Business Administration

Master of Business Administration

School Chair

Hari Singh, Ph.D.

School of Business

Siemens Hall 111

707-826-3224

business.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this program will

have demonstrated:

 basic knowledge of core business disci-

plines in a global context

 effective writing and presentation skills

 competent ethical reasoning skills

 understanding of basic sustainability

(triple bottom line) from a strategic point of

view

 strategic decision making skills that inte-

grate knowledge from various business

disciplines.

Our academic programs are infused with

sustainability and focused on entrepreneur-

ship. Talk to your advisor if you are interested in

focusing your training in entrepreneurship. Our

faculty are committed to providing students

with opportunities for hands-on learning and

collaborative, team-oriented projects. We are

inspired to provide our students with a rigor-

ous business training that is comprehensive,

practical, and grounded in social and environ-

mental responsibility.

Our goal is to educate students for lifelong

learning. Our curriculum emphasizes critical

thinking and communication skills stress-

ing integration of business disciplines with

concentrations in accounting, economics,

finance, international business, manage-

ment, and marketing.

Humboldt State University is committed to

teaching in small classes. Business students

learn to produce professional quality written

assignments and oral presentations deliv-

ered in a realistic business setting.

Business students apply a wide-range of

computing skills, including projects that

develop their information research capabil-

ity. Acquisition, analysis, and presentation of

statistical data are quantitative skills that get

special emphasis in our program.

Business majors can participate in student

club activities, in internships, and in other

special events that provide professional,

practical experience.

Preparation

High school students should follow prep ara-

tion requirements for the CSU system.

Community college students should take

approved substitutes for lower division core

courses. Community college courses may

not be transferred to fulfill upper division

core or concentration requirements.

Consult your community college advisor or

contact the School of Business if you have

questions about transfer credit for business

courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Students must earn a mini mum grade of

C- in all required cours es.

Lower Division Core (23 units)

BA 210 (4) Legal Environment of

Business

BA 222 (4) Introductory Business

Analytics

BA 250 (4) Financial Accounting

BA 252 (4) Management Accounting

ECON 210 (4) Principles of Economics

MATH 104 (3) Finite Mathematics, or

MATH 104i (3) Finite Mathematics with

Integrated Support

[coreq: MATH 4]

Upper Division Core (16 units)

BA 340 (4) Principles of Marketing

BA 360 (4) Principles of Finance

BA 370 (4)

Principles of Management

BA 496 (4) Strategic Management

Concentrations (22-24 units)

Select one of the concentrations listed below.

Be sure to check with the department office

or with an advisor regarding the availability

of concentration courses.

Accounting Concentration

BA 450 (4) Intermediate Financial

Accounting

Select five courses (20 units) from:

BA 451

(4)

Advanced Financial

Accounting

BA 452 (4) Cost Accounting,

Planning

& Control

BA 453 (4) Tax Accounting

BA 454 (4) Financial Statement

Auditing

BA 455 (4)

Governmental & Nonprofit

Accounting

BA 456 (4) Accounting Ethics

Economics Concentration

BA 332 (4) Intermediate Business

Statistics

ECON 310 (4)

Intermediate Microtheory

& Strategy

ECON 311 (4) Intermediate

Macroeconomics

ECON 435 (4) Principles of Money &

Banking

ECON 490 (2) Capstone Experience

Elective (4) Economics course plus

Additional Depth (see

advisor).

Students seeking a baccalaureate in busi-

ness administration with a concentration

in economics may not also receive a minor

in economics.

Finance Concentration

BA 332 (4) Intermediate Business

Statistics

BA 460 (4) Investment Management

BA 462 (4) Problems in Financial

Management

BA 464 (4) International Business

Finance

BA 468 (4) Capital Budgeting

ECON 435

(4)

Principles of Money &

Banking

International Business Concentration

BA 410 (4) International Business

BA 444 (4) International Marketing

BA 464 (4) International Business

Finance

BA 475

(4)

International Management

ECON 305 (3) International Economics

& Globalization

ECON 305D (1) International Economics

& Globalization

Additional

Depth

Elective (international experience

encouraged -- see advisor)

Draft

104

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Business Administration

Management Concentration

BA 310 (4) Business Law

BA 401 (4) Advanced Sustainable

Management Applications

BA 470 (4) Organization &

Management Theories

BA 472 (4) Change Management

BA 475 (4)

nternational Management

ECON 309 (3) Economics of a

Sustainable Society

ECON 309D (1) Economics of a Sustain-

able Society - Additional

Depth

Marketing Concentration

BA 441 (4) Retailing & Services

Marketing

BA 444 (4) International Marketing

BA 445 (4) Marketing

Communications

BA 446 (4) Marketing Research

BA 447 (4) E-Commerce/

E-Marketing Strategy

BA 448 (4) Consumer Behavior

Electives for Concentrations

BA 106 (3) Advocating for

Sustainability and

BA 106D (1) Advocating for

Sustainability Add’l Depth

BA 120 (1) Business Essentials

BA 304 (3)

Business Psychology

BA 378 (4) Small Business

Management

BA 379 (4) Business Plan

Development

BA 417 (4)

Small Business Consulting

These courses may be taken as substitutions

upon advisor approval.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

A minor in business can complement your exist-

ing major by adding practical applied skills that

are useful for the job market. A minimum of

18 units, nine of which must be up per division.

Suggested tracks for a minor:

Entrepreneurship Track

BA 105 (3) Critical Thinking in

Organizations

BA 340 (4) Principles of Marketing

BA 370 (4)

Principles of Management

BA 378 (4) Small Business

Management

BA 379 (4)

Business Plan

Development

Marketing Track

BA 105 (3) Critical Thinking in

Organizations

BA 340 (4) Principles of Marketing

BA 444 (4) International Marketing

BA 445 (4)

Marketing

Communications

BA 448 (4) Consumer Behavior

Management Track

BA 105 (3) Critical Thinking in

Organizations

BA 370 (4)

Principles of Management

BA 470 (4) Organization &

Management Theories

BA 472 (4) Change Management

BA 475 (4)

International Management

Accounting/Finance Track

BA 250 (4) Financial Accounting

BA 252 (4) Management Accounting

BA 360 (4) Principles of Finance

BA 453 (4) Tax Accounting

BA 460 (4) Investment Management

General Business Track

BA 105 (3) Critical Thinking in

Organizations

BA 210 (4) Legal Environment of

Business

BA 340 (4) Principles of Marketing

BA 370 (4)

Principles of Management

BA 401 (4) Advanced Sustainable

Management Applications

MBA Track

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8]

BA 250 (4) Financial Accounting

BA 340 (4) Principles of Marketing

BA 360 (4) Principles of Finance

BA 370 (4)

Principles of Management

NOTE: Students who minor in Business

Administration, who also intend to enter

HSU’s MBA program, must take ECON 210

Principles of Economics as an additional class.

Students must earn a mini mum grade of

C- in all required cours es.

Be fore com plet ing two courses in the

program, students must meet with the

minor advisor.

THE MASTER

OF BUSINESS

ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM

The program focuses on the long term stra-

tegic elements of sustainability. We analyze

innovative companies that are creating new

paradigms of how to create value in sustain-

able operations.

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 integrate core business concepts with

sustainability concepts and frameworks

 apply and evaluate a variety of sophisti-

cated empirical methods to analyze/test

strategic sustainability business issues

 think critically and engage in ethical

reasoning

 communicate complex business and

sustainability concepts clearly and persua-

sively in writing, presentation, and teamwork.

Graduate students must maintain a 3.0

minimum GPA. No grade less than a B- will

count for progress toward the degree.

Sustainability is the most important issue

of the 21st century. Businesses today are

looking for ways to minimize their social

and environmental impact while remaining

economically viable. As a result they are

looking to hire a new type of MBA graduate

— one with the skills and desire to promote

economic environmental and social respon-

sibility within their organization.

Our MBA is designed for students from any

undergraduate major. For students with an

undergraduate major in the natural, environ-

mental, or social sciences, adding functional

business skills to their existing degree can

help boost career success.

Qualified students with an undergraduate

business degree may receive a paid graduate

research assistantship to collaborate with

a faculty member on cutting-edge research

projects in finance, accounting, marketing,

or management. The resulting conference

presentations or publications in academic

journals position our students for success in

the job market. The graduate program can be

completed in one year for full time students.

HSU has a long commitment to social and

environmental responsibility. Our MBA

program builds on that tradition by challeng-

ing our students to grow into innovative and

responsible business leaders. We focus on

big picture, long term thinking by analyzing

accounting, financial, and marketing and

strategic management issues based on the

best practices of innovative organizations.

Our creative entrepreneurial culture fosters

critical systems thinking, effective communi-

cations, ethical reasoning, and team building.

Draft

105

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Business Administration

Qualified students

admitted to the program

may receive a scholarship and qualified

students may receive a paid internship.

Current MBA admission requirements are

available on the School of Business website

business.humboldt.edu.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MBA

Undergraduate Prerequisite Courses

(16 units)

Accounting

BA 250 (4) Financial Accounting

[or equivalent]

Economics

ECON 210 (4) Principles of Economics

[or equivalent]

Finance

BA 360 (4) Principles of Finance

[or equivalent]

Statistics

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics

[or equivalent]

Applicants must complete all the degree

requirements shown above before enrolling

in MBA courses.

MBA Core Courses (32 units)

Fall Semester (12 units)

MBA 605 (4) Strategic Sustainability

Foundations

MBA 610 (4) Research Methods

MBA 620 (4) Accounting for Corporate

Social Responsibility

Spring Semester (12 units)

MBA 630 (4) Marketing Management

for Shared Value

MBA 640 (4) Financial Management

for Sustainable Growth

MBA 650 (4) Designing Sustainable

Organizations

Summer Capstone Term (8 units)

MBA 675 (4) Sustainability/Ethics

MBA 679 (4) Strategic Analysis

MBA 691 (0) MBA Comprehensive

Exam*

*Master’s Capstone Project (MBA 692)

available upon approval of the MBA

program coordinator and faculty advisor

at the beginning of the program.

Optional

MBA 682 (1-4) Business Internship

nnn

Draft

106

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Chemistry

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Chem istry

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Chem istry —

concentration in Biochemistry

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Chem istry

Minor in Chemistry

Department Chair

Matthew Hurst, Ph.D.

Department of Chemistry

Science Complex A 470

707-826-3277

humboldt.edu/chemistry

The Program

Students completing this program will

have demonstrated:

 understanding of what chemistry reveals

about the nature of physical reality

 proficiency in abstract reasoning

 sound abilities in written and oral com-

munications

 understanding of and use of physical and

mathematical models

 understanding of the relationship of ex-

perimental observation to chemical theory

and knowledge

 proficiency in spatial perception

 critical independent thinking

 chemical knowledge and skills needed in

chemistry as well as in other disciplines

 breadth, depth, and rigor characteristic

of a professional chemist

 proficiency and skill in performing labora-

tory techniques and in making and interpret-

ing laboratory observations

 understanding of the theory and opera-

tion of fundamental modern laboratory in-

struments.

Students majoring in chemistry may choose

either a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor

of Arts de gree. Both degrees offer excellent

prep aration for graduate study and profes-

sional schools.

The BS degree with a major in chemistry

fulfills requirements for professional train-

ing estab lished by the American Chemical

Society. Stu dents may choose the biochem-

istry concentration, which prepares them for

ca reers in bio chem istry and related fields,

as well as for grad u ate study.

Students who choose the BA program find

less spe cial iza tion in chemistry and great er

op portunity for study in other fields.

This

program is recom mend ed for students

wanting a standard teach ing credential with

specialization in secondary school teaching.

Potential careers: analytical chemist,

biotechnologist, nutritionist, food and drug

in spec tor, toxicol ogist, organic or inorganic

chemist, medical technologist, genetic en-

gineer, physical chemist, pharmacol o gist,

science librarian, biochemist, forensic

chemist, sanitarian, geo chemist, environ-

mental consultant, chemical engineer.

Preparation

High school students should take chem istry,

Eng lish, and mathematics.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

(Bachelor of Science)

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

The Upper Division Area B General Education

requirement is met by the coursework within

the Bachelor of Science degree for either

option in the Chemistry major.

Students must complete all courses in the

major with a C- or better.

Lower Division Core

Core courses required for all majors.

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B

PHYX 211 (4) General Physics C

Upper Division Core

Core courses required for all majors.

CHEM 323 (1)

Nuclear Magnetic

Resonance

Spectroscopy

Techniques

CHEM 324 (3) Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 324L (2) Organic Chemistry I Lab

CHEM 325 (3) Organic Chemistry II

CHEM 325L (2) Organic Chemistry II Lab

CHEM 341 (5) Quantitative Analysis

CHEM 361 (3) Physical Chemistry I

CHEM 362 (3) Physical Chemistry II

CHEM 485 (1) Seminar in Chemistry

Chemistry

Core courses plus

CHEM 310 (3) Inorganic Chemistry I

CHEM 330 (3) Molecular Modeling

CHEM 363 (2) Physical Chemistry II Lab

CHEM 410 (3) Inorganic Chemistry II

CHEM 410L (2)

Inorganic Chemistry II Lab

CHEM 438 (4) I

ntroductory Biochemistry

CHEM 441 (4) Instrumental Analysis

Biochemistry Concentration

Core courses plus

Lower Division

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany, or

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

Upper Division

CHEM 434 (3) Biochemistry I

CHEM 434L (2) Biochemistry I Lab

CHEM 435 (3) Biochemistry II

CHEM 435L (2) Biochemistry II Lab

BIOL 340 (3) Genetics and

BIOL 340L (1) Genetics Laboratory

Plus one of the following:

BIOL 412 (4) General Microbiology

BOT 310 (4) Gen. Plant Physiology

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

(Bachelor of Arts)

For a description of degree requirements

to be fulfilled in addition to those listed

below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82.

Students must earn a minimum grade of

C- in all courses with the “CHEM” prefix for

the BA Chemistry Major degree.

Lower Division

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

Plus one of these calculus series:

 MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the

Biological Sciences &

Natural Resources

MATH 215 (3) Multivariate Calculus

for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources, or

 MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

Draft

107

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Chemistry

Plus one of these physics

series:

 PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics and Heat

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, or

 PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B

PHYX 211 (4) General Physics C

Upper Division

CHEM 310 (3) Inorganic Chemistry I

CHEM 323 (1)

Nuclear Magnetic

Resonance

Spectroscopy

Techniques

CHEM 324 (3) Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 324L (2) Organic Chemistry I Lab

CHEM 325 (3) Organic Chemistry II

CHEM 325L (2) Organic Chemistry II Lab

CHEM 341 (5) Quantitative Analysis

CHEM 361 (3) Physical Chemistry I

One of the following:

 CHEM 362 (3) Physical Chemistry II

CHEM 363 (2)

Physical Chemistry II

Lab,

 CHEM 410 (3) Inorganic Chemistry II

CHEM 410L (2) Inorganic Chemistry II

Lab,

 CHEM 441 (4) Instrumental Analysis

One of the following:

 CHEM 438 (4)

Introductory

Biochemistry,

 CHEM 434 (3) Biochemistry I

CHEM 434L (2) Biochemistry I Lab

CHEM 435 (3) Biochemistry II

CHEM 435L (2) Biochemistry II Lab

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

A minimum of 8 upper division units must

be completed at Humboldt State University.

Students must earn a minimum grade of

C- in all courses with the “CHEM” prefix for

the BS Chemistry Minor degree.

Lower Division

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

Upper Division

15 approved units, in clud ing at least one of

the following sequences:

 CHEM 323 (1) Nuclear Magnetic

Resonance Spectroscopy

Techniques

CHEM 324 (3) Organic Chemistry I

CHEM 324L (2) Organic Chemistry I

Lab

CHEM 325 (3) Organic Chemistry II

CHEM 325L (2) Organic Chemistry II

Lab, or

 CHEM 341 (5) Quantitative Analysis

CHEM 441 (4) Instrumental Analysis,

 CHEM 361 (3) Physical Chemistry I

CHEM 362 (3) Physical Chemistry II

CHEM 363 (2) Physical Chemistry II

Lab, or

 CHEM 434 (3) Biochemistry I

CHEM 434L (2) Biochemistry I Lab

CHEM 435 (3) Biochemistry II

CHEM 435L (2) Biochemistry II Lab

For the required 15 units, all of the above

courses and the following courses are ap-

proved for all students:

CHEM 310 (3) Inorganic Chemistry I

CHEM 330 (3) Molecular Modeling

CHEM 370 (3) Earth System Chemistry

CHEM 410 (3) Inorganic Chemistry II

CHEM 410L (2)

Inorganic Chemistry II Lab

CHEM 495 (1-3)

Undergraduate Research

The following courses are approved for all

students except those listed:

CHEM 228 (4) Brief Organic Chemistry

[not approved for students getting credit

for CHEM 324/324L or 325/325L]

CHEM 438 (4)

Introductory Biochemistry

[not approved for students getting credit

for CHEM 434/434L or 435/435L]

nnn

Draft

108

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Child Development [Liberal Studies]

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Lib er al Studies —

concentration in Child Development

Minor in Early Childhood Development

Minor in Family Studies (see Family

Studies)

Minor in American Sign Language and

Special Populations (see American

Sign Language & Special Populations)

Department Chair

Dr. Kishan Lara-Cooper

Department of Child Development

Harry Griffith Hall 229

707-826-3471

[email protected]

childdev.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this program will

have demonstrated:

 description of the principles and patterns

of growth and development in the cognitive,

physical and motor, communicative, emo-

tional, and social domains

 critical evaluation of literature germane to

child development (theories, research, his-

torical viewpoints, current viewpoints, contem-

porary trends, assumptions, practices)

 identification and evaluation of the variety

of factors that influence children’s develop-

ment (personal, familial, social)

 knowledge about child development

related professions (services, common

foundation, opportunities for collaboration)

 practical skills in working with children

(assessment instruments, guidance ap-

proaches)

 skills required of professionals in the field

(interpersonal communication, collaboration,

reflection, ethics, personal decision making,

advocacy, writing, presenting, and using in-

formation technology).

This major focuses on the ever-growing body

of knowledge about children and its applica-

tions. This interdisciplinary major provides a

holistic approach to the study of children, from

birth to age 18, and provides the basis for a

variety of careers. These include: preschool

or elementary teacher, after-school program

leader, child abuse prevention worker, civil-

ian employee for military base family/child

services, consultant for employer-sponsored

child/family program, early childhood special

education teacher, home visitor for at-risk

families, infant/toddler intervention worker,

licensing representative, parent educator,

Peace Corps/Americorps volunteer, public

policy advocate, recreation leader, researcher,

resource and referral coordinator, social

worker, special education teacher, youth

services coordinator, university professor.

Humboldt’s program is unique among the

child development programs in the CSU

system in that:

 core courses (which all students take)

give cohe sive and comprehensive attention

to children’s development and socialization;

 an on-campus practicum is required;

 additional practicums with children or

fam i lies are available in the em pha sis areas;

 coursework beyond the core is based on

the student’s own iden tified special interests.

In core courses students learn basic prin-

ciples and theories of child development

as well as practices that support children

and families. Students also select one of the

following three emphases: Teaching, Child

and Family Services, or Specialized Studies

emphasis. Within the first two emphases,

students select specialization areas while the

Specialized Studies is individually designed

between student and advisor. For a simplified

visual summary of the CD emphasis, go to

the Child Development website at

humboldt.

edu/cdblog

Preparation

High school students should take cours es in

history, political science, English, and speech.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

The Upper Division Area D General Education

requirement is met by the coursework within

Liberal Studies: Child Development major.

58-59 units are required depending on the

emphasis selected:

 Core for all emphases (34 units), plus

one of the following:

 Teaching (24 - 25 units)

 Child & Family Services (24 units)

 Specialized Studies (24 units)

Students must earn a mini mum grade of

C- in all courses required for the major

— core, emphasis, and special ization. It

is recommended that students view our

website for major requirements clarification:

childdev.humboldt.edu.

Core Courses

(34 units)

The core courses are required of all stu-

dents and should be taken in the order listed

below. (There may be scheduling problems

that delay graduation if 200- and 300-level

courses are postponed.)

 One course from the following four

courses. (Selected in consultation with CD

advisor.)

CD 209 (3) Middle Childhood

Development

CD 253 (3) Prenatal & Infant

Development

CD 255 (3) Early Childhood

Development

PSYC 414

‡

(3)

Psychology of Adolescence

& Young Adulthood

Plus:

CD 211 (3)

Perspectives: Professional

Development, or

CD 211S (3)

Perspectives: Professional

Development

CD 257 (4) Supervised Work with

Children I

CD 310 (3) Perspectives: History &

Theory [DCG-d], or

AIE 330 (3) History of Indian

Education [DCG-d]

CD 350 (3) Perspectives: Life-Span

Development

CD 354 (3) Methods of Observation

CD 355 (3) Language Development, or

COMM 422 (4) Children’s Communication

Development

CD 366 (3) Exceptional Children &

Their Families

CD 467 (3) Working with Culturally

Diverse Families [DCG-d],

CD 467S (3) Working with Culturally

Diverse Families [DCG-d],

AIE 335 (3) Social & Cultural

Considerations [DCG-d]

CD 469 (3) Contemporary Issues in

Child Development

CD 479 (3)

Policy Analysis & Advocacy

‡

Course requires one or more prereq-

uisites that are not required elsewhere

in the major.

Draft

109

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Child Development [Liberal Studies]

Emphases (24-25 units): Select one from

the following:

Teaching Emphasis (24-25 units including

emphasis & specialization areas)

Required Courses

CD 356 (3) Curriculum Development

for Early Childhood

CD 357 (3) Early Literacy

CD 358 (3) Supervised Work with

Children II

CD 446 (3) Structure & Content

of Children’s Thinking

CD 482 (1-4) Directed Field Experience

/Internship

Select one of three specialization areas.

1. Early Childhood Education & Care

CD 255 (3) Early Childhood

Development

(required in CD core)

CD 251 (3) Children, Families and

Their Communities

CD 352 (3) Parent/Child

Relationships [DCG-d]

and one course from:

CD 362 (3) Children and Stress, or

CD 464 (3)

Atypical Child Development

NOTE: Students completing the above spe-

cialization qualify to apply for the California

Commission on Teacher Credentialing Child

Development Permit at the Site Supervisor

level. To move to the Program Director level

of the permit, students must complete 6

units in early childhood administration and

2 units in adult supervision. In addition, they

need at least one year of documented experi-

ence as a Site Supervisor.

2. Elementary Education

CD 209

(3)

Middle Childhood

Development

(in core)

MATH 308B (3) & MATH 308C (3)

Mathematics for

Elementary Education

SCI 331 (3) Fundamental Concepts in

Science Education

KINS 475 (3) Elementary School

Physical Education

ART 358 (3) Art Structure

NOTE: Students completing the above spe-

cialization qualify to apply for the California

Commission on Teacher Credentialing Child

Development Permit at the Site Supervisor

level with a School Age emphasis. Students

are also well prepared for Elementary

Education Credential programs to become

elementary school teachers.

For information about a specific California

Teacher Credentialing Subject Matter

program, see separate information on the

Child Development Elementary Education

Program.

3. Special Education/Early Intervention

One of the following three courses:

CD 209 (3) Middle Childhood

Development

CD 253 (3) Prenatal and Infant

Development

CD 255 (3) Early Childhood

Development

plus:

CD 352 (3) Parent/Child

Relationships [DCG-d]

and 6 units from:

CD 109Y (3)

American Sign Language I,

CD 109Z (3)

American Sign Language II

CD 362 (3) Children and Stress

CD 464 (3) Atypical Child

Development

PSYC 418

‡

(3) Developmental

Psychopathology

Child & Family Services Emphasis

(24 units including emphasis & specialization)

Required Courses (6 units)

CD 251 (3) Children, Families and

Their Communities

CD 352 (3) Parent/Child

Relationships [DCG-d]

Emphasis (9 units)

In consultation with their major advisor,

students identify 9 units in a discipline

that provide a foundation for their specific

interests and specialization. Commonly se-

lected disciplines include American Indian

Education, Child Development, Kinesiology,

Psychology, Recreation, and Social Work,

however other options are also possible.

Courses are chosen based on the student’s

educational and professional goals

Specialization (9 units)

In consultation with their major advisor, stu-

dents identify 9 units that are specific to their

specific educational and professional goals.

Courses may be selected to meet job licens-

ing requirements, certificate requirements,

graduate school entrance requirements,

professional development opportunities or

other specialized needs or interests.

‡

Course requires one or more prereq-

uisites that are not required elsewhere

in the major.

Specialized Studies Emphasis (24

units total)

This emphasis is individually designed for

students who require specialized prepara-

tion and/or post-graduate studies (e.g. child

life specialist). Students select 21 units in

consultation with their advisor. The program

must include:

CD 482 (1-4) Directed Field Experience/

Internship, or

CD 499 (1-4) Directed Study

Plus 21 units that provide:

• a strong disciplinary perspective,

• a clear theme with regard to practices

with children and families, and

• any known prerequisites for anticipated

graduate work.

This emphasis is typically used by students

who have very specific career goals such

as child life specialist, speech pathologist,

infant/family/early childhood mental health,

or family life educator.

Early Childhood

CAP Transfer

The Early Childhood CAP (Curriculum

Alignment Project) transfer emphasis is

designed for students who have completed

a CA Curriculum Alignment Project (CAP)

approved, 24-unit early childhood transfer

package at a California community college.

Such students should follow the plan of study

below to complete the child development

major at Humboldt State within two years

of full-time study if lower division education

coursework is also complete.

CAP Transfer Requirements

Required Courses (27-28 units)

CD 211 (3)

Perspectives: Professional

Development, or

CD 211S (3) Perspectives: Professional

Development

CD 350 (3) Perspectives: Life-Span

Development

CD 310 (3) Perspectives: History &

Theory

CD 354 (3) Methods of Observation

CD 355 (3)

Language Development, or

COMM 422 (4) Children’s Communication

Development

Draft

110

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Child Development [Liberal Studies]

CD 366 (3) Exceptional Children &

Their Families

CD 467 (3) Working with Culturally

Diverse Families [DCG-d],

CD 467S (3) Working with Culturally

Diverse Families [DCG-d],

CD 465 (2-3) Parents in Partnership

CD 469 (3) Contemporary Issues in

Child Development

CD 479 (3)

Policy Analysis & Advocacy

Emphasis and Specialization (8 units)

CD 358 (4) Supervised Work with

Children II

CD 482 (1-4) Directed Field Experience

/Internship

CD 499 (1) Family Theory

CAP-Approved Transfer Package (24 units)

Includes one growth and development

course and first practicum, as well as cur-

riculum; principles and practices of teaching

young children; child, family, and community;

child health, safety, and nutrition; teaching

in a diverse society; observation and as-

sessment.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Early Childhood Development

This minor provides a background in the de-

velopment of children from birth through age

eight with a focus on four interrelated areas.

The minor is useful to those wishing to work

with children and families. Students must

complete courses in the following areas:

Growth & Development

(complete two):

CD 253 (3) Prenatal & Infant

Development

CD 255 (3) Early Childhood

Development

CD 350 (3) Perspectives: Life-Span

Development

Completion of one of the above courses is a

prerequisite to all other courses in the minor.

Guidance & Discipline:

(complete one):

CD 257 (4) Supervised Work with

Children I

CD 354 (3) Methods of Observation

Special Needs of Children

(complete one):

CD 362 (3) Children & Stress

CD 366 (3) Exceptional Children &

Their Families

CD 464 (3) Atypical Child

Development

Family Relations (complete one):

CD 251 (3) Children, Families and

Their Communities

CD 352 (3) Parent/Child Relations

[DCG-d]

CD 467 (3) Working with Culturally

Diverse Families [DCG-d]

Child Development Permit

Students who minor in early childhood

development may wish to explore requirements

for the Child Development Permit, issued

by the California Commission on Teacher

Credentialing and required for teaching

preschool children in state and federally funded

programs in California. For permit eligibility

and application procedures visit the Child

Development Training Consortium’s website

at childdevelopment.org or the California

Commission on Teacher Credentialing website

at ctc.ca.gov/credentials/CREDS/child-dev-

permits.html.

nnn

Draft

111

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Child Development /Elementary Education [Liberal Studies]

Child Development /

Elementary Education [Liberal Studies]

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Lib er al Studies —

concentration in Child Development

/Elementary Education*

Please note: This program is distinct from

Humboldt’s Child Development (Liberal

Studies) program or Liberal Studies/Ele-

men tary Education.

Department Chair

Dr. Kishan Lara-Cooper

Department of Child Development

Harry Griffith Hall 229

707-826-3471

[email protected]

childdev.humboldt.edu

The Program

This program is designed for students who

wish to become elementary school teach-

ers. Completion of the Child Development/

Elementary Education program (CDEE)

requirements also satisfies

Hum boldt’s

general education, institutions, and

diversity/

common ground requirements.

CDEE has several distinct features:

 Students take the traditional disciplines

taught in elementary schools alongside

courses focusing on developmen tal

characteristics of children.

 The program emphasizes working with

children from grades K-6.

 Students learn how classroom, school,

home, and community impact the child

and the learning process.

 Courses explore different philos o phies of

education but emphasize those that

see

children as active learners

 Students explore

careers to clarify their

professional goals.

 Students participate in multiple super-

vised classroom experiences.

Elementary school teachers must be able to

teach children basic subjects, but they must

also integrate social studies; the visual and

performing arts; health and physical educa-

tion; life, physical, and earth sciences; and

literature. CDEE uses the liberal arts to give

stu dents background in content areas they

will teach. Simul taneously, child development

cours es orient them to the children with

whom they will work.

The depth of study area focuses on teach-

ing 5- to 9-year-old children enrolled in

kindergarten through third grade. It provides

in-depth exposure to theories and method-

ologies that consider children as capable and

active learners who construct knowledge

through meaningful experiences.

The CDEE concentration encourages fre-

quent self-assessment and guided career

exploration. Supervised experiences in

children’s classrooms are key. CDEE stu-

dents acquire guid ance and discipline skills

and prepare developmentally appropriate

curriculum

while working in early primary

classrooms.

For admission requirements to a post-

baccalaureate credential program, contact

the campus credential program of choice.

CDEE students must complete all required

courses with a grade of C- or better and have

at least a 2.7 overall grade-point average.

The CCTC requires all majors to complete

subject-matter assessment. The assess-

ment (conduct ed before the stu dent’s final

semester) is required before entering, and in

some cases applying for, any CCTC-approved

credential programs. (See Education for

admission requirements to Humboldt’s

elementary education credential program.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Must see Child Development advisor for

requirements.

Core Liberal Arts

(specific GE requirements)

Child Development Core Courses (34

units)

Child Development major includes growth

and development courses, practicums with

children, and depth of studies options.

nnn

* The Liberal Studies Child Development

degree program with an Elementary

Education specialization is recommended

for transfer students preparing for

elementary school teaching.

Draft

112

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Chinese Studies Minor

Minor in Chinese Studies

Department Chair

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Program Director

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Department of World Languages

& Cultures

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-3226, fax 826-4320

wlc.humboldt.edu

The Program

The minor in Chinese Studies, housed in

the Department of World Languages and

Cultures, is characterized by its interdisci-

plinary nature. It consists of a minimum of

25 credit units including core and elective

classes. The minor program gives students

a language experience and solid cultural

base upon which to build an understanding

of Chinese culture and society. Additionally,

students are encouraged to participate in

authorized programs abroad to complete

minor requirements. Selection of courses

is to be made with the counsel of a Chinese

Studies faculty advisor.

Special Scholarship and Awards. The

Department of World Languages and

Cultures has three permanent scholarships

and awards:

 The Benavides-Garb Family International

Travel Award

 The Joe and Helen Bottino Memorial

Travel Award

 The Frank B. Wood Scholarship

All language students are encouraged to

apply for these important scholarships and

awards to enhance language studies with an

international residence. See the department

web page for further information.

Chinese Studies Minor

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Must complete a minimum of 25 units.

Core Courses

Must take the following three courses for a

total of 11 units:

CHIN 105 (4) Chinese Level I

CHIN 106 (4) Chinese Level II

CHIN 109 (3)

Introduction to Chinese

Studies

Chinese Program Courses:

Must take a minimum of 5 units from the

following list:

CHIN 107 (4) Chinese Level III

CHIN 207 (4) Chinese Level IV

CHIN 280 (1-4) Special Topics

CHIN 396 (1) Chinese Film Seminar

CHIN 480 (1-4) Special Topics

Interdisciplinary Courses:

Must take a minimum of three courses

(9-12 units) from the following list:

ANTH 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies: Chinese Culture

ANTH 390 (4) Chinese Cultural Heritage

Seminar

GEOG 472 (1-4) China & Inner Asia

HIST 329 (4) Imperial China

HIST 338 (4) Modern Chinese History

PHIL 345 (3) Philosophies of China

Courses offered by various departments,

often under the rubric of Special Topics,

may be relevant and appropriate to the

Chinese Studies minor. Such courses will

be approved by the Chinese Studies faculty

advisor on a case-by-case basis.

Study Abroad Options

Students pursuing a Chinese Studies Minor

are strongly encouraged to participate in

an HSU or CSU study abroad program in

China. They may study for one semester or

one year. Classes taken in such programs

can be counted toward the minor upon

prior consultation and approval by a Chinese

Studies faculty advisor.

The cost of the residency abroad varies

according to the program and world region.

Students should understand the costs in-

volved and plan ahead. Consult with the HSU

Center for International Programs.

nnn

Draft

113

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Communication

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Communication

Minor in Communication

Department Chair

Armeda Reitzel, Ph.D.

Communication Department

Telonicher House, Room 101

707-826-3261

humboldt.edu/communication

The Program

Students completing this program will

have demonstrated:

 the ability to present an original, formal,

and researched speech

 competence in reflective analysis of

persuasive discourse

 basic competency in written communica-

tion

 understanding of diversity in relationship

to communication

 fundamental understanding of how

knowledge is generated in the communica-

tion discipline.

Communication majors develop understand-

ing of communication codes, communication

and influence, interpersonal and small group

communication processes, public communi-

cation, cultural differences in communication,

and ap plied communication in work contexts.

The communication major helps graduates

develop skills to become more effective advo-

cates, leaders, decision makers, and citizens.

Communication students can become in-

volved in active learning processes inside and

outside the classroom. The Communication

Club is open to all; honorary society chap-

ters are available for those who excel. The

intercollegiate speech and debate program

travels throughout the West Coast, where

students participate in both debate and

individ ual-events tournaments.

Communication graduates excel in many

career fields, including education, law,

business management, marketing, public

relations, human relations, social advocacy,

communication consulting, and training and

development.

Preparation

High school courses in English, speech, and

debate are useful prepar ation, but are not

necessary.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

NOTE: The department highly recommends

majors take COMM 103 to fulfill GE Area A,

Critical Thinking.

Introduction to the Field

COMM 105 (3) Introduction to Human

Communication

Public Communication Skills

Take six units from the following:

COMM 108 (3) Oral Interpretation

COMM 110 (1-3) Intercollegiate Speech

& Debate*

COMM 310 (1-3)

Advanced Intercollegiate

Speech & Debate*

COMM 214 (3) Persuasive Speaking

Personal Communication Skills

Take one from the following:

COMM 213 (3) Interpersonal

Communication

COMM 312 (4) Group Communication

COMM 324 (4)

Nonverbal Communication

Cultural Studies

Take one from the following:

COMM 309B (3)

Gender & Communication

[DCG-d]

COMM 322 (4) Intercultural

Communication [DCG-d]

Communication & Society

Take one from the following:

COMM 300 (3) American Public Discourse

[DCG-d]

COMM 315 (4) Communication & Social

Advocacy [DCG-d]

Research Methods

COMM 319 (4) Communication Research

Applied Communication

Take one from the following:

COMM 411 (4) Organizational

Communication

COMM 416 (3) Social Advocacy Theory &

Practice

Theories of Communication

Take two from the following:

COMM 404 (4) Theories of

Communication Influence

COMM 414 (4) Rhetorical Theory

COMM 415 (4) Communication Theory

Special Topics

Must be taken from a single 3- or 4-unit class.

Other 480 courses may be used as electives.

COMM 480 (1-4) Seminar in Speech

Communication

Electives

Any upper-division courses needed to com-

plete major requirements of 45 units

COMM 300 (3)

American Public Discourse

[DCG-d]

COMM 309B (3) Gender & Communication

[DCG-d]

COMM 310 (1-3)

Advanced Intercollegiate

Speech & Debat

COMM 312 (4) Group Communication

COMM 315 (4) Communication & Social

Advocacy [DCG-d]

COMM 322 (4) Intercultural

Communication [DCG-d]

COMM 324 (4)

Nonverbal Communication

COMM 404 (4) Theories of

Communication Influence

COMM 414 (4) Rhetorical Theory

COMM 415 (4) Communication Theory

COMM 416 (3) Social Advocacy Theory &

Practice

COMM 422 (4) Children’s Communication

Development

COMM 426 (4)

Adolescent Communication

COMM 472 (1) Convention Experience

COMM 480 (1-4) Seminar in Speech

Communication

COMM 495 (1-6) Field Experiences in

Speech Communication

(3-unit max. toward fulfilling

major requirements)

COMM 499 (1-4) Directed Study

(3-unit max.)

Capstone

COMM 490 (2) Capstone Experience

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

12 units of communication cours es, with six

units from upper division courses and no more

than three ac tivity units counted toward the

minor. If used for general education, COMM

100, and COMM 103 cannot be included in

the 12 units for the minor.

nnn

* No more than three units of COMM

110/ COMM 310 may be counted to fulfill

this requirement and a total of no more

than four units may be used to meet major

requirements.

Draft

114

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Computer Science

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Com pu ter Science

Minor in Com pu ter Science

Department Chair

Bori Mazzag, Ph.D.

Department of Computer Science

Behavioral & Social Sciences 320

707-826-3143

[email protected]

humboldt.edu/computerscience

The Program

Students who graduate from this program

will have demonstrated:

 computational thinking, a way of problem

solving which draws upon central computing

concepts, such as abstraction, virtualization,

algorithmic development and analysis, recur-

sion, resource management, and induction

 self-directed learning, whereby graduates

may maintain their currency in the field by

formulating their own learning goals, identify-

ing learning strategies, identifying available

resources, implementing learning strate-

gies, and evaluating learning outcomes

 communicating and collaborating, which

pairs the written and oral skills to deliver

information with the ability to respect and

embrace the diversity others bring to a team

 the ability to produce and digest technical

documents.

The Computer Science program prepares

students for roles across the breadth of

computer science, in industry, service,

and research. Our approach to computer

science includes a rigorous and balanced

core of mathematical, theoretical, and

practical knowledge about computation.

Students in our department spend more

instructional hours on topics central to

computer science than at many similar

institutions, while electives in topics like

robotics and bioinformatics programming

challenge students to deeply employ the

tools of their discipline. Our approach also

emphasizes active engagement of students

in the learning process both in and beyond

the classroom. To support this approach,

faculty vigorously pursue professional

development.

Majors have access to a departmental

lab, which provides dual-booting Linux and

Windows platforms with many language

compilers. Our Internet Teaching Laboratory

(ITL) provides an isolated network for

network design experimentation and student

Computer Science

investigations in computer security. The

ITL also serves as the home of our paral-

lel cluster mini-supercomputer deus ex

machina, and storage for a collection of

robot kits used in neighboring lab spaces.

Servers for n-tier application development

are also available to students.

Students participate in the Computer

Science Club, affiliated with the national

Association for Computing Machinery (ACM).

Many students enjoy internship opportuni-

ties. Faculty typically hold memberships

with professional organizations including

the ACM, IEEE Computer Society, and the

Consortium for Computing in Small Colleges.

Job Prospects

Numerous careers are available to gradu-

ates in this major, including software

engineering and development; network

maintenance, implementation, and design;

database design and web interface develop-

ment; scientific computing; and innumer-

ably more. Many of our students pursue

graduate studies in areas such as computer

graphics, parallel computing, man-machine

interfaces, data communications, computa-

tional philosophy, expert systems, artificial

intelligence, embedded computer applica-

tions, distributed systems, and networking.

The job forecast for computer specialists is

outstanding. More than 750,000 new jobs

will be created between 2008 and 2018,

according to the Federal Bureau of Labor

Statistics. An analysis of their data by Calvin

College revealed that 71% of the anticipated

increase in all science and engineering jobs

will be in computing. The National Association

of Colleges and Employers reports consis-

tently high wage growth across the industry.

Preparation

Oral and written communication skills are

central to success in college science majors,

including computer science. Prospective stu-

dents should take as many English, speech,

and mathematics courses as possible, as

well as general science courses.

Students transferring from a community

college should also take courses meeting

the Transfer Model Curriculum (TMC) for

computer science. We strive to quickly

graduate students meeting the TMC and

general education requirements.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

A minimum grade of C- must be earned in all

courses required for the major. Prerequisite

courses must be passed with a minimum

grade of C-.

Lower Division

CS 111 (4) CS Foundations 1

CS 112 (4) CS Foundations 2

CS 211 (4) Data Structures

CS 212 (4) Algorithms

CS 243 (4) Architecture

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8]

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I (preferred), or

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & NR

MATH 253 (3) Discrete Mathematics

Upper Division

CS 325 (4) Database Design

CS 328 (4) Web Apps Using

Databases

CS 346 (4) Telecommunications &

Networks

CS 374 (4) Operating Systems

CS 449 (4) Computer Security

CS 458 (4) Software Engineering

CS 461 (4) Computational Models

Choose two of the following:

CS 232 (3) Python Programming

CS 235 (3) Java Programming

CS 237 (3) Bioinformatics

Programming

CS 279 (4) Introduction to Linux

CS 280/CS 280L (1-3) Selected Topics

in Computing

CS 444 (4) Robotics

CS 480

/CS 480L (1-4)

Advanced Topics

in Computing

CS 482 (1-4) Internship

CS 499 (1-4) Directed Study

MATH 351 (4) Introduction to Numerical

Analysis

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

CS 111 (4) CS Foundations 1

CS 112 (4) CS Foundations 2

Plus three additional approved Computer

Science courses, at least two of which are

upper division, with total units equal to at

least 18 units. These courses may not

include general education courses.

nnn

Draft

115

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Criminology & Justice Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Criminology &

Justice Studies

Department of Sociology

Behavioral & Social Sciences 518

707-826-3139

humboldt.edu/sociology

Affiliated Research Institutes

Altruistic Personality and Prosocial

Behavior Institute

California Center for Rural Policy (CCRP)

Center for Applied Social Analysis and

Education (CASAE)

Humboldt Institute for Interdisciplinary

Marijuana Research (HIIMR)

Humboldt Journal of Social Relations (HJSR)

Department Chair

Mary Virnoche, Ph.D.

CJS Coordinator

Michihiro Clark Sugata, Ph.D.

The Program

Students completing a BA in Criminology and

Justice Studies will have demonstrated the

following program learning outcomes:

 Effectively communicate orally about

social science theory and methods (oral

communication)

 Effectively communicate in writing about

social science theory and methods (informa-

tion literacy)

 Think theoretically about crime, justice,

and the process and significance of criminal-

ization (social justice)

 Explain the historical evolution of law in

relation to social, economic, and political

forces (critical thinking – theory)

 Evaluate research designs and analytic

techniques (critical thinking – methods)

Criminology & Justice Studies (CJS) students

find an active and supportive department

culture with a curriculum intentionally

focused on a critical criminology perspective.

Critical criminology challenges traditional

understandings and seeks to unearth the

social and historical processes that con-

stitute ‘crime’. Coursework addresses law,

policy, social justice and how systems of

oppression are produced and reproduced

by the criminal punishment system. Faculty

members teaching in this major come from

multiple disciplines including sociology, ethnic

studies, political science, gender & sexuality

studies, social work, and Native American

studies. CJS core courses are primarily

taught through a sociological perspective,

which allows students to develop critical

thinking about systems-structures and

research skills.

The program prepares students to be

transformative leaders in a variety of loca-

tions, from probation and legal advocacy to

community activism and policy research.

Above all students will have a solid foundation

to work and effect social change.

Students should know that law enforcement

agencies usually have extensive training

programs on the specifics of work in their or-

ganization (investigation procedures, safety

protocols). Our program does not provide

that training. Our CJS program provides a

liberal arts degree with breadth, adaptability

and practical application. Graduates choose

to work in many different sectors: non-profit,

private business, social services, education,

health services, public relations, govern-

ment, as well as pursuing graduate studies.

Community engagement and social action

are important values of the Department of

Sociology. Internships and faculty supervised

original research are encouraged for the

capstone experience. The sociology/ CJS

community advisory board assists with

developing and maintaining internships and

community action research opportunities.

Preparation

In high school take math, writing, and social

science courses (history, psychology, sociology).

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

A minimum grade of C is required for all

courses in the major. Total major units:

39-44.

Core Lower Division (11 units)

CRIM 125 (3) Intro to Criminology and

Justice Studies

CRIM 225 (4) Inequalities/

Criminalization, or

CRIM 225S (4) Inequalities/

Criminalization**

SOC 282L (1) Sociological Statistics Lab

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Prereq: STAT 8]

Core Upper Division (13 units)

CRIM 325 (4) Law and Society

CRIM 410 (4) Criminological Theory

SOC 382 (4) Intro to Social Research

SOC 372 (1) Proseminar, or

SOC 472 (1) Graduate School Planning

Knowledge Based Requirements

(12-16 units)

Choose one course from each of the follow-

ing four categories:

Inequalities, Identities, and Crime

CRIM 362 (4) Gender, Sexualities and

Crime

CRIM 431 (4) Juvenile Delinquency

PSYC 419

‡

(3) Family Violence

SOC 330 (4) Social Deviance

SOC 363 (4) Environmental Crime

SOC 466 (4) Migration & the Global

Economy

SOC 480 (4) Special Topics***

Law

CRIM 455 (4)

Policing Bodies: A Bio-

political

History of Race,

Riots, & Surveillance

CRGS 360 (4) Race, Gender & US Law

ES 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies (Topic: Narrating

Genocide)

NAS 364 (4) Federal Indian Law I

PSCI 410

‡

(4) U.S. Constitutional Law

PSCI 441 (4) International Law

SOC 480 (4) Special Topics***

Justice and Policy

CRIM 420 (4) Drugs and Society

CRIM 430 (4) Law and Dissent

CRIM 433 (4)

Punishment and Justice in

Cross-National Perspective

ES 310 (4) US & Mexico Border

NAS 332 (3) Environmental Justice

NAS 468 (3) Tribal Justice Systems

PSCI 313 (4)

Politics of Criminal Justice

SOC 480 (4) Special Topics***

Social Research and Action Skills

ANTH 318

‡

(4) Ethnography

CRGS 313/EDUC 313 (3) Community

Activism

‡

Course requires one or more prerequisites

that are not required elsewhere in the major.

** Service Learning component

***

Course only meets requirements if the

specific topic is appropriate to the knowledge

based area. Consult with an advisor.

Draft

116

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

FILM 362 (4) Social Change Digital

Production

FILM 455 (4) Grant Writing

FILM 455S (4) Grant Writing**

GSP 270

‡

(3)

Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

PSCI 412 (4) Legal Research

PSYC 478

‡

(4) Analysis of Variance

PSYC 488

‡

(4) Regression/Multivariate

Topics

SOC 475 (4) Community Organizing

SOC 480 (4) Special Topics***

WS 320 (3) Act to End Violence

Seminar

Capstone (3-4 units)

Choose one course.

CRIM 487 (4) Community Action

Research

SOC 482 (3) Internship

SOC 492 (3) Senior Thesis

Many contributing departments to the

CJS major offer 1-2 unit workshops around

pressing social issues and popular topics.

We encourage enrollment in these work-

shops, but the units may not be counted

as part of the required 39-44 unit major

requirement. Exception: Units may be used

to “make up” 1-2 units if a student is short

after transferring 3-unit courses from

another college.

nnn

‡

Course requires one or more prerequisites

that are not required elsewhere in the major.

** Service Learning component

***

Course only meets requirements if the

specific topic is appropriate to the knowledge

based area. Consult with an advisor.

Criminology & Justice Studies

Draft

117

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Critical Race, Gender & Sexuality Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Critical Race, Gender

and Sexuality Studies

Minor in Comparative Ethnic Studies

(see Ethnic Studies, Comparative Minor)

Minor in Multicultural Queer Studies

(see Multicultural Queer Studies)

Minor in Women’s Studies (see

Women’s Studies)

Department Chair

Kim Berry Ph.D.

Behavioral & Social Sciences 246

Department of Critical Race, Gender

and Sexuality Studies

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-4329, fax 707-826-4320

crgs.humboldt.edu

The Program

Our major lies at the intersections of Ethnic

Studies (ES), Women’s Studies (WS), and

Multicultural Queer Studies (MQS). This

interdisciplinary program analyzes how

notions of race, gender, sexuality, nation,

class, physical ability, and other aspects of

social location materially influence people’s

lives. Students take a common core of

classes then choose an emphasis in ES,

WS, or MQS.

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 use intersectional analysis to examine

social issues

 explain prominent debates in critical

social theory

 examine gendered, racialized, and/or

sexualized relations in a transnational context

 link theory to practice

 write effectively within scholarly contexts

 articulate the relationship between social

justice movements and history.

CRGS graduates will be prepared to work

in such fields as politics and government,

business, social services, activism, and

community organizing, and to pursue a

variety of other jobs in the non-profit sector.

In addition, graduates will be in a strong

position to enter and successfully complete

graduate study programs in the social

sciences and humanities as well as obtain

professional degrees and credentials leading

to a range of careers. Graduates of our

program are likely to pursue professions

in, for example, social work, library science,

education (K-12, community college, and

university levels), health care (counselor,

psychologist, midwife, doctor, nurse, hospice,

and hospital counseling), and law (civil rights

attorney, legal representation for domestic

abuse and violence cases, human rights law).

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements

to be fulfilled in addition to those listed

below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82.

All courses required for the major must be

completed with a minimum grade of C-.

Core Courses (26 units)

Lower Division [9 units]

Required:

CRGS 108 (3) Power/Privilege: Gender

& Race, Sex, Class

Historical Content:

Choose one of the following:

ES 105 (3) Intro to Ethnic Studies, or

WS 107 (3) Women, Culture, History

Contemporary Issues:

Choose one of the following:

ES 106 (3) Intro to Black Studies, or

WS 106 (3) Intro to Women’s Studies

Upper Division [12 units]

CRGS 330 (3) Women of Color

Feminisms

CRGS 360 (4) Race, Gender & US Law

CRGS 390 (4) Theory & Methods

CRGS 485 (1) Professional Development

Community Engagement & Leadership [5

units required]

CRGS 313/EDUC 313 (3) Community

Activism

Plus two units from the following courses:

CRGS 482 (1-3) Internship, or

CRGS 491 (1-2) Mentoring

Select one of the following emphases:

Ethnic Studies Emphasis [16 units]

Core courses plus:

ES 310 (4) US-Mexico Border

Take 12 units from the following list, chosen

in consultation with major advisor:

CRGS 235 (1) Act to End Sexualized

Violence

ES 107 (3) Chican@/Latin@ Lives

ES 245 (3) Hip Hop & the Black

Experience

ES 304 (3) Migrations and Mosaics

ES 305 (3) African American Cultural

History

ES 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies

ES 308 (3) Multi-Ethnic Resistance

in the US

ES 314 (3) Chicano Culture & Society

ES 325 (3) From Civil Rights to Black

Power

ES 326 (4) Media & the Politics of

Representation

ES 336/WS 336/ENGL 336 (4) American

Ethnic Literature

ES 465B-C/ENGL 465B-C/WS 465B-C

[4] Multicultural Issues in

Literature/Languages

ES 480 (1-3) Special Topics in Ethnic

Studies

or other advisor approved courses.

Multicultural Queer Studies

Emphasis [16 units required]

Core courses plus:

CRGS 430/ANTH 430 (3-4) “Queer”

Across Cultures

Take 12 units from the following list, chosen

in consultation with major advisor:

CRGS 235 (1) Act to End Sexualized

Violence

CRGS 321 (3) Trans* Lives and

Theory

ES 336/WS 336/ENGL 336 (4) American

Ethnic Literature (

when

offered as Multicultural

Queer Narratives)

ES 465B-C/ENGL 465B-C/WS 465B-C

[4] Multicultural Issues in

Literature/Languages

(

when offered as

Performing

Race & Gender)

FILM 465 (4) Film Seminar (

when offered

Queer Movies)

PSYC 236 (1) Choice & Changes in

Sexuality

PSYC 436/WS 436 (3) Human Sexuality

PSYC 437 (3) Sexual Diversity

WS 318/EDUC 318 (3) Gay and Lesbian

Issues in Schools

WS 350 (4) Health & Body Politics

WS 370 (3-4) Queer Women’s Lives, or

ENGL 360 (4)

Special Topics in Literature

(when offered as Queer

Women’s Literature)

or other advisor approved courses.

Draft

118

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Dance Minor

Minor in Dance

See also Dance Studies (Interdisciplinary

Studies) and Theatre, Film, and Dance.

Dance Minor Advisor

Sharon Butcher

707-826-3549

[email protected]

Department of Theatre, Film & Dance

Theatre Arts Building, Room 20

707-826-3566

dance.humboldt.edu

The Program

Minors develop an understanding of dance

as an art form and as a unique cultural and

social expression. Students develop skills in

physical techniques, creative process, col-

laboration, and performance. Dance minors

are encouraged to participate in informal

and mainstage dance performances.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Complete a minimum of 18 units, six of which

must be upper division. The program must

be approved by the dance minor advisor.

Transfer students must complete nine units

at HSU.

Required Courses (10 units)

DANC 104 (3) Modern/Contemporary II

DANC 288 (1) Music for Dancers

DANC 289 (1) Choreography I

DANC 303 (3) Dance in World Cultures

DANC 389 (2) Choreography II

Elective Courses (8 units)

Select eight units, one of which must be

upper division, from the following:

DANC 103 (3) Modern/Contemporary I

DANC 103T (1) Modern/Contemporary I

Skills Maintenance

DANC 104T (1) Modern/Contemporary II

Skills Maintenance

DANC 110 (2) Ballet I

DANC 110T (1) Ballet I Skills Maintenance

DANC 120 (2) Jazz Dance Styles I

DANC 120T (1) Jazz Styles I Skills Maint.

DANC 240 (1) African Dance

DANC 243 (1) Tap Dance

DANC 245 (1) Middle Eastern Dance

DANC 247 (1) Mexican Folklorico Dance

DANC 310 (2) Ballet II

DANC 310T (1)

Ballet II Skills Maintenance

DANC 320 (2) Jazz Dance Styles II

DANC 320T (1) Jazz Styles II Skills Maint.

DANC 330 (2)

Modern/Contemporary III

DANC 330T (1)

Modern/Contemporary III

Skills Maintenance

DANC 350 (3) Dance Science

DANC 380 (1-3) Special Topics in Dance —

Activity Based

DANC 400 (3) Bodyworks

DANC 480 (1-4) Special Topics in Dance

DANC 484 (3) Creative Dance for the

Classroom

DANC 488 (1-4) Dance Performance

Ensemble

DANC 489 (4)

Dance Theatre Production

PE 192 (1) Latin Dance

PE 194 (1) Social Dance

PE 196 (1) Swing Dance

nnn

Women’s Studies Emphasis

[16 units required]

Core courses plus:

WS 315/ANTH 315 (4) Sex, Gender, and

Globalization*

Take 12 units from the following list, chosen

in consultation with major advisor:

CRGS 235 (1) Act to End Sexualized

Violence

CRGS 430/ANTH 430 (3-4) “Queer”

Across Cultures*

ES 336/WS 336/ENGL 336 (4) American

Ethnic Literature

WS 303 (3) Anticolonial Women’s

Movements*

WS 317/ANTH 317 (4) Women in

Development

WS 320 (3) Act to End Violence

Seminar

WS 340 (3-4) Ecofeminism*

WS 350 (4) Health & Body Politics

WS 370 (3-4) Queer Women’s Lives, or

ENGL 360 (4) when offered as Queer

Women’s Literature

WS 419/PSYC 419 (3) Family Violence

WS 465B-C/ENGL 465B-C/ES 465B-C

[4] Multicultural Issues in

Literature/Languages

WS 480 (1-5) Selected Topics in

Women’s Studies

or other advisor approved courses.

Students must take a minimum of two

courses with transnational focus.

nnn

Draft

119

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Dance Studies [Interdisciplinary Studies]

Bachelor of Arts degree

with an In ter dis ciplinary Studies

major — concentration in Dance

Studies

See also:

Liberal Studies/Ele men tary Education

Child Development/Elementary

Education

Secondary Education:*

Preliminary Cre dentials in the following

Single Subjects (You can find more informa-

tion on any of the following undergraduate

programs, listed under the subject name.):

Art Education, English/Language Arts

Education, History Education (Social

Science), Mathematics Education, Music

Education, Physical Education, Science

Education [Biology, Chemistry, Geoscience,

or Physics], Spanish Education

Special Education:

Preliminary Education Specialist Credential

in Mild/Moderate Disabilities

Preliminary Education Specialist Credential

in Moderate/Severe Disabilities

Educational Leadership:

Preliminary Administrative Serv ices Cre -

den tial

*Students completing one of the single

subjects education programs (secondary

education) may waive the CSET for entering

credential programs in those areas.

School of Education

Harry Griffith Hall 202

707-826-5873

707-826-5868 (fax)

humboldt.edu/education

Education and Credentialing Office

Harry Griffith Hall 202

707-826-5867 (Elementary, Secondary Ed.,

Special Ed, Administration,)

707-826-3729 (Graduate)

The Programs

Humboldt State University has a long tradi-

tion of teacher education dating back to

1914, when it first opened as a Normal

School. Over the years, Humboldt has pre-

pared

many of the teachers of this region

while developing a reputation for innovation

and close cooperation with local school

** The Education MA program is not

accepting applications for the 2019-20

academic year.

Draft

124

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Education

competency by one of the following

options: (1) Pass EDUC 285, Technology

Skills for Educators, three units at HSU,

or C103 Intro to Computer Education,

two units at Coastline Community College.

(2) Pass the Preliminary Education

Technology Exam; registration is online,

ctcexams.nesinc.com, cost is $210. (3)

Pass course(s) equivalent to EDUC 285

that meet level 1 standards.

 Verification of passing a basic skills exam.

See humboldt.edu/education for details.

 Tuberculin clear ance (chest x-ray or TB

skin test) and rubella immunization.

 Verification of passing the CSET in

Multiple Subjects.

 CPR card from American Heart

Association Course B or C, American

Red Cross Community CPR, or equivalent

training in Adult, Child and Infant CPR.

 Prior to beginning the program, either

(1) a certificate of clearance from the

California Commission on Teacher Cre-

dentialing, or (2) evidence of a credential

or permit authorizing public school

teaching in California. Information can

be found in the application at humboldt.

edu/education/programs/credential-

programs/elementary-education.

 A set of transcripts (unofficial transcripts

are acceptable) and three letters of

recommendation.

 Passing of a basic constitution course

(PSCI 110, PSCI 159, or PSCI 410) or

a passing score on the US Constitution

Test administered by the County Office

of Education. Most Humboldt graduates

have met this requirement. Students

from other institutions of higher educa-

tion should contact Humboldt’s credential

analyst, 707-826-6217.

 A $20.00 fee is charged for the phase

I fieldwork course to provide coverage

of professional liability insurance that

is required by the CSU and local school

districts prior to student teaching.

February 15 is the deadline for submitting

the application packet to the Education and

Credentialing office. The deadline for submit-

ting a post-baccalaureate application to the

Office of Admissions is February 15.

All packets are reviewed by School of

Education faculty. Can di dates inter view with

a faculty committee and with school district

ad min is tra tors and teachers before being

admitted to pro fes sion al education courses.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

(Elementary Education)

Note: Credential requirements are subject

to change due to action by the state legisla-

ture, the California Commission on Teacher

Credentialing, or the

CSU chan cel lor’s office.

The elementary education

coordinator has

the most current in for ma tion

on changes

and how they affect student programs.

Professional Education

Elementary education preliminary-credential

courses and field experiences ensure that all

candidates completing the program will have

been introduced to concepts and strategies

for working effectively with English language

learners. The program implements the

edTPA for the state-mandated teacher per-

formance assessment that candidates must

pass to be recommended for a credential.

Preliminary credential courses are se-

quential,

beginning in the fall semester.

Candidates observe/participate at their

field sites full time on the opening day of

school. For the first eight weeks, they have

courses three afternoons and evenings per

week (

Tuesday-Thursday and all day Friday)

and participate at their field site

a minimum

of sixteen hours per week. The last seven

weeks of the semester,

candidates student

teach full time and complete

a minimum of

three days’ solo teaching.

The spring semester follows a similar

pattern:

intersession (first week of Jan uary)

full-time observation/participation in the

second fieldwork placement; seven weeks

of coursework (

Tuesday-Thursday and all day

Friday)

with a minimum of sixteen hours per

week in the placement; and 13 weeks of

full-time student teaching, culminating in a

two-week (minimum) solo.

One of the fieldwork placements, either fall

or spring, will be in primary grades (K-3); the

other placement will be in upper elementary

grades (4-8). Candidates enroll in the follow-

ing courses both fall and spring semesters,

except as noted.

EED 720/B (.5-3) The School & the

Student

EED 721/B (.5-2) Multicultural

Foundations

EED 722/B (.5-3) English Language Skills

& Reading

EED 723/B (.5-4) Integrating Math/

Science in Elementary

School

EED 724/B (.5-1) Fine Arts in the

Integrated Elementary

Curriculum

EED 726/B (.5-1) Professional

Development Seminar

EED 728/B (.5-2) History/Social Science

in the Integrated

Elementary Curriculum

EED 733/B (1) Teaching English

Language Learners [fall]

EED 750 (8) Student Teaching in

Elementary School [fall]

EED 758 (11) Student Teaching in

Elementary School [spring]

Note: Candidates can receive no grade

lower than a “C-” in a preliminary credential

course and must maintain a B average to

remain in the program. For additional infor-

mation, please read the

Elementary Educa-

tion Handbook

, available online.

Supplementary/Subject Matter

Authorizations

Supplementary and specific subject matter

authorizations may be added to a credential

through coursework. A secondary education

credential may be added to an elementary

education credential by passing the CSET

examination for that subject and taking three

semester units of secondary education

methodology. The department office has the

specific requirements.

Professional Clear Credential

An induction program is the required route

to clear an SB 2042 preliminary credential.

Locally, Humboldt State University col-

laborates with the North Coast Beginning

Teacher Project to support new teachers

being inducted into the profession.

SECONDARY EDUCATION

Program Leader

Shannon Morago

Harry Griffith Hall 207

707-826-5822 / [email protected]

Coordinator

Heather Ballinger

Harry Griffith Hall 202D

707-826-5870 / [email protected]

The Program

Humboldt meets subject-matter and profes-

sional requirements in preparing students

to teach in secondary schools (middle

school and senior high). Visit our website

at humboldt.edu/education/programs/

credential-programs/secondary-education

for additional information.

Preliminary Credential

Obtain a preliminary credential by taking

38.5-unit professional education program

to qualify for teaching positions including

teaching English language learners. This

may

be taken after graduation or, in excep-

tional

cases, as part of an approved BA/

BS subject-matter program. The bachelor’s

degree must be received from a regionally

accredited institution of higher learning.

Draft

125

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Education

Procedures for Applying

See the “Elementary Education, Procedures

for Applying” section for items applicants

must document.

The credential program application and

admission guide are available at humboldt.

edu/education/programs/credential-

programs/secondary-education and at the

Education & Credentialing Office (HGH 202).

Orientation sessions that explain the applica-

tion process are offered each fall, beginning

in late September.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

(Secondary Education)

NOTE: Credential requirements are

subject to change due to action by the state

legislature, the California Commission on

Teacher Credentialing, or the CSU

chancel-

lor’s office. The coordinator has current

information on changes and the ways they

affect

programs.

Professional Education

Courses required for the single subjects

(sec ondary education) preliminary credential

are listed below. These two semesters must

be taken in sequence.

First Semester

SED 708 (1) Teacher Performance

Assessment

SED 711 (1) Nonviolent Crisis

Intervention

SED 712 (2) Teaching & Learning in

Secondary Schools

SED 713 (1) Classroom Management

SED 714 (2.5) Educational Psychology

SED 715 (2) Multicultural Education

SED 730 (2) ELD Bilingual Theory &

Methods

SED 731-SED 741 (2 units each)

Secondary Curriculum

Instruction

[one from: SED 731 Art, SED

733 English, SED 734

Modern Language, SED 736

Industrial Tech, SED 737

Math, SED 738 Music, SED

739 Physical Education, SED

740 Science, SED 741

Social Studies]

SED 743 (2) Content Area Literacy

SED 762 (1-3) Supervised Fieldwork in

Student Teaching

SED 776 (2) Teaching in Inclusive

Classrooms

During the fall semester candidates will

be evaluated by their mentor teacher,

supervisor, and both discipline-specific

and

education faculty in terms of

their

academic

abilities and suitability for entering the teach-

ing profession.

Second Semester

SED 709 (1) PACT Support

SED 744-SED 754 (1 unit each)

Secondary Seminar

[one from: SED 744 Art, SED

746 English, SED 747

Modern Language, SED 749

Industrial Tech, SED 750

Math, SED 751 Music, SED

752 Physical Education, SED

753 Science, SED 754

Social Studies]

SED 755 (1) Literacy Applications

SED 756 (1) ELD Applications

SED 767 (14) Student Teaching

Secondary Education

During the spring semester, candidates

spend the entire day in the local school, as

any other teacher would. Many candidates

find it difficult to hold part-time jobs or take

substantial additional coursework during

full-time student teaching. SED candidates

must maintain a B average (with no grade

lower than a C-) to remain in the program.

Supplementary/Subject Matter

Authorizations

Students may add additional subjects to

their credential through coursework (as

supplementary/subject matter authoriza-

tions) or by passing CSET examinations and

taking methods courses in

addi tional subject

areas. The department office

has the specific

requirements.

Professional Clear Credential

An induction program is the preferred route

to clear an SB 2042 preliminary credential.

Locally, Humboldt State University col-

laborates with the North Coast Beginning

Teacher Project to support new teachers

being inducted into the profession.

SPECIAL EDUCATION

Program Leader

David Ellerd, Ph.D.

Harry Griffith Hall 205

707-826-5851

[email protected]

The Program

Humboldt meets subject-matter and profes-

sional requirements in preparing students

to teach in special education classrooms in

elementary and secondary (junior and senior

high) schools.

Please refer to humboldt.edu for new special

education programs and updates.

Preliminary Credential

Obtain a preliminary credential by tak ing

a 49-unit professional education program

to qualify for teaching positions. This may

be taken after graduation or, in exceptional

cases, as part of an approved BA/BS sub-

ject-matter program. The bachelor’s degree

must be received from a regionally accred-

ited institution of higher learning. Holders

of a Preliminary credential must complete

requirements for a Clear credential within

five years.

Procedures for Applying

Preliminary Credential:

Applications are accepted throughout the

year for admission the following fall. Apply

early as space is limited.

Admission requires online application and a

personal interview.

 By the time of application, a minimum

of 45 hours or early fieldwork (observa-

tion/participation) in one or more K-12

classrooms. This requirement may be met

through Humboldt courses (EED 210/

EED 310, SED 210/SED 410), through

comparable courses at another university,

or through privately arranged experiences

(approved by the coordinator) in accred-

ited schools with credentialed teachers.

 An overall GPA at or above 2.67, or 2.75

for the last 60 semester units (CSU

systemwide GPS requirement for admis-

sion to credential programs).

 EDUC 285 Technology Skills for

Educators or passed the California

Subject Examinations for Teachers (CSET)

Preliminary Education Technology (test

codes 133 and 134) exam, or an equiva-

lent course at another university.

 Tuberculin clearance (chest x-ray or TB

skin test) and rubella immunization.

 Competency Assessment: Special

Education applicants must demonstrate

subject-matter competency before they

are accepted into the special education

credential program. You must pass

one of the CSET examinations (Multiple

Subjects, English, Math, or Science; cset.

nesinc.com) or complete an undergradu-

ate major in English, Math, or Science

approved by the California Commission

on Teacher Credentialing.

 Attempted all three sections of the

CBEST (California Basic Educational Skills

Test) prior to admission and passed all

prior to full-time student teaching.

 CPR certification for infants, children,

and adults.

Draft

126

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Education

 Prior to beginning the program, either

(1) a certificate of clearance from the

California Commission on Teaching

Credentialing, or (2) evidence of a cre-

dential or permit authorizing public school

teaching in California.

 A set of transcripts (unofficial are

acceptable) and three letters of recom-

mendation.

 Passing a basic constitution course

(PSCI 110, PSCI 159, or PSCI 410) at

Humboldt State or an equivalent course

at another college or university.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

(Special Education)

Credential Options

A California Education Specialist Credential

permits teaching grades K-12, including

adults. This credential authorizes teaching

individuals with specific learning disabilities,

intellectual disabilities, other health impair-

ments, and serious emotional disturbances.

Upon completing all required tests, all

assessments and observations, the US

Constitution requirement, an accredited

bachelor’s degree, and the special educa tion

course sequence, candidates apply for a

Preliminary Education Specialist Credential

in Mild to Moderate Disabilities. This

preliminary credential authorizes teaching

for five years, during which time candidates

must acquire a Clear Education Specialist

Credential in Mild to Moderate Disabilities.

Preliminary Credential

Required Courses

Students must maintain a B average with

no grade lower than a C- to re main in the

program.

Students must complete 49 units of ap-

proved courses in Special Education, includ-

ing EDUC 377/SPED 777, Education of

Exceptional Individuals. The Special Education

Program Leader must approve the program

of study. Contact the department office for

details.

Foundation Courses

EDUC 377/SPED 777 (2) Education of

Exceptional Individuals

SPED 702 (3) Foundations of General &

Special Education

SPED 703 (3) Foundations of

Assessment & Program

Planning

SPED 705 (2) Multicultural Special

Education

SPED 706 (3) Applied Behavior Analysis

for Teachers

Methods Courses

SPED 707 (3) Curriculum & Instruction

— Reading & Language

Arts

SPED 708 (1) Practicum: Reading

Instruction

SPED 709 (2) Curriculum & Instruction

— Math

SPED 710 (1) Practicum: Math

Instruction

SPED 711 (2) Curriculum & Instruction

— Science, History &

Social Science

SPED 721 (3) Transition Planning

SPED 722 (2) Autism Intervention

Strategies

SPED 731 (1) Classroom Management

SPED 733 (2) Special Education Policies

& Procedures

SPED 736 (1) Curricular & Instructional

Skills Seminar

SPED 737 (1) Non-violent Crisis

Intervention

SPED 738 (9) Fall Special Education

Student Teaching

SPED 739 (9) Spring Special Education

Student Teaching

EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP

PROGRAM

Program Leader/Coordinator

Kenny Richards, Ed.D.

Harry Griffith Hall 220

707-826-5886 / [email protected]

The Program

Humboldt State’s Educational Leadership

Program (EDL) is designed for teacher

leaders interested in improving education

locally as well as globally. The EDL Program

will enhance educators’ skills and knowledge

base while preparing them to lead the way

towards school improvement and increased

student performance. This cohort model is

designed to accommodate the schedules

of busy educators through a blend of

classroom, online, and video-conferencing

instruction. Candidates who wish to earn

their California Administrative Services

Preliminary

Credential will also complete

elementary and secondary fieldwork as re-

quired by California Commission on Teacher

Credentialing (CCTC). Instruction is delivered

by local educational leaders, veteran school

administrators, and guest presenters who

represent the best within their field.

Procedures for Applying

Those seeking admission to the

program

must submit the

following documents to the

program leader/coordinator:

 a completed application for admission to

the program;

 a copy of a valid teaching or pupil per-

sonnel services credential;

 participate in an admission interview with

the Program Leader of the Educational

Leadership Preliminary Administrative

Credential Program;

 two letters of recommendation for ad-

mission into the Educational Leadership

Program: one from the student’s current

supervisor and one from another admin-

istrator;

 documentation of having completed

four years upon entry — and (for candi-

dates seeking a California Preliminary

Administrative Services Credential), by

comple tion of credential requirements,

five years — of successful, full-time teach-

ing or pupil personnel experience in public

or private schools; and

 transcripts verifying a university grade-

point average of 2.75 on the last 60

semester units.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

(Educational Leadership)

Preliminary Credential

Students must:

 maintain a 3.0 GPA (with no grade lower

than a C-) in the following re quired courses:

EDL 642 (3) Curriculum: Development

& Governance

EDL 645 (3) Personnel Administration

& Supervision

EDL 646 (3) The Principal: Leader &

Administrator

EDL 647 (2) Practicum: Diversity

Issues & School

Administration

EDL 648 (3) Legal & Fiscal Aspects of

School Administration

EDL 649 (1) Ethics & School

Administration

EDL 660 (2) Technology & School

Management

 pass a final oral exam on the program’s

total skills and knowledge.

Candidates seeking to obtain a Preliminary

Administrative Credential must:

 document that a district is willing to

support the candidate’s fieldwork by

completing a fieldwork plan sheet with

approval signatures from district and

university supervisors;

 successfully complete the California

Basic Education Skills Test;

Draft

127

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Education

 successfully complete the following ad-

ditional fieldwork courses and seminar:

EDL 694 (3) Elementary School

Administration Fieldwork

EDL 695 (3) Secondary School

Administration Fieldwork

EDL 696 (1) Fieldwork & Final

Evaluation Seminar

MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE

IN EDUCATION **

Graduate Program Coordinator

Eric Van Duzer, Ph.D.

Harry Griffith Hall 209

707-826-3726 / evv[email protected]

The Program

Our program helps educators assume an

enhanced and more focused leadership role

in their schools.

Graduates will:

 demonstrate an informed sensitivity to

the social concerns in the field

 develop teaching practice and/or policy

reflecting an integrated understanding of

the psychology and process of learning

 assess student learning using both

formal and informal methods

 present sound theoretical arguments to

guide research or inform project designs

 write effectively with authority and clarity

regarding their areas of expertise

 develop, validate, and implement re-

search protocols.

The master’s in education is designed for

educational professionals interested in

deepening their understanding of impor-

tant issues and developing more effective

strategies to meet the needs of students

of all ages. The program offers extensive

support from colleagues and faculty, a col-

laborative environment, and a curriculum

delivered online (in the evenings) for working

professionals. The program is designed to

allow students to tailor their work towards

developing expertise in an area of interest

on a broad array of topics, from improving

communication through infant massage to

models of teacher leadership in managing

schools.

Procedures for Applying

To be admitted candidates must: (1) hold

an acceptable baccalaureate degree from

a regionally accredited institution (or equiva-

lent academic preparation); (2) be in good

academic standing at the last university

attended; and (3) have a GPA of at least 3.0

in the last 60

semester units (90 quarter

units) attempted.

If the bachelor’s degree is from a postsec-

ondary institution where English is not the

principal language of instruction, score at

least 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign

Language (TOEFL).

**The Education MA program is not

accepting applications for the 2019-20

academic year.

MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAM

REQUIREMENTS**

There are two pathways that result in a MA

in Education including a:

 Masters of Education

 Educational Leadership Credential/

Master’s Degree Program

Students accepted into the traditional

master’s degree in education program must

complete all of the following:

Core courses: 20 units

Area of emphasis: 9 units

Thesis preparation: 3 units

Total: 32 units

Core Courses

EDUC 610 (3) Education in Society

EDUC 620 (3) Pedagogy: Practice &

Research

EDUC 630 (2) Educational Psychology

EDUC 640 (3) Assessment

EDUC 645 (2) Academic Writing in

Education

EDUC 655 (3) Educational Research

EDUC 668 (4) Mixed Methods in

Educational Research

Plus 9 units of electives to be taken in con-

sultation with your advisor and three units

of thesis or project preparation (EDUC 690

or EDUC 692).

Educational Leadership Emphasis

Educators enrolled in the Educational

Leadership Program (for Preliminary

Administrative Services Credential) may

apply to earn both a Credential and an MA.

To enter the combined EDL/MA program

students must have completed four years

of successful full-time teaching.

Core courses: 11-12 units

Credential coursework: 24 units

Thesis preparation: 3 units

Total: 38-39 units

For students earning a combined master’s

degree in education and an Administrative

Services Credential, Students may begin

by applying for the EDL credential and then

decide during their first semester whether

or not to complete the combined EDL/MA

program. To add the MA, students must be

admitted to the master’s program by the

spring semester of their EDL year.

The following courses must be completed

in addition to all credential coursework (see

Educational Leadership Program).

EDUC 645 (2) Academic Writing in

Education

EDUC 655 (3) Educational Research

EDUC 668 (4) Mixed Methods in

Educational Research

And one of the following selected in consul-

tation with your advisor.

EDUC 610 (3) Education in Society

EDUC 620 (3) Pedagogy: Practice &

Research

EDUC 630 (2) Educational Psychology

EDUC 640 (3) Assessment

Plus three units of thesis or project prepara-

tion (EDUC 690 or EDUC 692).

Special Education Emphasis

(The Special Education Emphasis will not be

offered during the 2019-20 academic year.)

Those enrolled in the Mild to Moderate

Special Education credential may also earn

an MA. Students must have completed the

Preliminary credential program plus two

years as a special education teacher in a

US public school.

For students earning a combined master’s

degree in education and Special Education

Clear Credential, the following courses

must be completed in addition to all cre-

dential coursework (see Special Education

Credential).

SPED 799 (1-3) Single-Subject Research

Methods

EDUC 645 (2) Academic Writing in

Education

EDUC 655 (3) Educational Research

EDUC 668 (4) Mixed Methods in

Educational Research

And one of the following selected in consul-

tation with your advisor.

EDUC 610 (3) Education in Society

EDUC 620 (3) Pedagogy: Practice &

Research

EDUC 630 (2) Educational Psychology

EDUC 640 (3) Assessment

Plus three units of thesis or project prepara-

tion (EDUC 690 or EDUC 692).

nnn

Draft

128

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

English

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Eng lish —

concentrations in Literary Studies,

Teaching the Language Arts (English

Education), and Writing Practices

Minor in English Literature

Minor in English Writing

Minor in Ethnic American Literature

Minor in Teaching English as a Second/

Foreign Language

Master of Arts degree in English —

Applied English Studies

Department Chair

Mary Ann Creadon, Ph.D.

Department of English

Founders Hall 201

707-826-3758

english.humboldt.edu

Please see the department website for

updates on changes and additions to our

programs.

The Program

Students completing this program will

have demonstrated:

 the ability to read and explicate written

English precisely

 analysis of literature from several critical

perspectives

 meaningful use of literary, linguistic,

theoretical, and rhetorical terminology

 an awareness of structures of power in

language, literature, and culture

 stimulating and effective writing in a

variety of genres according to the accepted

conventions of English studies

 knowledge of literary movements and

writers from a range of historical periods

and cultural frameworks

 the ability to understand and perform

rhetorical strategies to inform, persuade,

and argue.

The English major at HSU encompasses

perspectives de rived from literary the o ry,

contextual knowledge about lit er ature, the

an alysis of language, the close read ing of

texts, and written expression. Students take

a balance of lecture and small-group instruc-

tion. This program is excellent preparation

for a wide range of careers, all re quir ing rea-

soning ability and skill in the use of lan guage.

Students in English do well in many occu-

pa tions, in cluding magazine or book editor,

teach er, critic, library assistant, and writer

in many areas such as technology, business,

government, non-profit organizations, and

other organizations for social change.

Preparation

High school students should take four years

of Eng lish, including composition and litera-

ture. Study of a language other than English

is recommended.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

The English major with concentrations in

Literary Studies or Writing Practices consist

of 16 units of required courses; 16 units in

concentration electives; two classes (7-8

units) from the other two concentrations;

a capstone course; and one year of college-

level study of a language other than English.

The English major with a concentration in

Teaching the Language Arts (English educa-

tion) consists of 50 units of required courses

and a choice of one of three emphases.

Concentrations

Students will select one concentration and

complete all requirements.

Students must have a minimum of 2.0 grade

point average in the major to graduate

Literary Studies Concentration

Required Courses (16 units)

ENGL 120 (4) Intro to the English Major

ENGL 220 (4) Literature, Identity &

Representation

ENGL 225 (4) Intro to Language

Analysis

ENGL 320 (4) Practical Criticism

Literary Studies Electives (16 units)

Select at least 16 units, 12 of which must

be at upper division level, from the following:

ENGL 230 or ENGL 231 (4) Survey of

British Literature

ENGL 240 (4) World Literature

ENGL 325 (4) History of the English

Language

ENGL 330 (4) American Literature

(variable topics)

ENGL 342 (4) Special Topics in

Shakespeare

ENGL 350 (4) British Literature

ENGL 360 (4) Topics in Literature/

Language

ENGL 370 (4) Topics in the Literature of

Power and Place

ENGL 420 (4) Advanced Topics in

Critical Theory

ENGL 465B/ENGL 465C (4)

Multicultural Issues in

Language & Literature

ENGL 480 (1-4) Special Topic course with

a literary emphasis

Select at least 4 units from the following

writing practices courses.

ENGL 211 (4)

Introduction to Creative

Writing

ENGL 311 (4) Environmental Writing

ENGL 314 (4) Creative Writing:

Nonfiction

ENGL 315 (4) Creative Writing: Fiction

ENGL 316 (4) Creative Writing: Poetry

ENGL 318 (4) Rhetoric for Writers

ENGL 319 (4)

Digital Rhetorics & Writing

ENGL 422 (4) Advanced Research

Writing

ENGL 450 (2) Tutoring Developing

Writers

ENGL 460 (4) Literary Editing &

Publishing

Toyon

Literary

Magazine

ENGL 461 (4) Literary Magazines &

Contemporary Audiences

ENGL 480 (1-4) Special Topic course with

a writing emphasis

Select one language arts course (3-4 units)

ENGL 328 (4) Structure of American

English

ENGL 336 (4)

American Ethnic Literature

ENGL 344 (3) Young Adult Literature

ENGL 406 (4) Contemporary

Composition: Traditional

Studies & Digital Practice

ENGL 417 (3) Second Language

Acquisition

ENGL 426 (3)

Communication in Writing

ENGL 435 (4) Intro to English as a

Second/Foreign Language

ENGL 436 (3) Integrating Language &

Content in English

Instruction

Language (0-9 units)

One year of a language other than English

taken at the college level (4 units may count

as GE Area C)

Capstone

ENGL 490 (2) Senior Portfolio Seminar

Draft

129

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

English

Writing Practices Concentration

Required Courses (16 units)

ENGL 120 (4) Intro to the English Major

ENGL 220 (4) Literature, Identity &

Representation

ENGL 225 (4) Intro to Language

Analysis

ENGL 320 (4) Practical Criticism

Writing Practices Electives (16 units)

Select at least 16 units from the following:

ENGL 211 (4)

Introduction to Creative

Writing

ENGL 311 (4) Environmental Writing

ENGL 314 (4) Creative Writing:

Nonfiction

ENGL 315 (4) Creative Writing: Fiction

ENGL 316 (4) Creative Writing: Poetry

ENGL 318 (4) Rhetoric for Writers

ENGL 319 (4)

Digital Rhetorics & Writing

ENGL 422 (4) Advanced Research

Writing

ENGL 450 (2) Tutoring Developing

Writers

ENGL 460 (4) Literary Editing &

Publishing

Toyon

Literary

Magazine

ENGL 461 (4) Literary Magazines &

Contemporary Audiences

ENGL 480 (1-4) Special Topic course with

a writing emphasis

Select one literary studies course (4 units)

ENGL 325 (4) History of the English

Language

ENGL 330 (4) American Literature

(variable topics)

ENGL 342 (4) Special Topics in

Shakespeare

ENGL 350 (4) British Literature

ENGL 360 (4) Topics in Literature/

Language

ENGL 370 (4) Topics in the Literature of

Power and Place

ENGL 420 (4) Advanced Topics in

Critical Theory

ENGL 465B/ENGL 465C (4)

Multicultural Issues in

Language & Literature

ENGL 480 (1-4) Special Topic course with

a literary emphasis

Select one language arts course (3-4 units)

ENGL 328 (4) Structure of American

English

ENGL 336 (4)

American Ethnic Literature

ENGL 344 (3) Young Adult Literature

ENGL 406 (4) Contemporary

Composition: Traditional

Studies & Digital Practice

ENGL 417 (3) Second Language

Acquisition

ENGL 426 (3)

Communication in Writing

ENGL 435 (4) Intro to English as a

Second/Foreign Language

ENGL 436 (3) Integrating Language &

Content in English

Instruction

Language (0-9 units)

One year of a language other than English

taken at the college level (4 units may count

as GE Area C)

Capstone

ENGL 490 (2) Senior Portfolio Seminar

Teaching the Language Arts

Concentration (English Education)

Lower Division Courses (20 units)

ENGL 120 (4) Introduction to the English

Major, or

ENGL 220 (4) Literature, Identity &

Representation

ENGL 225 (4) Intro to Language

Analysis

ENGL 230 or ENGL 231 (4) Survey of

British Literature

ENGL 232 (4) Survey of American

Literature

ENGL 240 (4) World Literature

Upper Division Courses (30 units)

ENGL 320 (4) Practical Criticism

ENGL 328 (4) Structure of American

English

ENGL 336 (4)

American Ethnic Literature

ENGL 342 (4) Special Topics in

Shakespeare

ENGL 344 (3) Young Adult Literature

ENGL 406 (4) Contemporary

Composition: Traditional

Studies & Digital Practice

ENGL 426 (3)

Communication in Writing

ENGL 435 (4) Intro to English as a

Second/Foreign Language

Select one of the following three

emphases and complete requirements.

Literature/Language (8 units)

Select 8 units from the following:

ENGL 325 (4) History of English

Language

ENGL 330 (4) American Literature

ENGL 350 (4) British Literature

ENGL 360 (4) Topics in Literature/

Language

ENGL 370 (4) Topics in the Literature of

Power and Place

ENGL 420 (4) Advanced Topics in

Critical Theory

ENGL 465B/ENGL 465C (4)

Multicultural Issues in

Language & Literature

Writing Practices (8 units)

Select 8 units from the following:

ENGL 211 (4) Introduction to Creative

Writing

ENGL 311 (4) Environmental Writing

ENGL 314 (4) Creative Writing:

Nonfiction

ENGL 315 (4) Creative Writing: Fiction

ENGL 316 (4) Creative Writing: Poetry

ENGL 318 (4) Rhetoric for Writers

ENGL 319 (4)

Digital Rhetorics & Writing

ENGL 422 (4) Advanced Research

Writing

ENGL 450 (2) Tutoring Developing

Writers

ENGL 460 (4) Literary Editing &

Publishing

Toyon

Literary

Magazine

ENGL 461 (4) Literary Magazines &

Contemporary Audiences

ENGL 480 (1-4) Special Topic course with

a writing emphasis

Language Acquisition & Development

(6-12 units)

Take all the following courses:

ENGL 417 (3) Second Language

Acquisition

ENGL 436 (3) Integrating Language &

Content in English

Instruction

Take a minimum of 6 semester units of a

language other than English at a university

or intensive language program, or prove

second language proficiency.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Minor in English Literature

Advisor

Janet Winston, Ph.D.

Founders Hall 213

707-826-3913

A minimum of 15 units, 11 of which must

be upper division. See the literature minor

advisor for course approval and advice in

planning a minor appropriate to your needs

and interests.

Lower Division

ENGL 120 (4) Intro to the English Major

ENGL 220 (4) Literature, Identity &

Representation

ENGL 230 (4)

Survey of British Literature

Beginnings through the

18th Century

ENGL 231 (4)

Survey of British Literature:

19th and 20th Centuries

ENGL 232 (4) Survey of American

Literature

ENGL 240 (4) World Literature

Draft

130

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

English

Upper Division

ENGL 305 (3) Postcolonial Perspectives:

Literature of the

Developing World

ENGL 306 (3) Contemporary Texts

ENGL 308B-C (3) Women in Literature

ENGL 320 (4) Practical Criticism

(Prerequisite: ENGL 120 or

ENGL 220)

ENGL 330

‡

(4) American Literature

ENGL 336 (4)

American Ethnic Literature

ENGL 342

‡

(4) Special Topics in

Shakespeare

ENGL 350

‡

(4) British Literature

ENGL 360 (4) Special Topics in

Literature

ENGL 370 (4) Topics in the Literature of

Power and Place

ENGL 420

‡

(4) Advanced Topics in

Critical Theory

ENGL 465B-C

‡

(4) Multicultural Issues in

Literature/Languages

ENGL 480 (1-4)

‡

Special Topics

(must be in a literature topic)

‡

Requires ENGL 320 Practical Criticism

as a prerequisite. Instructors have some

discretion to waive this requirement.

Minor in English Writing

Advisor

Janelle Adsit, Ph.D.

Founders Hall 228

707-826-5936

A minimum of 15 units, 11 of which must

be upper division, chosen from the list below.

See the Writing Minor Advisor for course

approval and advice in planning a minor

appropriate to your needs and interests.

ENGL 211 (4)

Introduction to Creative

Writing

ENGL 311 (4) Environmental Writing

ENGL 314 (4) Creative Writing:

Nonfiction

ENGL 315 (4) Creative Writing: Fiction

ENGL 316 (4) Creative Writing: Poetry

ENGL 318 (4) Rhetoric for Writers

ENGL 319 (4)

Digital Rhetorics & Writing

ENGL 422 (4) Advanced Research

Writing

ENGL 450 (2) Tutoring Developing

Writers

ENGL 460 (4) Literary Editing &

Publishing

(Toyon)

ENGL 461 (4) Literary Magazines &

Contemporary Audiences

ENGL 480 (1-4) Special Topics

(must be

a writing topic)

With minor advisor’s approval, students may

substitute one of the following courses, for

any one of the upper division courses listed

above.

JMC 324 (3) Magazine Writing, or

FILM 350 (3) Writing for Film

Minor in Ethnic American Literatures

Advisor

Christina Accomando, Ph.D.

Founders Hall 219

707-826-3479

The Program

Drawing on classes from ethnic studies,

Native American studies, and English, this

interdisciplinary minor provides the op-

portunity to study the diverse literatures of

multi-ethnic American writers.

Students gain an understanding of the

comparative histories and cultures of ethnic

groups in the US through ES 105, required

of all minors. Minors take another 12 units

in ethnic American literature and culture,

including ENGL/ES 336, American Ethnic

Literature. Courses might concentrate

on the literary traditions of a par tic ular

group (Native American, African Amer ican,

Asian American, or Chicano literatures)

or examine multi-ethnic US literatures in

a comparative way. Various special topics

courses also may apply, depending on the

topic and subject to advisor approval.

This minor can be particularly useful for

those planning careers in teaching, social

work, business, law, journalism, and com-

munity development.

Course Requirements

15 units in approved cours es in ethnic

studies, Native American studies, and

English

ES 105 (3) Introduction to US Ethnic

Studies

ES 336/ENGL 336 (4) American Ethnic

Literature

Eight additional approved units in ethnic

American literature and culture. Options

include:

ENGL 330 (4) American Literature

[depending on topic;

consult advisor]

ENGL 465 (4) Multicultural Issues in

Literature [depending on

topic; consult advisor]

ES 314 (3) Chicano Culture & Society

in America

ES 336/ENGL 336 (4) American Ethnic

Literature [topics vary;

may be repeated]

NAS 301 (3) Native American

Literature [topics vary;

may be repeated]

NAS 302 (3) Oral Literature & Oral

Tradition

Consult with the advisor for approval of

special topics courses not on this list.

Minor in Linguistics

Advisor

Kathleen Doty, Ph.D.

Founders Hall, Room 212

707-826-5917

The Program

Faculty are drawn from several departments

for an inter disci pli nary, integrated pro gram

of study. Parti cipants analyze language in

all its aspects.

Linguistics students find they have a back-

ground for careers requiring both written

and spoken com mu ni ca tion skills. Poten tial

careers: linguist, translator, interpret er,

advertising specialist, writer, intelligence

specialist, speech/language pathol ogist,

speech writer, materials developer, editor,

and ESL teacher. This minor also pro vides

a background for students wanting to do

gradu ate work in linguistics, modern lan-

guages, or a social sci ence.

Course Requirements

Complete a minimum of 19 units in approved

courses.

ENGL 225 (4) Introduction to Language

Analysis, or

ENGL 326 (4) Language Study for

Teachers

One year of a language other than Eng lish

sequence at the uni ver sity level (6-10 units)

Select one course each from two of the

following options (6-7 units)

Philosophical & Anthropological Approaches

ANTH 340 (4) Language & Culture, or

PHIL 100 (3) Logic, or

PHIL 485 (3) Issues & Thinkers of

Philosophical Interest

[when topic is Philosophy of

Language]

Language Development

COMM 422 (4)

Children’s Communication

Development, or

ENGL 417 (3) Second Language

Acquisition, or

ENGL 328 (4) Structure of American

English, or

ENGL 325 (4) History of the English

Language

Draft

131

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

English

Language Study

FREN 311 (4)

French V & Stories from

the Francophone World, or

GERM 311 (4) German Level V, or

SPAN 311 (4) Spanish Level V

Culminating Phase

LING 495 (3) Practicum in Language

Studies

Minor in Teaching English as a Second/

Foreign Language

Advisor

Suzanne Scott, Ph.D.

Founders Hall 217

707-826-5932

The Program

This coursework develops and refines skills

nec es sary in teaching English as a

second /

foreign language (in the US, foreign schools,

and language institutes).

Preparation

Take high school or community college

courses in English, languages other than

English, and ethnic studies.

Course Requirements

Six semester units of a language other than

English taken at the university level or at an

intensive language pro gram.

ENGL 225 (4) Introduction to Language

Analysis, or

ENGL 326 (4) Language Studies for

Teachers, or

ENGL 328 (4) Structure of American

English

All of the following:

ENGL 417 (3) Second Language

Acquisition

ENGL 435 (4) Intro to English as a

Second/Foreign Language

ENGL 436 (3) Integrating Language &

Content in English

Instruction

NOTE: ENGL 435 is a prerequisite for ENGL

436. Also, ENGL 225, 326 or 328 or the

equivalent is a prerequisite for ENGL 417.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE

Graduate Coordinator

Janet Winston, Ph.D.

Founders Hall 213

707-826-3913

Janet.Wins[email protected]

The Applied English Studies MA Program

The MA in English offers a broad curriculum

meant to prepare students for a range of

pursuits. The program fosters the develop-

ment of critical reading, writing, teaching,

research and other scholarly skills through

focused study of literary and cultural texts,

pedagogical theory, curriculum development,

composition and rhetoric, digital humanities,

linguistics, and ESL/EFL. Students gain an

advanced understanding of current disciplin-

ary knowledge, including how texts circulate

among audiences and how language shapes

the world. We offer a variety of opportuni-

ties for hands-on learning in the form of

teaching assistantships, tutoring positions,

and internships in teaching, editing, library

curating and archiving, digital humanities,

tutoring, and ESL/EFL. With an emphasis

on professional development, the program

expands opportunities for K-12 teachers and

prepares students for Ph.D. programs and

jobs in college teaching as well as careers

in publishing, editing, professional writing, li-

brarianship, digital scholarship, and teaching

English abroad. Students have considerable

latitude in designing master’s projects that

match their interests and the expertise of

graduate faculty.

Students completing this program will

demonstrate:

 the ability to produce professional-quality,

research-based analytical writing in various

genres and/or media

 the use of a variety of interpretive strat-

egies for analyzing multiple kinds of texts,

including digital and new media production

 engagement with theory and an ability to

locate a text in its cultural and historical

contexts

 skill in applying key theories and practices

in the teaching of reading and writing for

diverse audiences, including multilingual

speakers

 understanding of cultural competency

and social justice lenses

 the ability to define an area of inquiry and

its relation to the field at large in a project

or thesis

Candidate Admission

In addition to the general CSU requirements

for graduate admissions, candidates for the

English MA program need to include the

following documents with their application:

 three letters of recommendation

 academic writing sample

For complete information on current ad-

mission requirements, please consult the

English department’s website at english.

humboldt.edu.

General Degree Requirements

Complete 34 units of graduate work (500-

600 level) in language, composition, ESL,

pedagogy, theory, literature, and digital

humanities courses approved by the depart-

ment.

GPA of 3.0 in all coursework applied to the

degree (no individual grade less than B- will

apply to the degree).

Reading knowledge of one language other

than English or two college semesters of

the same language.

Required Courses

ENGL 536 (4) Problems in Form, Genre,

Media

ENGL 546 (4) Reading Historically

ENGL 600 (4) Graduate Studies

Introduction

ENGL 605 (4) Cultural Studies

Introduction

ENGL 611 (4) Reading & Writing

Pedagogy

ENGL 612 (4) Theory of Rhetoric &

Composition

ENGL 614 (4) Teaching ESL Reading &

Writing

ENGL 615 (4) Digital Humanities

ENGL 690 (1-6) Master’s Project (vari-

able units; at least 2 units required; may be

repeated once if not completed in one se-

mester for a total of 6 units)

Graduate Elective Courses

ENGL 560 (4) Special Topics in Literature

ENGL 570 (4) Topics in the Literature of

Power and Place

ENGL 580 (1-3) Special Topics Seminar

ENGL 581 (3) Practicum in Teaching

Writing

ENGL 620 (4) Seminar in Critical Theory

ENGL 635 (4)

Introduction to English as a

Second/Foreign Language

ENGL 681 (2) Internship in Teaching of

Literature

ENGL 682 (2) Internship in Teaching of

Writing

ENGL 684 (2) Internship in Teaching of

ESL

Draft

132

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

English

Employment, Internships & Funding

Graduate Teaching Associates. Select

MA students have the opportunity to work

as Graduate Teaching Associates in the

English department under the leadership

of the Writing Program Director. Graduate

Teaching Associates teach first-year writing:

ENGL 104 Accelerated Composition and

Rhetoric. If selected as a Graduate Teaching

Associate, you will be required to attend a

2.5-day pre-semester teaching workshop

during the week prior to fall semester and

enroll in ENGL 581 for 3 units during your

first semester teaching. Contingent on the

availability of funds and student eligibility

(as determined by financial aid awards),

select Graduate Teaching Associates may

receive a tuition waiver during one or more

semester(s) they are teaching. For more

information, please contact Professor Lisa

Tremain, Writing Program Director, at

[email protected].

Writing Consultants in the English

Department. Graduate students are en-

couraged to work as writing consultants in

our Writing in the Disciplines Seminar (AHSS

200). Qualified applicants may become paid

Writing Fellows. Successfully completing one

semester of ENGL 450 Tutoring Developing

Writers is a prerequisite for all paid fellow

positions. For more information about be-

coming a Writing Fellow, please contact Prof.

Lisa Tremain, Writing Program Director, at

[email protected].

Writing Studio Consultants in the Learning

Center. Writing Studio consultants help

other students organize and revise their

writing assignments for courses in any

subject area. Consultants meet with indi-

vidual students in 30-minute blocks of time,

either by appointment or on a drop-in basis.

Consultants work with students to identify

areas in their writing that would benefit from

revision, and assist the students’ efforts

to strengthen their overall papers, rather

than proofreading or making changes for

students. Regular paid meetings are manda-

tory. Applicants must have completed ENGL

450 Tutoring Developing Writers or equiva-

lent prior to being hired. Positions typically

open before the start of each semester. For

more information, please contact Jessica

Citti at 707-826-5188 or jessica.citti@

humboldt.edu.

Teaching Internships. Graduate students

may intern in literature, composition, busi-

ness and professional writing, or English as

a second language classes, where they work

closely with faculty teaching the courses.

Interns are exposed to a wide range of

teaching activities and experiences, and

receive mentoring from the faculty of record.

Certain coursework may be necessary

before enrolling in an internship. Consult the

catalog and the graduate coordinator before

enrolling in a graduate internship. While

faculty members typically invite students

for these internships. Students are also

encouraged to seek out faculty and initiate a

conversation about the possibility of working

as their teaching interns.

Library Internships. Graduate students may

intern in HSU Library’s Humboldt Room and

University Archives. Library Scholar interns

gain hands-on experience with archival

research and preservation, intellectual

property and copyright, scholarly editing

and publishing, public history, and museum

studies. They work with manuscripts, rare

books, and assorted special collections,

developing skills including research, public-

ity, accession processing, digitization, and

preparation of exhibits and digital projects.

Library Scholar Interns work as a team to

complete a variety of projects and receive

mentoring from the faculty of record.

Western Regional Graduate Program.

HSU is a member of the Western Regional

Graduate Program (WRGP). WRGP is a

program that allows students from fifteen

western states to attend HSU and pay

California Resident Tuition: Alaska, Arizona,

California, Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana,

Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon,

South Dakota, Utah, Washington, and

Wyoming. The English Department partici-

pates in this program. For more information,

please consult the WRGP website at http://

wiche.edu/wrgp.

Federal Work Study Graduate Research

Assistantships. Qualified MA students

who are eligible for work-study funding may

be matched with faculty or staff members

whose research or creative projects require

a research assistant. Awards of up to

$5,000 per academic year (up to 15 hours

of work per week) are typically available

contingent upon federal funding. Students

must be enrolled in 6 units or more of course

work to be eligible. While faculty members

typically nominate students for these posi-

tions, students are also encouraged to seek

out faculty and have a conversation about

the possibility of working as their research

assistants.

nnn

Draft

133

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Ethics Minor

Minor in Environmental Ethics

Advisors

Matt Johnson, Ph.D.

WFB 222

707-826-3218

Rick Brown, Ph.D.

WFB 260

707-826-3320

The Program

This minor provides students with scientific

in for ma tion and a sense of the so cial, po-

litical, and ethical is sues involved in environ-

mental decisions.

This minor can help students prepare for

careers in environmental law, environmental

planning, and natu ral resource professions.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Courses are listed in preferred sequence:

PHIL 302 (3) Environmental Ethics

Introduction to Environment

One of the following:

ESM 365 (3) Local Government

Planning

FISH 300 (3) Introduction to Fishery

Biology

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

FOR 130 (3) Dendrology

FOR 302 (3) Forest Ecosystems &

People

RRS 306 (3) Wildland Resource

Principles

WLDF 301 (3) Principles of Wildlife

Management

Environmental Issues

One of the fol lowing:

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation

ENGR 305 (3) Appropriate Technology

FISH 443 (3) Problems in Water

Pollution Biology

FOR 374 (3) Wilderness Area Mgmt.

FOR 432 (4) Silviculture

OCN 301 (3) Marine Ecosystems —

Human Impact

OCN 304 (3) Resources of the Sea

WLDF 423 (3) Wildlife Management

(Nongame Management)

One of the following:

ECON 309 (3) Economics of a

Sustainable Society

ESM 400 (3)

Inscape & Landscape

ESM 308 (3) Ecotopia

FOR 400 (3) Forestry in Modern

Society

PHIL 106 (3)

Moral Controversies

PSCI 306 (3) Environmental Politics

Environmental Decision Making

One of the following:

ESM 305 (3) Environmental

Conflict Resolution

WLDF 309 (3) Case Studies in

Environmental Ethics

nnn

Draft

134

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Resources Engineering

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in En vi ronmental

Resources Engineering

See Environmental Systems for the Master

of Science degree with concentrations in

Environmental Resources Engineering (ERE)

and Energy Technology & Policy (ETaP).

Department Chair

Eileen Cashman Ph.D.

Department of Environmental

Resources Engineering

Harry Griffith Hall 119

707-826-3619

[email protected]

engineering.humboldt.edu

For a complete description of the ERE

program, including its program goals, see

our webpage at engineering.humboldt.edu.

Mission Statement

The mission of the ERE program is to

educate students to identify and solve

complex environmental resources engi-

neering problems. The program prepares

responsible leaders who will sustain, restore

and protect our natural resources and the

environment.

The Program

Students completing this program will

have demonstrated:

 an ability to identify, formulate, and solve

complex engineering problems by applying

principles of engineering, science, and

mathematics

 an ability to apply engineering design to

produce solutions that meet specified needs

with consideration of public health, safety,

and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,

environmental, and economic factors

 an ability to communicate effectively with

a range of audiences

 an ability to recognize ethical and profes-

sional responsibilities in engineering situa-

tions and make informed judgments, which

must consider the impact of engineering

solutions in global, economic, environmental,

and societal contexts

 an ability to function effectively on a team

whose members together provide leader-

ship, create a collaborative and inclusive

environment, establish goals, plan tasks, and

meet objectives

 an ability to develop and conduct appro-

priate experimentation, analyze and

Environmental Resources Engineering

interpret data, and use engineering judg-

ment to draw conclusions

 an ability to acquire and apply new knowl-

edge as needed, using appropriate learning

strategies.

HSU offers one of the largest and oldest

undergraduate accredited environmental

engineering programs in the United States.

While studying in one of the most environ-

mentally interesting areas of California,

Environmental Resources Engineering stu-

dents will learn to apply an interdisciplinary

approach to understanding and resolving

resource planning and management prob-

lems in their social, economic, ethical, and

historical contexts.

Program coursework and research are in

three primary areas: water quality, water

resources, and energy resources.

Students prepare for work in industry,

private practice, or government, or for

continued studies in graduate school.

Potential careers include: environmental

engineer, civil engineer, groundwater engi-

neer, energy engineer, air pollution engineer,

ecological engineer, fisheries engineer, haz-

ardous waste engineer, hydraulic engineer,

hydrologist, public health engineer, public

works engineer, sanitary engineer, solid

waste engineer, water resources engineer,

water quality engineer, building energy

efficiency analyst, wind power analyst/

engineer, solar power engineer, energy

storage systems engineer, habitat restora-

tion engineer.

The Environmental Resources Engineering

program

at Humboldt State University

accredited by the

Engineering Accreditation

Commission

of ABET

, abet.org.

Preparation

Students interested in becoming an ERE

major should take courses

in biology, chem-

istry, physics, mathemat ics,

critical thinking,

and oral/written com munications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

Modifications to General Education

Requirements

The ERE program has approval for the follow-

ing GE requirements to be fulfilled by comple-

tion of all ERE major coursework. Lower

Division

GE Areas A2 (3 units),

(3 units)

D (3 units), and E (3 units); Upper Division

GE Area B: (3 units). In addition, the ERE

program has approval for courses fulfilling

requirements in American I

nstitutions (6

units) to count as fulfilling Lower Division GE

Area D requirements (6 units)

Students who change out of the ERE major

are encouraged to contact the Office of

the Registrar or the Academic & Career

Advising Center regarding completion of GE

requirements.

The following degree requirements must

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

 Lower Division GE Area A1: Written

Communication (3 units)

 Lower Division GE Area C (9 units)

 American Institutions (6 units)

 Upper Division GE Area C (3 units)

 Upper Division GE Area D (3 units)

 Diversity & Common Ground (0-6 units)

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses in the major. Grades of D+, D, F, WU,

and NC count as failed attempts. Required

courses in the major may not be repeated

more than one time. If a student has two

failed attempts in a required course, the

student will not be able to graduate with an

ERE degree.

Lower Division

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B

ENGR 115 (3) Intro to Environmental

Resources Engineering

ENGR 210 (3) Solid Mechanics: Statics

ENGR 211 (3)

Solid Mechanics: Dynamics

ENGR 215 (3) Introduction to Design

ENGR 225 (3) Computational Methods

for Environmental

Engineering I

Upper Division

ENGR 313 (3) Systems Analysis

ENGR 322 (4) Environmental Data

Modeling & Analysis

ENGR 325 (3) Computational Methods

for Environmental

Engineering II

ENGR 326 (3) Computational Methods

for Environmental

Engineering III

ENGR 330 (3) Mechanics & Science of

Materials

Draft

135

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Resources Engineering

ENGR 331 (3) Thermodynamics &

Energy Systems I

ENGR 333 (4) Fluid Mechanics

ENGR 351 (4) Introduction to Water

Quality

ENGR 410 (3) Environmental Health &

Impact Assessment

ENGR 416 (3) Transport Phenomena

ENGR 440 (3) Hydrology I

ENGR 492 (3) Capstone Design Project

Major Elective Program

With advice and approval of an Environmental

Resources Engineering faculty advisor and

the department chair, select one upper

division science or natural resources course

and three senior engineering design courses

from the following lists to form a coherent

elective program.

One science/natural resources course:

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

CHEM 341 (5) Quantitative Analysis

CHEM 370 (3) Earth Systems Chemistry

FISH 320 (3) Limnology

GEOL 303 (3) Earth Resources & Global

Environmental Change

GEOL 306 (3) General Geomorphology

PHYX 315 (3)

Intro to Electronics &

Electronic Instrumentation

SOIL 360 (3) Origin and Class of Soils

SOIL 363 (3) Wetland Soils

Three engineering design courses:

ENGR 418 (3) Applied Hydraulics

ENGR 421 (3) Advanced Numerical

Methods for Engi neers I

ENGR 434 (3) Air Quality Management

ENGR 435 (3) Solid Waste Management

ENGR 441 (3) Hydrology II

ENGR 443 (3) Groundwater Hydrology

ENGR 445 (3) Water Resources

Planning & Management

ENGR 448 (3) River Hydraulics

ENGR 451 (4) Water & Wastewater

Treatment Engineering

ENGR 452 (3) Design of Water

Treatment & Reuse

Systems

ENGR 455 (3) Engineered Natural

Treatment Systems

ENGR 471 (3) Thermodynamics &

Energy Systems II

ENGR 473 (3) Building Energy Analysis

ENGR 475 (3) Renewable Energy Power

Systems

ENGR 477 (3)

Solar Thermal Engineering

ENGR 481 (3) Selected Topics with

Engineering Design

ENGR 498 (3) Directed Design Project

nnn

Draft

136

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Science & Management

Bachelor of Science degree with a

major in Environmental Science &

Management — with concentrations in:

Ecological Restoration

Energy & Climate

Environmental Education &

Interpretation

Environmental Planning & Policy

Geospatial Science

Natural Resources Recreation

Minors

Ecological Restoration

Environmental Education &

Interpretation

Environmental & Natural Resources

Planning

Environmental Policy

Natural Resources

Natural Resources Recreation

Certificates of Study

Environmental Education &

Interpretation

Environmental & Natural Resources

Planning

Geospatial Science

Natural Resources Policy &

Administration

Master of Science degree in Natural

Resources — with a concentration in

Environmental Science & Management

Department Chair

Steven R. Martin, Ph.D.

Environmental Science & Management

Natural Resources Building 200

707-826-4147

environment.humboldt.edu

Associated Faculty & Advisors

Natalie Arroyo, Gillian Black, Craig Benson,

Kerry Byrne, Daniel Cordalis, Jeff Dunk,

Yvonne Everett, Kevin Fingerman, James

Graham, David Gwenzi, Jennifer Kalt,

Buddhika Madurapperuma, Nick Malloy,

Jennifer Marlow, Steven Martin, Judith

Mayer, Melanie McCavour, Jack Murphy,

Alison O’Dowd, Jennifer Ortega, Laurie

Richmond, Amy Rock, Roxann Schroeder,

Jennifer Tarlton, William Trush, Julie Van

Sickle, Tashina Welliver, Thomas Wheeler

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 the ability to apply science to understand-

ing ecosystems and natural resources

 the ability to understand the policy and

social implications of environmental issues.

 the knowledge and skills to understand,

analyze, address and manage the conse-

quences of human actions on the physical,

biological, and cultural world.

 the knowledge and skills to seek out the

information and resources necessary to

understand complex environmental issues.

 the writing, speaking, and electronic

communication skills needed to communi-

cate with the public and professionals con-

cerning the environmental sciences.

 the ability to apply critical thinking skills

as the basis for decision making and sound

value judgments.

Graduates should find work with state,

federal, and local governments, nonprofit

conservation organizations, private sector

consulting firms (particularly those dealing

with environmental impact analysis, envi-

ronmental planning, wetlands delineation,

environmental restoration, geospatial ap-

plications in natural resources, energy tech-

nology and planning, and natural resource

management), or go on to professional and

graduate schools to study ecology, environ-

mental law, environmental planning, human

dimensions of natural resources, outdoor

recreation management, geospatial science,

natural resources management, wilderness

management, public administration, or

environmental policy.

Preparation

High school students need strong academic

prep a ration in math, writing, and the sciences.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Complete all courses in the major with a

C- or better.

Core Courses (24 units)

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resource

Conservation

ESM 111 [1] Environmental Science

Seminar

GSP 101 (2) Geospatial Concepts and

GSP 101L (1) Geospatial Concepts Lab

STAT 109

‡

(4)

Introductory Biostatistics

ESM 230 (3) Environmental Methods

ESM 303 (4) Applied Natural History &

Ecology

ESM 305 (3) Environmental Conflict

Resolution

ESM 325 (3) Environmental Law &

Regulation

Select one of the following concentrations:

Ecological Restoration Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 107 (4)

undamentals of

Chemistry

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

Upper Division

BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

ESM 355 (3) Principles of Ecological

Restoration

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

ESM 435 (2) Grant Writing

ESM 455 (4)

Applied Ecological

Restoration

FOR 315 [3] Forest Management and

FOR 431 (3) Forest Restoration,

RRS 306 (3) Rangeland Resource

Principles and

RRS 430 (3) Wildland Restoration &

Development

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

Take one upper division course approved

by your advisor, from BOT, ESM, FISH, FOR,

GEOL, GSP, RRS, SOIL, WSHD, or WLDF.

(Prerequisites may be required for some

courses, depending on choice.)

NOTE: 24 units may double-count toward

GE requirements.

Energy & Climate Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology, or

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry **

‡

Course requires one or more prereq-

uisites that are not required elsewhere

in the major.

Draft

137

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Science & Management

ECON 104

(3)

Contemporary Topics in

Economics

MATH 105

‡

(3)

Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics

Upper Division

ECON 450 (4) Energy Economics &

Climate Policy

ENGR 305

(3)

Appropriate Technology

ENGR 371 (3) Energy Systems &

Technology

ESM 370 (3) Energy, Technology &

Society

ESM 411 (3) Sustainable Campus

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

Take two climate science courses:

CHEM 370

(3)

Earth System Chemistry

OCN 420

‡

(3)

Oceans and Climate

WSHD 458

(3)

Climate Change & Land

Use

Take two tools courses:

ECON 423 (3) Environmental & Natural

Resource Economics

ESM 309B (3) Environmental

Communication

ESM 435 (2) Grant Proposal Writing

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

GEOG 301 (3)

International Environmental

Issues & Globalization

NOTE: 24 units may double-count toward

GE requirements.

Environmental Education &

Interpretation

Concentration

Core courses plus:

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology, or

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

GEOL 109 (4)

Introduction to Geology, or

SOIL 260 (3) Introduction to Soil

Science

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry, or

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography, or

PHYX 104 (4) Descriptive Astronomy

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation

ESM 253

(3) Interpretive Computer

Graphics

CD 209 (3) Middle Childhood

Development

ESM 350 (3) Fundamentals of

Environmental Education

& Interpretation

ESM 351 (1) Environmental

Interpretation Field Trip

ESM 353 (3) Environmental Education

& Interpretation Graphics

ESM 430 (3) NR Management in

Protected Areas

ESM 450 (3)

Applied Environmental

Education & Interpretation

ESM 453 (4) Environmental Education &

Interpretation Practicum

(capstone)

ESM 482 (2) Internship, or

ESM 499 (2) Directed Study

Take one skills course:

ART 340 (3) Graphic Design II

ART 356 (3) Museum & Gallery

Practices

ESM 309B (3)

Environmental

Communication

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

REC 330 (3) Adventure Theory &

Practice

Plus one upper division science or natural

resources depth course approved by advisor

(3 units).

NOTE: 24 units may double-count toward

GE requirements.

Environmental & Natural

Resources Recreation

Concentration

Core courses plus:

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology, or

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry**

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

FOR 374 (3) Wilderness Area

Management

ESM 415 (3) Recreation & Park

Planning (alternate years)

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

ESM 430 (3) NR Management in

Protected Areas

ESM 435 (2) Grant Proposal Writing

ESM 440 (2) Managing Recreation

Visitors

ESM 440L (1) Managing Recreation

Visitors Lab

ESM 482 (2) Internship, or

ESM 499 (2) Directed Study

Take one of the following skills courses:

ESM 253 (3) Interpretive Computer

Graphics

ESM 309B (3) Environmental

Communication

ESM 350 (3) Fundamentals of

Environmental Education

& Interpretation

GSP 330 (3) Mobile Mapping

GSP 370 (3) Intermediate GIS

Plus one upper division natural resources

management course (3 units), approved by

advisor, from FISH, FOR, ESM, RRS, SOIL,

WSHD, WLDF.

NOTE: 24 units may double-count toward

GE requirements.

Environmental Planning & Policy

Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry**

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

Upper Division

ESM 360 (3) Intro to Environmental

Planning Methods

ESM 365 (3)

Local Government Plan

ning

ECON 423 (3) Environmental & NR

Economics

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

ESM 435 (2) Grant Proposal Writing

ESM 460 (3) Environmental Planning

for Public Lands & Rural

Communities, or

ESM 462 (3)

Coastal & Marine Planning

ESM 475 (4)

Senior Practicum

(Capstone)

ESM 482 (2) Internship, or

ESM 499 (2) Directed Study

‡

Course requires one or more prerequi-

sites that are not required in the major.

**CHEM 109 & CHEM 110 may be

substituted for CHEM 107.

Draft

138

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Science & Management

Take one ecology & management course:

ESM 355 (3) Principles of Ecological

Restoration

ESM 370 (3) Energy Technology &

Society

ESM 420 (3) Ecosystem Analysis

ESM 430 (3) Natural Resource

Management in

Protected Areas

FOR 321 (3) Fire Ecology

FOR 374 (3) Wilderness Area

Management

FISH 476

‡

(3) Ecology of Running

Waters

WLDF 460

‡

(3) Conservation Biology

Take one natural resource science

fundamentals course:

FOR 130 (3) Dendrology

GEOL 109 (3) General Geology

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

BOT 350

‡

(4) Plant Taxonomy

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

Take two upper division policy and

management courses, chosen from a list

of approved courses provided by your

advisor, from ENGR, FISH, FOR, GEOG, NAS,

PHIL, PSCI, RRS, SOIL, WSHD, WLDF.

(Prerequisites may be required for some

courses, depending on choice.)

NOTE: 24 units may double-count toward

GE requirements.

Geospatial Science Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography

GSP 216 (3) Intro to Remote Sensing

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

Upper Division

GSP 316 (4) Cartography

GSP 318 (3) Geospatial Programming I

GSP 326 (3) Intermediate Remote

Sensing

GSP 330 (3) Mobile Mapping

GSP 370 (3) Intermediate GIS

GSP 418 (3) Geospatial Programming

II, or

GSP 436 (3) Advanced Remote

Sensing, or

GSP 470 (3) Advanced Geospatial

Analysis & Modeling

ESM 410 (3) Environmental Science

Practicum (capstone)

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

ESM 435 (2) Grant Proposal Writing

Take one natural resources depth or course

approved by advisor, minimum three units:

ESM 360 (3) Intro to Environmental

Planning Methods

ESM 430 (3) Natural Resource Mgmt.

in Protected Areas

FISH 220 (3) Water Resources &

Conservation

FISH 260 (3)

Fish Conservation & Mgmt.

FISH 300 (3) Intro to Fishery Biology

FOR 302 (3) Forest Ecosystems &

People

FOR 307 (3) California’s Forests &

Woodlands

GEOL 300

‡

(3) Geology of California

GEOL 303 (3) Earth Resources & Global

Environmental Change

GEOL 306

‡

(3) General Geomorphology

GEOL 308 (3) Natural Disasters

OCN 301 (3) Marine Ecosystems —

Human Impact

OCN 304 (3) Resources of the Sea

RRS 306 (3) Wildland Resource

Principles

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

WSHD 333 (3) Wildland Water Quality

WLDF 301 (3)

Principles of Wildlife

Management

WLDF 468 (3) Spatial Wildlife Ecology

NOTE: 27 units may double-count toward

GE requirements.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Complete all courses in the minor with a

C- or better.

Ecological Restoration Minor

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

ESM 355 (3) Principles of Ecological

Restoration

Plus take either:

FOR 315 [3] Forest Management and

FOR 431 (3) Forest Restoration

RRS 306 (3) Rangeland Resource

Principles and

RRS 430 (3) Wildland Restoration &

Development

Environmental Education &

Interpretation Minor

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation

ESM 253 (3) Interpretive Computer

Graphics [or equivalent]

ESM 350/351 (3/1) Fundamentals of

Environmental Education

& Interpretation, and

Field Trip

ESM 353 (3) Environmental Education

& Interpretation Graphics

ESM 430 (3) NR Management in

Protected Areas

ESM 450 (3)

Applied Environmental

Education & Interpretation

Environmental & Natural

Resources Planning Minor

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resource

Conservation

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

ESM 360 (3) Intro to Environmental

Planning Methods

Plus two courses from the following:

ESM 325 (3) Environmental Law &

Regulation

ESM 365 (3) Local Government

Planning

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

Environmental Policy Minor

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resources

Conservation

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

ESM 325 (3) Environmental Law &

Regulation

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

PSCI 306 (3) Environmental Politics

Take one course from the following:

ECON 423 (3) Environmental & Natural

Resource Economics

NAS 332 (3) Environmental Justice

PSCI 317 (4) Public Policy Process

PSCI 352 (4) Water Politics

PSCI 364 (4)

Technology & Development

PSCI 373 (4) Politics of Sustainability

PSCI 412 (4) Legal Research

WSHD 430 (3) Water Rights/Water Law

‡

Course requires one or more prerequi-

sites that are not required in the major.

Draft

139

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Science & Management

Natural Resources Minor

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resource

Conservation

SOIL 260 (3)

Introduction to Soil Science

At least three courses from the following

(at least six units must be 300 or above):

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use

Policies & Management

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation

ESM 365 (3) Local Government

Planning

FISH 300 (3) Introduction to Fishery

Biology

FOR 315 (3) Forest Management

FOR 374 (3) Wilderness Area Mgmt.

OCN 301 (3) Marine Ecosystems —

Human Impact

OCN 304 (3) Resources of the Sea

RRS 306 (3) Wildland Resource

Principles

WLDF 301 (3) Principles of Wildlife

Management

Natural Resources Recreation

Minor

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation

ESM 305 (3) Environmental Conflict

Resolution, or

ESM 309B (3) Environmental

Communication

FOR 374 (3) Wilderness Area Mgmt.

ESM 415 (3) Recreation & Park

Planning, or

ESM 440 (2)

Managing Recreation

Visitors

ESM 430 (3) NR Management in

Protected Areas

nnn

Draft

140

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Environmental Studies

Program Chair

Sarah Jaquette Ray, Ph.D.

Environmental Studies Program

Founders Hall 109

707-826-3946

environmentals[email protected]

enst.humboldt.edu

Associated Faculty & Advisors

Janelle Adsit, English

Mark Baker, Politics

Tim Bean, Wildlife Management

Risling Baldy Cutcha, Native American

Studies

Matthew Derrick, Geography

Kevin Fingerman, Environmental Science &

Management

Nicole Jean Hill, Art

Matthew Johnson, Wildlife Management

Jennifer Maguire, Social Work

John Meyer, Politics

Rosemary Sherriff, Geography

Anthony Silvaggio, Sociology

Jessica Urban, Critical Race, Gender &

Sexuality Studies

Noah Zerbe, Politics

The Program

Do you love the natural world but also love

thinking about culture, people, politics, me-

dia, economics, history, literature, art, and

identity? Do you want to save the planet

and also make the world a more equitable

place for all its inhabitants? Do you want to

develop a wide range of skills to address

the world’s most pressing environmental

and social dilemmas? Consider an inter-

disciplinary Environmental Studies degree

at HSU.

Environmental studies provides students

with tools for understanding the complex

relationships between human communities

and both “natural” and built environments.

The program cultivates critical analysis of

environmental problems using tools from

a variety of disciplines, helps students ana-

lyze environmental messages and commu-

nicate them effectively, and enables them

to act as informed citizens and profession-

als. This requires knowledge of earth sys-

tems science as well as human systems,

informed by careful reﬂection upon ethical

concerns and societal values. Students tai-

lor their focus in the degree by choosing a

suite of applied courses in one of the “em-

phasis area” options: Ecology and Conser-

vation Science, Geospatial Analysis, Media

Production, Community Organizing, or Ap-

propriate Technology.

Students completing this program will be

able to:

 demonstrate understanding of how envi-

ronmental challenges involve multiple per-

spectives and social contexts, and recognize

the role of power and privilege in shaping

them

 demonstrate literacy with earth systems

 use humanistic, creative, and social sci-

entific approaches to understand environ-

mental challenges

 understand how different research

methods lead to diverse environmental

knowledges

 critically evaluate normative claims about

and representations of the environment.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Complete all courses in the major with a

C- or better.

A total of 55-62 units are required for the

major.

Lower Division Core (14 units)

ENST 120 (1) Introductory Seminar to

Environmental Studies

ENST 195 (3) Topics in Nature/Culture

ENST 295 (4) Power/Privilege &

Environment [DCG-d]

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography

Select one of the following:

ESM 230 (3) Environmental Methods

GSP 101/GSP 101L (2/1) Geospatial

Concepts and Lab

Upper Division Core (17 units)

ECON 423 (3) Environmental & Natural

Resources Economics

ENST 395 (4) Environmental Studies

Research & Analysis

ENST 490 (4) Environmental Studies

Capstone Experience, or

ENST 490S (4) Environmental Studies

Capstone Experience with

Service Learning

NAS 331 (3) Indigenous Natural

Resource Management

Practices

, or

NAS 332 (3) Environmental Justice

PSCI 306 (3) Environmental Politics

Arts and Humanities (6–8 units)

Select 6-8 units from the following:

ART 395 (3) Topics in Art: Art & Place

ENGL 311 (4) Environmental Writing

ESM 309B (3) Environmental

Communication

GEOG 311 (3) Geographic Research &

Writing

PHIL 302 (3) Environmental Ethics

RS 361 (3) Environment & Religion

WS 340 (3-4) Ecofeminism

ENST 480 (1-4) Special Topics

Earth Systems Science (3–4 units)

Select one of the following:

GEOG 302 (3) Global Ecology &

Biodiversity

GEOG 352 (3) Weather, Climate, and

Natural Hazards

GEOG 357 (3) Climate, Ecosystems &

People

GEOL 303 (3) Earth Resources & Global

Environmental Change

OCN 304 (3) Resources of the Sea

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

Social Sciences (6–8 units)

Select two of the following:

ECON 309 (3) Economics of Sustainable

Society

GEOG 301 (3)

International Environmental

Issues & Globalization

GEOG 365/PSCI 365 (4) Political Ecology

NAS 366 (4) Tribal Water Rights

PSCI 364 (4)

Technology & Development

PSCI 373 (4) Politics of Sustainability

SOC 320 (4) Environmental Sociology

SOC 370 (3) Environmental Inequality

& Globalization

Emphases — Choose one (9–11 units)

The emphasis areas are designed to provide

students with skills that complement the

core Environmental Studies curriculum.

Emphases are not listed on your diploma

or transcripts, but you can highlight this

additional skill-set on your resume and

elsewhere.

Draft

141

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Studies

Appropriate Technology Emphasis

(10 units)

Take all of the following:

ENST 123 (1) CCAT Practicum (Take

twice with different topics

for a total of 2 units.)

SOIL 104 (3) Intro to Sustainable

Agriculture

ENGR 305 (3) Appropriate Technology

ENGR 308 (3) Technology & the

Environment

Community Organizing Emphasis

(10-11 units)

COMM 315 (4) Communication & Social

Advocacy

COMM 416 (3) Social Advocacy Theory &

Practice

CRGS 313/EDUC 313 (3) Community

Activism, or

SOC 475 (4) Community Organizing

Ecology & Conservation Science

Emphasis (9-11 units)

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology, or

BOT 105 (4) General Botany, or

WLDF 210 (3) Intro to Wildlife

Conservation, or

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

BIOL 330

‡

(4) Principles of Ecology, or

WLDF 301

‡

(3)

Principles of Wildlife

Management

WLDF 460

‡

(3) Conservation Biology

Geospatial Analysis Emphasis (9-10 units)

GSP 101/GSP 101L (2/1) Geospatial

Concepts & Lab (optional

course in core)

Take two of the following:

GSP 216

‡

(3) Introduction to Remote

Sensing

GSP 270

‡

(3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS), or

GSP 280

‡

(3) Special Topics in GSP

(when offered as GIS for

the Social Sciences)

GSP 316

‡

(4) Cartography

or both of

GSP 270

‡

(3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS), or

GSP 280

‡

(3) Special Topics in GSP

(when offered as GIS for

the Social Sciences)

GSP 370

‡

(3) Intermediate Geographic

Information Science (GIS)

Media Production Emphasis (10 units)

Take six units from the following:

ART 108 (3) Graphic Design I

ART 251 (3) Photography I

JMC 120 (3) Beginning Reporting

JMC 125 (3) Intro to Journalism Tools

JMC 156 (3) Video Production

Take at least three units from the following:

ENGL 460 (4) Literary Editing &

Publishing (

Toyon

)

FILM 360 (4) Science, Environment &

Natural History Digital

Production

FILM 362 (4) Social Change Digital

Production

JMC 325 (2) Magazine Production

Workshop

JMC 327 (2) Multimedia News

Workshop

JMC 336 (3)

Advanced Video Production

JMC 490 (1) Seminar in Journalism

(

Topic: El Leñador

)

‡

See course description for prerequisites.

nnn

Draft

142

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Systems

Master of Science degree in

Environ men tal Sys tems —

with concentrations in Energy

Technology & Policy; Environ men tal Re -

source s Engineering; and Geology

This program is administered by the coor-

dinator of the environmental systems grad-

uate program of the College of Natural

Resources and Sciences.

Coordinator

Margaret Lang, Ph.D.

Graduate Office

College of Natural Resources & Sciences

Forestry 101

707-826-3256

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 the ability to read the current literature

in their area with understanding and insight

 the ability to apply that current research

to the solution of environmental and re-

source management problems in their area

of interest

 the ability to successfully work as a team

member on the solution of environmental

and resource management problems

 the ability to clearly articulate an under-

standing of and solutions to environmental

and resource management problems

 the ability to define and conceptualize an

environmental problem, develop an appropri-

ate approach to its solution, successfully

complete the project, and clearly communi-

cate the results.

The Energy Technology and Policy

Concentration is an interdisciplinary

program for students interested in issues

ranging from renewable energy engineer-

ing to climate change mitigation, and from

international development to energy policy

in California. The program offers a rigorous

curriculum for students who are interested

in making a difference in these important

areas of work.

Career possibilities: energy engineer, energy

policy analyst, environmental projects

manager, international development worker.

The Environmental Resources Engineering

Concentration focuses on the design,

testing, and analysis of natural and en-

gineered systems applied to advanced

water and wastewater treatment, water

resources, and renewable energy. Career

possibilities: environmen tal engi neer, water

quality engineer, energy engineer, water

resources engineer.

The Geology Concentration, during its first

year, gives a quantitative and qualitative

back ground for re search in applied geology.

Students usually spend their summers on

thesis re search. The second year is devoted

to re search, data analysis, and writ ing the

the sis.

Career possibilities: field geol ogist, engi-

neering geologist, exploration geophysicist,

hydrologist, and marine geologist.

Preparation

Earn an approved bachelor’s degree for the

selected concentration.

Satisfy general admission requirements.

Earn satisfactory test scores from the verbal

and quantitative sections of the Graduate

Record Examination.

File a statement of objectives with rea sons

for pursuing a master’s degree with a par-

ticular concentration.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE

Complete an environmental systems

program of courses arranged with a

graduate advisor and approved by the

faculty graduate committee. The pro gram

must include the core courses below plus

an environmental systems concentration.

Background deficiencies may be satisfied

by taking approved under graduate courses.

Complete the core course requirement:

SCI 698 (1-3)

Graduate Colloquium in

Environmental Systems

Complete one of the following concen-

trations: Energy Technology and Policy;

Environ men tal Re source s Engineering; or

Geology.

Write an acceptable thesis/project.

Energy Technology & Policy

Concentration

Prerequisites. An appropriate undergradu-

ate degree and sufficient preparation is

required. Prior coursework in areas includ-

ing elementary statistics and probability,

calculus, physics, and chemistry is expected.

Engineering, math, and natural science

students will benefit from having had at least

six semester units of sociology, anthropology,

economics, political science, or another

related social science. Students who aspire

to work internationally should have at least

one year of training in a language other than

English, or equivalent experience. Students

with deficient preparation will be expected

to satisfy background coursework prior to

beginning the program. Deficiencies may be

made up concurrently with prior approval

in some cases, but this may extend time in

the program.

Required courses. All core requirements

listed under Requirements for the Degree

plus the following concentration require-

ments:

ENGR 532 (4)

Energy, the Environment,

and Society

ECON 550 (4) Economics of Energy &

Climate Policy

STAT 630 (4) Data Collection &

Analysis

And at least one additional course from the

following:

ENGR 533 (4) Energy & Climate Change

ENGR 535 (4) Development Technology

Approved upper division and graduate

courses in a coherent package of a minimum

of four elective courses that bring the total

to at least 30 units.

Environmental Resources

Engineering Concentration

Prerequisites. Applicants should have an

undergraduate major in engineering (civil,

mechanical, agricultural, chemical, indus-

trial, environmental, or other) or a related

physical science. Students with deficiencies

in core competencies associated with

Environmental Resources Engineering may

be required to take prerequisite coursework.

Required courses. All core requirements

listed under Requirements for the Degree,

plus at least three graduate level engineer-

ing courses from an approved list. In ad-

dition, students must complete approved

coursework in topics related to engineering,

associated sciences, economics, and policy

to bring the total number of units to at

least 30. Up to 6 units of thesis or project

work may be applied to the degree. Note

that courses taken at the 400-level for an

undergraduate degree may not be repeated

at the 500-level for credit towards the

graduate degree.

Approved coursework must include one

course each in economics and policy.

Draft

143

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Environmental Systems

Allowable courses include those listed below

or appropriate alternative non-general educa-

tion upper division or graduate level courses

approved by the student’s academic advisor.

Approved economics courses:

ECON 423* (3) Environmental & Natural

Resources Economics

ECON 423D (1) Environmental & Natural

Resources Economics -

Additional Depth

ECON 550 (4) Economics of Energy &

Climate Policy

ECON 570 (4) Sustainable Rural

Economic Development

*Must be taken concurrently with the cor-

responding Additional Depth course

Approved policy courses:

ENGR 532 (4) Energy, Environment &

Society

ENGR 545 (3) Water Resources

Planning & Mgmt.

GEOG 473 (1-4) Topics in Physical

Geography

Geology Concentration

Prerequisites. Applicants should (a) have

an undergraduate major in geology or a

related science and (b) submit transcripts

and Graduate Record Examination scores in

both aptitude and geology. Applicants must

have at least a year of college physics and a

minimum of two semesters of calculus (three

semesters desirable).

Required courses. All core requirements

above plus concentration requirements:

GEOL 550 (3) Fluvial Processes

GEOL 551 (3) Hillslope Processes

GEOL 553 (4)

Quaternary Stratigraphy

GEOL 554 (2) Advanced Geology

Field Methods

GEOL 555 (3) Neotectonics

STAT 630 (4) Data Collection &

Analysis

Approved upper division and graduate

courses in a coherent package to bring

the total units to 30. Electives generally

will be taken within the College of Natural

Resources and Sciences.

nnn

Draft

144

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Ethnic Studies (Comparative) Minor

Minor in Comparative Ethnic Studies

See also the Ethnic Studies Emphasis within

the Critical Race, Gender and Sexuality

Studies (CRGS) major.

Department Chair

Kim Berry, Ph.D.

Department of Critical Race, Gender

and Sexuality Studies

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-4329, fax 707-826-4320

crgs.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this minor will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 use intersectional analysis to examine

social issues

 explain prominent debates in critical

social theory

 articulate the relationship between social

justice movements and history.

Comparative Ethnic Studies uses inter-

disciplinary and cross-cultural comparative

methods to provide diverse perspectives

that challenge monolithic thinking about

the formation of identities and societies. It

reveals silenced and marginalized voices

from different frames of cultural reference

and seem silenced while others seem am-

plified in local, national, and global contexts.

This program specifically explores and com-

pares the experiences of American ethnic

groups (such as African Americans, Latin@s,

Asian Americans, Native Americans, and

Euro-Americans) at the local and national

level. At the same time, it pushes students

to think globally and reach beyond American

borders. It prepares students to better un-

derstand the intersections of race, ethnicity,

class, gender, sexuality, nationality, and

religion in the experiences of all groups and

individuals, including those with privilege and

power. Comparative Ethnic Studies creates

a complex, self-reflexive, inclusive, and inter-

active model for critical thinking and social

change. By developing students’ awareness

of human interconnection, social inequality,

and cultural diversity, Comparative Ethnic

Studies promotes human interactions for

social justice in the 21st century.

Preparation

High school students should take American

ethnic literature, social studies, and history.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

The minor consists of 16 units.

Core Courses

ES 105 (3) Introduction to US Ethnic

Studies.

ES 308 (3) Multi-Ethnic Resistance in

the US

ES 326 (4) Media & the Politics of

Representation

Plus six additional units from the following:

CRGS 330 (3)

Women of Color Feminisms

ES 245 (3) Hip Hop & the Black

Experience

ES 304 (3) Migrations & Mosaics

ES 305 (3) African American Cultural

History

ES 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies

ES 314 (3) Chicano Culture & Society

in America

ES 325 (3) From Civil Rights to Black

Power

ES 336/WS 336/ENGL 336 (4) American

Ethnic Literature

ES 480 (1-4) Selected Topics in ES

or other advisor approved course.

nnn

Family Studies Minor

Minor in Family Studies

Department Chair

Dr. Kishan Lara-Cooper

Department of Child Development

Harry Griffith Hall 229

707-826-3471

humboldt.edu/cdblog

The Program

Examine the fam ily from multiple perspec-

tives,

giving special attention to changes

in the American family over time and across

ethnic and socioeconomic groups. Look at

various methods for working with families

and

helping the family remain strong and healthy.

Knowledge about families is excellent back-

ground

for work in social serv ices,

teaching,

community development, community

health,

counseling, fam ily law, public administration,

or public policy.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Family Foundation

CD 251 (3) Children, Families & Their

Communities

Growth & Development Foundation

CD 350

(3) Perspectives:

Life-Span

Development

Contemporary Family Dynamics

Minimum of one course from:

CD 352 (3)

Parent/Child

Relationships

[DCG-d]

PSYC 303 (3) Family Relations in

Contemporary Society

SOC 306 (3) The Changing Family

Cultural Variations

Minimum of one course from:

AIE 335 (3) Social Cultural

Considerations[DCG-d]*

CD 467 (3) Working with Culturally

Diverse Families [DCG-d]

COMM 322 (4) Intercultural

Communication [DCG-d]

Interacting with Families

Minimum of one course from:

AIE 335 (3) Social Cultural

Considerations [DCG-d]*

CD 366 (3) Exceptional Children &

Their Families*

Special Family Topics

Minimum of three units from:

CD 362 (3) Children & Stress

CD 366 (3) Exceptional Children &

Their Families*

SW 431 (4) Juvenile Delinquency

SW 480 (.5-4) Special Topics

[Must be related to the family – Prior permission

to count toward minor must be approved]

Advocacy & Public Policy

CD 479 (3)

Policy Analysis & Advocacy

[Completion of other courses in minor required]

nnn

* Course may not be used for more than

one topic section.

Draft

145

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Film

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Film

Minor in Film

Department Chair / Program Leader

Ann Alter, MFA

Department of Theatre, Film & Dance

Theatre Arts Building 20

707-826-3566

humboldt.edu/film

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 fundamental aesthetically-driven techni-

cal skills essential to 16mm filmmaking and/

or digital media production

 development of films grounded in ethical

storytelling and production processes

 application of creative problem solving

and collaborative practices in their work

 integration of film vocabulary and/or

analyze global film studies

 synthesis of knowledge with skills through

the creation and completion of short films.

Steeped within the traditions of independent

filmmaking, students learn the fundamentals

of fiction and non-fiction film through a

production-based, hands-on program. Our

curriculum integrates creative exploration

and technical skill development with film

theory and history, grounded in a liberal arts

education that fosters ethical storytellers

who artfully explore the human condition in

creative ways.

In our foundational Filmmaking I-IV core

classes students will develop and master the

fundamentals of film and video production

while learning industry protocols, practices

and technical workflows. Creating impactful,

cinematic stories through the craft and

artistry of directing, writing, cinematography,

and editing are key components of these

courses. We offer advanced electives in

other areas such as screenwriting, cinema-

tography and directing.

HSU is an Avid Learning Partner and stu-

dents can take courses which prepare them

to test for highly valued credentials in the film

and television industries in post-production.

Students also have an opportunity to focus

on the environment, social change, natural

history and science filmmaking. Humboldt

County is home to prime location filming:

beaches, redwood forests, Victorian vil-

lages, rural farmland, coastal port towns

and more.

All aspects of the program stress profes-

sionalism with an emphasis on quality as

well as collaborative and creative processes.

Small class size allows for robust participa-

tion and discussion by all students and indi-

vidualized instruction with faculty who are

working professional filmmakers.

Students are encouraged to develop films

that will identify and reach underserved

audiences that exist outside mainstream

media and commercial venues. HSU Film

educates students to be an independent

voice that is part of the change advocated

by HSU’s mission statement.

The way audiences consume media and

the way filmmakers make and deliver it is

constantly evolving. HSU Film prepares

graduates who will be flexible in this ever-

shifting environment by stressing solid story

development, combined with creative and

technical agility. Graduates find jobs as

cinematographers, videographers, camera

assistants, film editors, sound mixers,

boom operators, grips, gaffers, associate

producers, line producers, documentary

directors, media consultants, screenwriters,

script supervisors, production designers,

production coordinators, art directors and

production assistants.

Students are encouraged to have a minor

area of study that complements their film

interests, expands their skill set, enhances

the depth of their culminating reel (i.e.

portfolio), and advances their post-education

professional employment opportunities.

Interdisciplinary studies foster better criti-

cal thinkers and more active participants in

social change. The combination of a science

or social science minor and a film major

empowers students to better disseminate

their research to new and underserved

audiences, which in turn positively impacts

society.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses in the major.

Core Courses [24 units]

FILM 305 (3) Art of Film: Beginning to

1950s, and

FILM 317 (1) Art of Film Discussion:

Pre 1950s

FILM 306 (3) Art of Film: 1950s to the

Present, and

FILM 318 (1) Art of Film Discussion:

Post 1950s

FILM 315 (4) Filmmaking I

FILM 375 (4) Filmmaking II

FILM 415 (4) Filmmaking III

FILM 475 (4) Filmmaking IV

Integrated Theatre & Film Core [6 units]

TA 104 (4) Story Through Word &

Image

TA 494 (2) Senior Seminar

Art Requirement [3 units]

One of the following:

ART

104

B-N

(3) Topics in Art History

ART 250 (3) Darkroom Photography

ART 251 (3) Photography I

Film Electives [16 units]

Two of the following:

FILM 350 (4) Writing for Film

FILM 425 (4)

Film Directing &

Production Processes

FILM 455 (4) Grant Writing, or

FILM 455S (4) Grant Writing

FILM 465 (4) Film Seminar

Two of the following:

FILM 360 (4) Science, Environment &

Natural History Digital

Production

FILM 362 (4) Social Change Digital

Production

FILM 378 (1-4)

Film/Digital Production

Workshop

FILM 478 (1-4) Advanced

Film/Digital

Production Workshop

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Course Requirements [20 units]

FILM 315 (4) Filmmaking I

FILM 375 (4) Filmmaking II

Two of the following [8 units]:

FILM 305 (3) Art of Film: Beginning to

1950s, and

FILM 317 (1) Art of Film Discussion:

Pre 1950s, or

FILM 306 (3) Art of Film: 1950s to the

Present, and

FILM 318 (1) Art of Film Discussion:

Post 1950s, or

FILM 465 (4) Film Seminar

One of the following [4 units]:

Draft

146

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Fire Ecology Minor

FILM 360 (4) Science, Environment &

Natural History Digital

Production

FILM 362 (4) Social Change Digital

Production

nnn

Fire Ecology Minor

Minor in Fire Ecology

Department Chair

David F. Greene, Ph.D.

Department of Forestry & Wildland

Resources

Forestry Building 205

707-826-3935

humboldt.edu/fwr

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

FOR 130 (3) Dendrology, or

an approved course in

Plant Taxonomy

FOR 131 (3) Forest Ecology, or

an approved course in

Ecology

FOR 321 (3) Fire Ecology

FOR 323 (3) Wildland Fire Behavior

FOR 423 (3) Wildland Fuels

Management

nnn

Draft

147

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Fisheries Biology

Bachelor of Science degree with a

major in Fisheries Biology —

concentrations available in Freshwater

Fisheries and Marine Fisheries

Minor in Fisheries Biology

See Natural Resources for details on the

Master of Science degree.

Department Chair

Andrew Kinziger Ph.D.

Department of Fisheries Biology

Fisheries & Wildlife Building 220

707-826-3953

humboldt.edu/fisheries

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 provide a description of how physical and

biological factors of aquatic ecosystems

determine the distribution and abundance

of fish populations and pose testable hypoth-

eses and experiments to identify specific

factors that constrain population growth or

distribution

 select and implement basic data collec-

tion protocols appropriate for characterizing

status of fish communities, including assess-

ment of species composition, abundance,

and population structure (age, size, genetic)

 convey scientific concepts in written,

oral, and visual communication formats, in-

cluding following basic guidelines for format

and structure of scientific reports, papers,

or presentations

 describe and explain how fisheries man-

agement problems can be expressed as

quantitative models, produce useful tabular

and graphic summaries of quantitative data,

and conduct simple tests of statistical hy-

potheses

 describe the scientific, legal, political, and

social factors that determine goals for

fisheries management and conservation,

and to identify appropriate management

strategies that can be used to achieve these

goals

 critically evaluate their own fisheries work

as well as fisheries data, information, and

conclusions reported in published peer-re-

viewed literature, unpublished technical

reports, and popular media.

The overall goal of the Fisheries Biology

Program is to provide students with the

knowledge, skills, and motivation required to

ensure the conservation of fish and aquatic

resources that are faced with increasing

societal demands and increasing loss of

habitat. We stress development of a field-

based understanding of the relationships

between freshwater and marine fishes and

the habitats upon which they depend, but

our program is broad enough to provide

specialized training in fish population dynam-

ics and fishery management, restoration

ecology, systematics, marine and freshwater

aquaculture, fish health management, water

pollution biology, and wastewater utilization.

Each of these areas has its own important

role to play in the overall conservation of

fish resources.

Fisheries Biology students have on-campus

facilities for hands-on studies: a recirculating

freshwater fish hatchery, rearing ponds,

spawning pens, and modern laboratories

for study of fish genetics, pathology, tax-

onomy, ecology, and age and growth. Also

on campus is the California Cooperative Fish

& Wildlife Research Unit, supported by both

state and federal government, and a large

fish museum collection.

Off campus, students take classes and carry

out research projects at the university’s

marine laboratory in Trinidad, about 12 miles

north of campus. A 90’ university-owned

ocean-going vessel, docked in Eureka, is

available for classes and for faculty and

graduate student research in nearshore

ocean waters. Numerous small boats and a

specialized electrofishing boat are available

for instruction and research in local bays,

lagoons and estuaries.

Our graduates may qualify for certification by

the American Fisheries Society as Associate

Fisheries Scientists, and many continue their

education after HSU, receiving MS or Ph.D.

degrees in fisheries biology or other closely

related fields.

Possible careers: aquarium curator, aquatic

biologist, biological technician, environmental

specialist, fish culturist, fish health manager,

fisheries biologist, fisheries consultant, fish-

eries geneticist, fisheries modeler, fisheries

statistician, hydrologist, museum curator,

reservoir manager, restoration ecologist,

sewage treatment water analyst, water

quality advisor.

Preparation

We recommend that high school students

interested in fisheries biology take as many

challenging biology, chemistry, mathemat-

ics, and computer classes as possible,

and that they also stress oral and written

communications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

The Upper Division Area B General Education

requirement is met by the coursework within

the Bachelor of Science degree for either

concentration in the Fisheries Biology major.

Core Courses

Shared Requirements for Freshwater Fish-

eries and Marine Fisheries Concentrations

Lower Division

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

CHEM 107 (4)

Fundamentals of Chemistry

CHEM 128 (3) Introduction to Organic

Chemistry

FISH 260 (3)

Fish Conservation & Mgmt.

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

FISH 220 (3) Water Resources &

Conservation [

Freshwater

Fisheries]

, or

OCN 109 (3)

General Oceanography and

OCN 109L (1)

General Oceanography Lab

[

Marine Fisheries

]

Upper Division

BIOL 330 (4) Principles of Ecology

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

FISH 314 (3) Fishery Science

Communication

FISH 380 (3) Techniques in Fishery

Biology

FISH 460 (3)

Adv. Fish Conservation &

Management

FISH 474 (4) Conservation Genetics of

Fish and Wildlife

One quantitative course from:

FISH 458/FISH 558 (4) Fish Population

Dynamics

STAT 333 (4) Linear Regression

Models/ANOVA

STAT 404/STAT 504 (4) Multivariate

Statistics

STAT 406 (4)

Sampling Design &

Analysis

or an approved upper division quantitative

course.

Draft

148

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

* Alternative sets of approved electives may

be approved under exceptional circumstances.

Discuss with your advisor.

Select one concentration and complete

requirements.

Freshwater Fisheries

Concentration

Core courses plus:

FISH 320/FISH 320L (3/1) Limnology

FISH 370/FISH 370L (3/1) Aquaculture

FISH 434 (4)

Ecology of Freshwater Fish

FISH 476 (3)

Ecology of Running Waters

Approved Electives* (9 units required;

General Education classes may not be used

as approved electives). Include at least two

from the following:

FISH 335 (3) US & World Fisheries

FISH 375 (3) Mariculture

FISH 410/FISH 510 (3) Topics in

Advanced Ichthyology

FISH 435 (4) Ecology of Marine Fish

FISH 458/FISH 558 (4) Fish Population

Dynam ics

FISH 471 (3) Fish Diseases

FISH 571 (3) Advanced Fish Disease &

Pathol ogy

One other course approved by your advisor.

Marine Fisheries Concentration

Core courses plus:

FISH 335 (3) US & World Fisheries

FISH 375 (3) Mariculture

FISH 435 (4) Ecology of Marine Fish

ZOOL 314 (5) Invertebrate Zoology

Approved Electives* (9 units required,

General Education classes may not be used

as approved electives). Include at least two

from the following:

FISH 370 (3) Aquaculture

FISH 410/FISH 510 (3) Topics in

Advanced Ichthyology

FISH 434 (4)

Ecology of Freshwater Fish

FISH 458/FISH 558 (4) Fish Population

Dynam ics

FISH 471 (3) Fish Diseases

FISH 571 (3) Advanced Fish Disease &

Pathol ogy

One other course approved by your advisor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

14-15 units:

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

FISH 460 (3) Adv.

Fish Conservation &

Management

Plus one of the following pathways:

FISH 320/320L (3/1) Limnology/

Practicum or

FISH 476 [3] Ecology of Running

Waters

FISH 434 (4)

Ecology of Freshwater

Fish

OCN 109 (3)

General Oceanography and

OCN 109L (1)

General Oceanography Lab

[

Marine Fisheries

]

FISH 435 (4) Ecology of Marine Fish

nnn

Fisheries Biology

Draft

149

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Forestry

Bachelor of Science degree with a

major in Forestry — concentrations

in: Forest Hydrology, Forest Operations,

Forest Restoration, Forest Soils, and

Wildland Fire Management

Minor in Fire Ecology

Minor in Forestry

Minor in Watershed Management

See Natural Resources for de tails on the

Master of Science degree.

Department Chair

David F. Greene Ph.D.

Department of Forestry and Wildland

Resources

Forestry Building 205

707-826-3935

humboldt.edu/fwr

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 understanding of taxonomy, autecology of

trees, plant and wood identification; physiology

of trees; ecological concepts, ecosystem

processes, structure and function; soil

formation, classification, composition and

properties; silvicultural principles, stand

structure and composition; growth and quality

of forests and forest health; fire ecology and

use of fire; entomology and pathology; wildlife

and fish ecology; plant, soil, water interactions,

watershed processes, land measurement,

mapping, photogrammetry, remote sensing;

sampling theory and methods, statistical

literacy; measurement of trees, forests, and

forest products; wildlife habitat assessment;

measurement of water yields and quality;

assessment of non-timber forest values;

integrated forest management, multiple-use

principles; stand scale management; system

and landscape management; forest

engineering and road design; harvesting

systems; utilization; policy development,

sociological influences; administration,

environmental regulation; land and resource

planning; budgeting, finance, personnel

management, cost, and economics

 capable practice of critical thinking;

writing; quantitative thinking; public speaking,

debate and persuasion; leadership; group

cooperation; conflict resolution; time manage-

ment; professional integration; independent

life-long learning; computer literacy and skills

 the attributes of adaptability; integrity;

open-mindedness; professional decorum.

Humboldt State University is locat ed in the

heart of the coast redwood forest. This

environment pro vides out door class rooms

for more than half of the fores try courses.

Field trips illustrate lecture concepts and

teach field techniques.

Excellent on-campus labora tor ies com ple-

ment the outdoor lab. Students have

access

to the col lege forest, the Schatz Tree

Farm,

public and private forest lands, and

vari ous

pro duction centers. Because Humboldt

County also has a large forest products in-

dustry, Humboldt State is an excel lent place

to study the resolu tion of

en vi ron mental

issues with economic con cerns.

Students and faculty interact with

profes-

sional for est managers and research ers

of the region both in the classroom and in

the field.

Forestry is an incorporative dis ci pline,

drawing from the biological, physical,

so cial,

and man agerial sciences. The curricu lum

aids in un derstanding the biological com-

plexities of the forest and the inter actions

between the forest and social and economic

de mands.

The program provides sufficient background

and depth of education to give a sound basis

for pro fes sion al growth with in

a broad range

of forestry-related careers.

Our graduates

often start as forest rangers,

park rangers,

fire fighters, timber cruisers,

or survey ors.

Some hold staff positions in the federal and

state agencies, forest products industry,

or with environmental organizations. Grad-

uates go on to build careers in: wildland fire

management, forest

protection, park management,

watershed

management, forest biology, forest engi-

neering, industrial management, resource

planning, forest restoration, and research

and education.

Visit our webpage at humboldt.edu/fwr.

Preparation

In high school, take a broad back ground.

Biological/physi cal sciences, mathe matics,

social sciences, and the arts are helpful.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

pp. 83-84.

Students must complete all courses in the

major with a C- or better.

Core Courses

Lower Division

At least one course in a basic biological

sci ence that meets general education

require ments and is compa rable to BOT

105 General Botany (4 units);

At least one course in a basic physical

science that meets gen eral ed u ca tion re-

quire ments and is compar able to CHEM

107 Fundamentals of Chemistry (4 units);

Plus the following:

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resource

Conservation

FOR 130 (3) Dendrology

FOR 131 (3) Forest Ecology

FOR 210 (4) Forest Measurements

and Biometry

FOR 222 (2) Forest Health and

Protection

FOR 223 (2) Intro to Wildland Fire

FOR 250 (3) Intro to Forest

Operations

GSP 101 [2] Geospatial Concepts, and

GSP 101L (1) Geospatial Concepts Lab

GSP 216 (3) Intro to Remote

Sensing

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8]

Take all lower division courses before

beginning upper division work.

Upper Division

ESM 305 (3) Environmental Conflict

Resolution

FOR 311 (4) Forest Mensuration

& Growth

FOR 331 (3) Silvics — Foundation of

Silviculture

FOR 365 (3) Forest Financial

Administration

FOR 432 (4) Silviculture

FOR 359 (3) CA & US Forest &

Wildland Policy

FOR 471 (3) Forest Administration

& Ethics

FOR 479 (3) Forestry Capstone

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

Draft

150

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Forestry

Plus one of the following:

FISH 300 (3) Intro to Fishery Biology

GEOL 306 (3) General Geomorphology

RRS 306 (3) Wildland Resource

Principles

Forest Hydrology Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat, or

PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A:

Mechanics

Upper Division

SOIL 467 (3) Soil Physics

WSHD 333 (3) Wildland Water Quality, or

WSHD 424 (3) Watershed Hydrology

This program meets the qualifications for

“Forester” and for “Hydrologist” in federal

employment.

Forest Operations Concentration

Core courses plus:

FOR 350

(3)

Forest Harvesting Systems

FOR 353 (3) Forest Road Location &

Design

FOR 450 (3) Harvesting Systems

Design & Cost Analysis

FOR 475 (3) Forest Management

Decision Making

FOR 476 (2) Advanced Forest

Management

Plus one of the following:

FOR 423 (3) Wildland Fuels

Management

FOR 431 (3) Forest Restoration

WSHD 458 (3)

Climate Change & Land Use

This program meets the qualifications for

“Forester” in federal employment.

Forest Restoration Concentration

Core courses plus:

FOR 321 (3) Fire Ecology

FOR 430 (3) Forest Ecosystems

FOR 475 (3) Forest Management

Decision Making

FOR 476 (2) Advanced Forest

Management

Plus two of the following:

BOT 394 (3) Forest Pathology

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

FOR 350 (3)

Forest Harvesting Systems

FOR 353 (3) Forest Road Location &

Design

FOR 374 (3) Wilderness Area

Management

FOR 423 (3) Wildland Fuels

Management

FOR 431 (3) Forest Restoration

GSP 370 (3) Intermediate Geographic

Information Science (GIS)

RRS 430 (3) Wildland Restoration &

Development

SOIL 468 (3) Intro to Agroforestry

WSHD 424 (3) Watershed Hydrology

WHSD 458 (3) Climate Change & Land

Use

This program meets the qualifications for

“Forester” in federal employment.

Forest Soils Concentration

Core courses plus:

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

SOIL 360

(3) Origin & Classification of

Soils

SOIL 460

(3)

Wildland Soil Management

& Erosion Control

Plus two of the following:

SOIL 363 (3) Wetland Soils

SOIL 462

(3)

Soil Fertility

SOIL 465

(3)

Soil Microbiology

SOIL 467

(3)

Soil Physics

This program meets the qualifications

for “Forester,” “Soil Scientist,” and “Soil

Conservationist” in federal employment.

Wildland Fire Management

Concentration

Core courses plus:

FOR 321

(3)

Fire Ecology

FOR 323 (3) Wildland Fire Behavior

FOR 423

(3)

Wildland Fuels

Management

FOR 476 (2) Advanced Forest

Management

Plus two of the following

FOR 422 (3) Wildland Fire Use

FOR 431 (3) Forest Restoration

FOR 475 (3) Forest Management

Decision Making

GSP 370 (3) Intermediate Geographic

Information Science (GIS)

RRS 370 (3)

Wildland Ecology Principles

WHSD 458 (3) Climate Change & Land

Use

This program meets the qualifications for

“Forester” in federal employment.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Fire Ecology Minor

See Fire Ecology

Forestry Minor

Required courses:

FOR 130

(3)

Dendrology

FOR 131

(3)

Forest Ecology

FOR 210 (4) Forest Measurements

and Biometry

FOR 315

(3)

Forest Management

Plus one of the following four courses:

FOR 302

(3)

Forest Ecosystems &

People

FOR 321

(3)

Fire Ecology

FOR 374

(3)

Wilderness Area Mgmt.

FOR 431

(3)

Forest Restoration

Watershed Management Minor

See Watershed Management

nnn

Draft

151

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

French & Francophone Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in

French

& Francophone Studies

Minor in French & Francophone Studies

Department Chair

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Program Director

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Department of World Languages

& Cultures

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-3226, fax 826-4320

wlc.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 analysis, acknowledgement, and respect

of cultural expressions and worldviews of

others

 the capacity to be responsible, productive

and compassionate global citizens in a fragile

world

 cultural and linguistic competency

 the ability to collaboratively formulate and

solve problems

 independent and critical thinking.

The French and Francophone Studies major

emphasizes the use of the French language

through a curriculum that closely relates

the classroom to the Francophone world;

that is, everywhere that French is spoken.

Creating a personal environment, French-

speaking faculty and students participate in

film, creative writing, and cultural workshops

and retreats. In small classroom settings

students study the literature and culture of

France and expand their horizons to cultures

of such Francophone regions as West

Africa, North Africa, Quebec, Louisiana, the

Caribbean, and Vietnam. Visiting literary

critics, artists, consular officials, and guests

from various regions of the French-speaking

world complement classroom studies.

Videos, films, and computer software are

integral to the program on the HSU campus.

The program prepares students to read,

understand, speak, and write the French

language with advanced proficiency and to

understand the rich fabric of Francophone

cultures throughout the world. Courses

focus on different themes each year, allowing

students to gain an in-depth understanding

of issues particularly relevant to their aca-

demic goals and future careers.

Students in the major are required to study

abroad in France or in a Francophone

country. There are many outstanding op-

portunities to complete this requirement in

a meaningful way.

Throughout the world, French is one of the

most significant languages of diplomacy,

communication, and culture. At the same

time, our French program recognizes that in

the Francophone world, other languages and

indigenous cultures have valuable alternative

perspectives important for our students, as

future national and global leaders, to under-

stand and consider. For this reason, majors

are also encouraged to study a second

language spoken in a Francophone region,

such as Arabic, Wolof, Pulaar, or Creole.

Career possibilities. French and Francophone

studies majors can work nationally and

internationally in the following areas: non-gov-

ernmental organization official or employee,

interpreter, teacher, ESL teacher, foreign

service diplomat, United Nations employee,

foreign correspondent, travel agent, airline

employee, international business person

or banker, literary translator, Francophone

country tour guide, museum curator (in

conjunction with art history studies), import/

export business owner. In the new global

economy, many other careers also demand

the intercultural expertise acquired by French

and Francophone studies majors.

The program prepares students to take

advantage of many opportunities for volun-

teering in international organizations such

as the Peace Corps.

Special Scholarship and Awards. The

Department of World Languages and

Cultures has three permanent scholarships

and awards:

 The Benavides-Garb Family International

Travel Award

 The Joe and Helen Bottino Memorial

Travel Award

 The Budig-Markin Family Francophone

African Studies Award

 The Frank B. Wood Scholarship

All language students are encouraged to

apply for these important scholarships and

awards to enhance language studies with an

international residence. See the department

web page for further information.

French & Francophone Studies

Preparation

All students, with or without any previous

French language background, are welcome

to the program. Students without previous

French language background will have the

opportunity to acquire the language from

the beginning, following the language course

sequence: FREN 105, FREN 106, FREN 107,

and FREN 207. Students with prior language

background will have a head start on the

major. Discuss your particular level with a

faculty advisor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

NOTE: All courses are taught in the target

language except as noted.

The French and Francophone Studies Major

requires a minimum of 42 units, including the

Core Courses, Electives, and Study Abroad.

Lower Division Core (8 units)

FREN 107 (4) French Level III

FREN 207

(4)

French IV & Intro to

Francophone Studies

Upper Division Core (16-20 units)

FREN 310 (2-4) Nouvelles en français:

Variable Topics

FREN 311 (4) French V & Stories from

the Francophone World

FREN 312

(4)

French VI & (R)evolution

in Modern French Lit

(Rep)

FREN 314

(4)

Cultural History Topics in

Early French Masterpieces

(Rep)

FREN 340 (2-4) Topics in Francophone

Culture (Rep)

Major Elective Courses (14-18 units)

For the completion of the minimum 42-unit

major:

FREN 280 (2-3) French Conversation &

Retreat (Rep)

FREN 300* (3-4) African Storytelling

FREN 306*/GERM, SPAN, WS 306* (3)

Sex, Class & Culture:

Gender & Ethnic Issues in

International Short Stories

* Course taught in English.

**Course taught in French or English.

(Rep) Course may be repeated for the major.

Draft

152

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

French & Francophone Studies

FREN 341**(2) Current Event Topics in the

Francophone World

(Rep)

FREN 370 (1) French Weekend Retreat

FREN 390*

(1-2) Topics in Cinema of the

Francophone World

(Rep)

FREN 420 (1-3) French Peer Tutoring

FREN 480 (1-4) Special Topics

FREN 492 (3) Senior Honors Thesis or

Project

FREN 499 (1-4) Directed Study

Required Study Abroad

Complete an approved academic semes-

ter program abroad in France or in a

Francophone country, equivalent to at least

12 units and normally lasting at least 10

weeks. Students are encouraged to effi-

ciently plan their academic residency abroad

to complete major and general education

requirements. Program must be selected

in consultation with and approved by the

major advisor. Students are expected to

complete their final semester in residence

at Humboldt State University.

Students may study abroad for one summer

semester, a regular semester, or one

academic year with such programs as the

HSU faculty-led programs, the HSU Bilateral

Exchange Program at the Université Paul

Valéry Montpellier, France; CSU International

Programs (IP) study abroad in Aix-en-

Provence or Paris; or a semester program

in Senegal. Study Abroad languages may be

French, Arabic, Wolof, Pulaar, or another

Francophone African or Caribbean language.

Cost of residency abroad varies according

to program and world region. Be sure to

understand the costs involved and plan

ahead. Consult with the HSU Center for

International Programs.

Under exceptional circumstances the resi-

dency abroad requirement can be waived by

the major advisor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

The minor emphasizes French language

proficiency as well as Francophone cultural

studies appropriate to the individual stu-

dent’s academic and career objectives.

The French and Francophone Studies Minor

requires a minimum of 20 units, including:

FREN 107

(4)

French Level III

FREN 207

(4)

French IV & Intro to

Francophone Studies

FREN 311

(4)

French V & Stories from

the Francophone World

FREN 312

(4)

French VI and (R)evolution

in Modern French

Literature

Plus an additional 4 units of upper-division

French & Francophone Studies coursework

selected with the approval of the minor

advisor.

nnn

Draft

153

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Geography

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Geography

Minor in Geography

Department Chair

Matthew Derrick, Ph.D.

Department of Geography, Environment

& Spatial Analysis

Founders Hall 109

707-826-3946

humboldt.edu/geography

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 collect data; know where to acquire such

and what technology should be employed

 layout and design best geographics

 develop and apply information literacy

 understand causes and implications of

spatial interactions and movement patterns

 demonstrate skills and competencies of

geographic traditions

 analyze, synthesize, and interpret spatial

information

 apply geographic thinking in real-world

contexts

 analyze and/or appraise real-world soci-

etal issues.

We offer a quality undergraduate program

incorporating a wide range of courses in

human and physical geography, as well as

cartography and geospatial techniques.

Students obtain a strong geographic foun-

dation through a sequence of introductory

classes, along with a skills-based methodol-

ogy course and research lab. Geographic

concepts, ideas, and skills are developed and

mastered in upper-division regional, system-

atic, and in-depth geography courses. Our

majors further develop and demonstrate

geographic mastery through a research

-based senior capstone. While our program

is designed to ensure breadth in geographic

education, students are also encouraged to

develop depth by specializing in one of the

department’s three emphasis areas:

 The Human World

 The Physical Environment

 Geospatial Systems

The department upholds a strong tradi-

tion of field study, including expeditions to

the Tibetan Plateau, the Cascades, the

Sierra Nevada, and other landscapes of

the American west, as well as linkages to

overseas programs in China, Europe, and

Latin America.

Preparation

In high school take history, gov ern ment, math-

ematics, science, and a foreign language.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Students must earn a minimum grade of C-

in all required courses for the major.

Geographic Foundation (14 -18 units)

The following six foundation courses are

required:

GEOG 105 (3) Human Geography

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography

GEOG 106L (1) Physical Geography Lab

GSP 101 (2) Geospatial Concepts

GSP 101L (1)

Geospatial Concepts Lab

GEOG 310L (1)

Geographic Research Lab

Select one methodology course:

GEOG 311 (3) Geographic Research &

Writing, or

ESM 230

‡

(3) Environmental Methods*

[Prereq: STAT 108 (3) or

STAT 108i (3) and STAT 8

(1) or STAT 109 (4)

Regional Synthesis (3-4 units)

Select one of the regional courses below:

GEOG 309 (3) The Silk Road

GEOG 319 (4)

Emergence of the Mod

ern

Middle East

GEOG 322 (3) California

GEOG 332 (3)

Geog. of the Mediterranean

GEOG 335 (3) Geog. of the Middle East

GEOG 344 (3) South America

GEOG 376 (3) Tibet and the Himalaya

GEOG 472 (3) Topics in Reg. Geography

Systematic Geography (18-22 units)

Six systematic geography courses are

required, including one course from each of

the systematic emphasis areas (the Human

World, the Physical Environment, Geospatial

Systems). Students are encouraged to spe-

cialize in one area of systematic geography

by taking at least two of the remaining

three required systematic courses in one

emphasis area.

The Human World

GEOG 300 (3) Global Awareness

GEOG 301 (3)

International Environmental

Issues & Globalization

GEOG 304 (3) Migrations & Mosaics

GEOG 360 (3) Geography of the World

Economy

GEOG 363 (3) Political Geography

GEOG 365 (4) Political Ecology

GEOG 470 (3) Topics in Geography

for Teachers

GEOG 471 (3) Topics in Human

Geography

The Physical Environment

GEOG 302 (3) Global Ecology and

Biogeography

GEOG 352 (3) Weather, Climate, and

Natural Hazards

GEOG 353 (3) Mountain Geography

GEOG 357 (3) Climate Change,

Ecosystems, and People

GEOG 473 (3) Topics in Physical

Geography

GEOL 306 (3) General Geomorphology

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology and

Watershed Management

Geospatial Systems

GSP 216 (3) Intro to Remote Sensing

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

GSP 316 (4) Cartography

GSP 318 (3) Introduction to Geospatial

Programming

GSP 326 (3) Intermediate Remote

Sensing

GSP 370 (3) Intermediate GIS

GSP 416 (4) Advanced Cartography

Design Seminar

Depth Experience (2 units)

Select a minimum of two upper division

depth experience courses:

GEOG 300M (

1) Global Awareness D.E.

GEOG 302M

(1) Global Ecology and

Biogeography D.E.

GEOG 304M

(1)

Migrations & Mosaics D. E.

GEOG 322M

(1)

California D. E.

GEOG 332M

(1)

Geog.: Mediterranean D.E.

GEOG 344M

(1) South America D.E.

GEOG 352M

(1)

Weather, Climate, and

Natural Hazards D. E.

GEOG 353M

(1)

Mountain Geography D. E.

GEOG 357M (1) Climate Change, Eco-

systems, and People D.E.

GEOG 360M (1) Geography of the World

Economy D.E.

*Recommended for students who wish to

specialize in the physical environment.

Draft

154

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Geography

GEOG 361M (1)

Settlement Geography D. E.

GEOG 363M (1) Political Geography D.E.

GEOG 471M (1) Topics in Human

Geography D. E.

GEOG 472M (1) Topics in Regional

Geography D. E.

GEOG 473M (1) Topics in Physical

Geography D. E.

Senior Capstone (4 units)

The following capstone course is required.

GEOG 411 (4) Senior Field Research

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Students must earn a minimum grade of C-

in all required courses for the minor.

Take two of the following three options within

the geographic foundation (6 units).

GSP 101 (2) Geospatial Concepts and

GSP 101L (1) Geospatial Concepts Lab

GEOG 105 (3) Human Geography

GEOG 106 (3) Physical Geography

Plus at least three upper division electives

approved by

the department chair.

nnn

Draft

155

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Geology

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Geology

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Geology — Geosciences

concentration

Minor in Geology

See Environmen tal Systems for details on

the Master of Science degree.

Department Co-Chairs

Brandon L. Brown, Ph.D.

Mark Hemphill-Haley, Ph.D.

Department of Geology

Founders Hall 7

707-826-3931

humboldt.edu/geology

The Program

The geology program provides students with

a solid foundation in Earth system science,

how the Earth and its processes affect

humans, and how human activities affect

the Earth.

Students completing this program will:

 understand the fundamental concepts of

Earth’s many systems

 be able to find, analyze, and assess sci-

entifically credible information about the

Earth in both printed and electronic forms

 communicate about Earth science in a

meaningful way both verbally and in writing

 be able to make informed and responsi-

ble decisions regarding the Earth and its

resources

 possess the skills and background to gain

employment and/or admission to graduate

studies in the Earth sciences.

The BS degree in geology is recommended

for students who plan to seek work as

professional geologists (e.g., engineering

geology, hydrology, environmental geology,

natural resource geology) and/or enter

graduate school in the geosciences. The

BA degree in geology with a concentration

in geoscience is aimed toward students who

are interested in careers or pursuing gradu-

ate work in broader fields of environmental

science, hazard/resource management and

planning, environmental policy, and teach-

ing. The second discipline provides greater

breadth and expertise in an additional field.

Humboldt’s setting provides a natural labora-

tory to study earthquakes, tsunamis, moun-

tain building, landsliding, river processes,

natural mineral and metal resources,

volcanism, and rapid coastal erosion. The

Geology

area also contains good exposures of

nearshore marine deposits and fossils

recording the late Cenozoic history of the

region. Students frequently take field trips

to surrounding areas both along the coast

and inland. Geology majors may also pursue

a thesis project under the supervision of a

faculty mentor.

At Humboldt, you will also be able to use

research tools including petrographic mi-

croscopes, scanning electron microscope,

geophysical exploration equipment and a

real-time kinematic GPS unit. Employers seek

out Humboldt geology graduates because of

their competence in the field and rigorous

scientific background.

Career opportunities include positions with

local/state/federal government scien-

tific and resource management agencies,

geotechnical and environmental consulting

firms, nonprofit conservation agencies, and

universities/colleges/K-12 schools. Job

titles of Humboldt geology graduates include:

geologist, petrologist, volcanologist, consul-

tant, technical writer or editor, seismologist,

emergency manager, hazards mitigation

specialist, field geologist, marine geologist,

hydrologist, geomorphologist, museum

curator, and science teacher.

Preparation

Students will be most successful if they take

mathematics, chemistry, physics, biology and

any environmental studies in high school

if available. Students need to be able to

write and speak effectively in English and

are expected to be proficient in computer

applications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJORS

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Core Courses

Lower Division Core

CHEM 109 (5)

General Chemistry I

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

GEOL 210 (3) Earth Systems History

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

Upper Division Core

GEOL 306 (3) General Geomorphology

GEOL 312 (4) Earth Materials

GEOL 332 (4) Sedimentary Geology

GEOL 335 (2) Geologic Field Methods I

GEOL 435 (2) Geologic Field Methods II

GEOL 486 (1) Research Methods

BS in Geology

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

One of the following:

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III, or

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8], or

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

One of the following two series:

 PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism

& Modern Physics

 PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A:

Mechanics

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B:

Thermodynamics,

Waves & Optics

Upper Division

GEOL 314 (4) Petrology

GEOL 334 (4) Structural Geology

GEOL 475 (4) Geology Field Camp

Five units of approved upper division geology

areas of specialization, including at least one

of the follow ing:

GEOL 457 (3) Engineering Geology

GEOL 460 (3) Solid Earth Geophysics

GEOL 474 (3) Volcanology

GEOL 482 (1-3) Instrumental

Methods

in Geology

GEOL 490 (1) Senior Thesis

GEOL 492 (2) Senior Thesis Project

GEOL 524 (3) Methods of Geochronology

GEOL 531 (1-3)

Advanced Physical Geology

GEOL 550 (3) Fluvial Processes

GEOL 551 (3) Hillslope Processes

GEOL 553 (4) Quaternary Stratigraphy

GEOL 554 (2) Advanced Geology Field

Methods

GEOL 555 (3) Neotectonics

GEOL 556 (4) Hydrogeology

GEOL 561 (3) Applied Geophysics

Draft

156

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Geology

BA in Geology — Geosciences

Concentration

Core courses plus:

Lower Division

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

GEOL 110 (1) Field Geology of the

Western US

One of the following:

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8], or

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

Upper Division

GEOL 300 (3) Geology of California

GEOL 300L (1) Geology of California Field

Trip

GEOL 455 (1) Geology Colloquium

GEOL 465 (2) Geosciences Senior

Project

One of the following:

GEOL 303 (3) Earth Resources & Global

Environmental Change, or

GEOL 308 (3) Natural Disasters

Complete 5 units of approved upper divi-

sion geology courses.

Second Discipline

Complete at least 12 units of department

approved courses within a discipline

outside of the geology discipline (e.g., busi-

ness chemistry, geospatial analysis). Stu-

dents are encouraged, though not re-

quired, to pursue a minor in one of these

fields so as to broaden technical skills and

expertise.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

GEOL 306 (3) General Geomorphology

One of the following:

GEOL 110 (1-2) Field Geology of the

Western US

GEOL 335 (2) Geologic Field Methods I

At least one of the following four courses:

GEOL 300 (3) Geology of California

GEOL 303 (3) Earth Resources & Global

Environmental Change

GEOL 305 (3)

Fossils, Life & Evolution

GEOL 308 (3) Natural Disasters

One of the following:

GEOL 312 (4) Earth Materials

GEOL 332 (4) Sedimentary Geology

Plus 3 units of approved upper division

GEOL coursework.

nnn

Draft

157

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Geospatial Analysis Minor

Minor in Geospatial Analysis

This program prepares students to apply

the technologies of geographic information

systems, cartography, and multispectral

remote sensing, to various disciplines.

These cross-disciplinary research tools

analyze and portray data across time and

geographic space. Although offered through

the departments of Environmental Science &

Management, Forestry, and Geography, each

course carries the GSP (Geospatial) prefix.

Advisors

Nicholas Perdue

Founders Hall 134

707-826-4115

[email protected]

Dr. James Graham

NR 217

707-826-3823

[email protected]

The Program

Geospatial technologies portray and analyze

geographic location and characteristics of

physical and human environments. Applying

these software technologies, geospatial

data is layered and analyzed to understand

and communicate complex phenomena

such as natural disasters, environmental

impact, land coverage change, migrating

populations, crime patterns, global warming,

and changing economic trends. Geospatial

analysis skills are applicable to a growing list

of professions, and increasingly sought after

by employers.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Complete all courses in the minor with a

C- or better, and maintain a 2.0 or better

GPA in the minor.

GSP 101 (2) Geospatial Concepts

GSP 101L (1) Geospatial Concepts Lab

GSP 216 (3) Introduction to Remote

Sensing

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

GSP 316 (4) Cartography

GSP 318 (3)

Geospatial Programming I,

GSP 326 (3) Intermediate Remote

Sensing, or

GSP 330 (3) Mobile Mapping, or

GSP 370 (3) Intermediate GIS, or

GSP 416 (4) Advanced Cartography

Design Seminar

Additional Information on GSP Courses

& Departments

Because Geospatial Analysis skills are appli-

cable to many different fields of inquiry, GSP

courses are offered by three different de-

partments. Some programs offer Geospatial

options within their major and are integrated

into curricula as major options. Below is a

list of all GSP courses at HSU organized by

the departments that offer them.

Department of Environmental Science

& Management

Natural Resources Building 200

707-826-4147

environment.humboldt.edu

GSP 270 Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

GSP 318 Geospatial Programming I

GSP 330 Mobile Mapping

GSP 370 Intermediate GIS

GSP 418 Geospatial Programming II

GSP 470 Advanced Geospatial Analysis

& Modeling

GSP 570 Advanced Geospatial Analysis

& Modeling

Department of Forestry & Wildland

Resources

Forestry Building 205

707-826-3935

humboldt.edu/fwr

GSP 216 Introduction to Remote

Sensing

GSP 326

Intermediate Remote Sensing

GSP 436 Advanced Remote Sensing

Department of Geography, Environment

& Spatial Analysis

Founders Hall 109

707-826-3946

humboldt.edu/geography

GSP 101 Geospatial Concepts

GSP 101L Geospatial Concepts Lab

GSP 280 Special Topics in GSP

GSP 316 Cartography

GSP 416

Advanced Cartography Design

Seminar

GSP 426 Cartography Practicum

nnn

Draft

158

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

German Studies Minor

Minor in German Studies

Department Chair

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Program Director

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Department of World Languages

& Cultures

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-3226, fax 707-826-4320

wlc.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students take language classes in a dynamic,

student-centered environment that high-

lights language acquisition as well as cultural

sensitivity for the heritage of the German-

speaking nations. Beginning students

acquire the ability to speak, understand,

read, and write in German with reasonable

fluency.

Study Abroad Options. Students have

the opportunity to study abroad with the

CSU International Programs in Germany.

Students are encouraged to officially plan

an academic residency abroad when pos-

sible. The cost of the residency abroad

varies according to the program and world

region. Students should understand the

costs involved and plan ahead. Consult with

the HSU Center for International Programs.

Possible careers. Careers in the USA,

Europe and other countries include artist,

musician, web designer, teacher, ESL

teacher, international banker, lawyer, or fi-

nancier, interpreter, travel agent, tour guide,

export/import employee, foreign service

officer, foreign correspondent, or work in

non-governmental organizations.

Special Scholarship and Awards. The

Department of World Languages and

Cultures has three permanent scholarships

and awards:

 The Benavides-Garb Family International

Travel Award

 The Joe and Helen Bottino Memorial

Travel Award

 The Frank B. Wood Scholarship

All language students are encouraged to

apply for these important scholarships and

awards to enhance language studies with an

international residence. See the department

web page for further information.

German Studies Minor

Studies. For example: an art history class

discussing German art topics; a geography

class focused on Western Europe; history

and political science classes in which

German issues are a major part; or a phi-

losophy class covering German philosophers.

Consult with the German advisor about these

electives.

nnn

Preparation

Students should have a good background

in English grammar and syntax. While

knowledge of German is welcome, it is not

required.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

22 units, including:

GERM 107 (4) German Language &

Culture III

GERM 207 (4) German Language &

Culture IV

GERM 311 (4) German Level V [Rep]

GERM 312 (4) German Level VI [Rep]

The remaining six units may be select ed

from any of the fol low ing courses (de pend ing

upon interests and particular emphasis of

the student), with at least one course from

outside of the German program.

ART 301 (3)

Topics in Western Art

History

[when appropriate]

ECON 305 (3) International Economics

& Globalization

ENGL 240 (4) World Literature

[when appropriate]

GEOG 472 (1-4) Topics in Regional Geog.

[when appropriate]

GERM 305 (3) Marx, Nietzsche, Freud

& German Literature

GERM 306 (3) Sex, Class, and Culture:

Gender & Ethnic Issues in

International Short Stories

GERM 480 (1-4) Special Topics

GERM 499 (1-3) Directed Study

HIST 300 (3) The Era of World War I

HIST 301 (3) The Era of World War II

HIST 348 (4) Modern Germany

PHIL 343 (3) Kant & the 19th Century

PSCI 330 (4) Political Regimes &

Political Change: Europe

Courses offered by various departments,

often under the rubric of Special Topics, may

be relevant and appropriate to the German

Studies minor. Such courses will be approved

by the German Studies faculty advisor on a

case-by-case basis.

About Electives

The department encourages students to

combine the study of German with their

other academic interests. In addition to the

courses listed above, students may use

relevant courses from other disciplines as

elective credit toward the minor in German

Draft

159

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

History

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in His tory

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in His tory

—

concentration

in Education

Minor in History

Department Chair

Suzanne Pasztor, Ph.D.

(Fall 2019

)

Benjamin Marschke, Ph.D.

(Spring 2020)

Department of History

Founders Hall 180

707-826-3641

humboldt.edu/history

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 Locate diverse types of historical evi-

dence; evaluate credibility, position or per-

spective; and determine how to use appro-

priately

 Place primary and secondary sources in

appropriate historical and historiographical

context, with attention to the chronology,

geography (local, national, and global),

culture and methodology

 Develop a body of historical knowledge

with range and depth that recognizes the

causes and consequences of continuity and

change over time

 Be able to understand and evaluate dif-

ferent perspectives and arguments, engag-

ing with the ideas of other historians and

citing them appropriately

 Create a research question, conduct

effective and wide-ranging research to

procure evidence, formulate a persuasive

analytical argument, and communicate it

effectively in a written or oral format

 Apply historical knowledge and analysis

to contribute to contemporary social dia-

logue and to life-long learning and critical

habits of mind essential to an effective and

engaged citizenship.

This program is excellent preparation for

a wide range of careers. The emphasis on

broadly applicable skills such as research,

writing, face-to-face communication, and

critical thinking prepare graduates for any

number of jobs. More specifically, history

graduates are especially well suited to work

not only as archivists, academic historians,

public historians and curators, but also as

diplomats, editors, law clerks, librarians,

publicists, and writers. A history degree

is also superb academic preparation for

graduate studies in law, business, and many

academic disciplines.

Preparation

In high school take history, Eng lish, geog-

raphy, government, and foreign languages.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

History majors must receive a C- or better

in their major courses to pass.

Lower Division (16 units)

HIST 110 (3) U.S. History to 1877

HIST 111 (3) U.S. History from 1877

HIST 210 (4) Historical Methods

Two from the following:

HIST 104 (3) Western Civilization to

1650

HIST 105 (3) Western Civilization,

1650 to Present

HIST 106B [3] Islamic Societies: The

Making of the Muslim

Middle East

HIST 107 (3) East Asian History to

1644

HIST 108 (3) East Asian Civilization

Since 1644

HIST 109 (3) Colonial Latin American

History

HIST 109B (3) Modern Latin America

Upper Division Areas (24 units minimum)

 Take HIST 210 before taking upper-

division major courses.

 Take at least four units from each of the

three area course lists below.

 Take a minimum of 24 units selected

from the area course lists below.

 Special topics courses (HIST 391, HIST

392, HIST 393) may be used in the ap-

propriate areas.

 See an advisor concerning HIST 311 and

HIST 312.

European History Area Course List

HIST 300 (3)

Era of WWI, and

HIST 300R (1)

Era of WWI Research

Seminar

HIST 301 (3)

Era of WWII, and

HIST 301R (1)

Era of WWII Research

Seminar

HIST 314 (4) Ancient Greek

Civilization & History

HIST 315 (4) History & Civilization

of Rome

HIST 322 (4) The Age of Knights &

Monks

HIST 342 (4) Musketeers, Witches, &

Kings

HIST 343 (4) French Revolution &

Napoleon

HIST 345 (4) Imperialism

HIST 348 (4) Modern Germany

HIST 349 (4) Renaissance &

Reformation

HIST 350 (4)

History of the Soviet Union

HIST 353 (4) Modern Britain

HIST 392 (1-4) Special Topics in

European History

US History Area Course List

HIST 368

(4) Colonial & Revolutionary

America

HIST 369

(4) The Age of Jefferson &

Jackson

HIST 371

(4)

Civil War & Reconstruction

HIST 372

(4) Rise of Modern America,

1877-1929

HIST 374

(4) Contemporary America,

1929 to the Present

HIST 375A

(4) US Foreign Relations,

1789-1943

HIST 375B (4) US Foreign Relations,

1943-Present

HIST 383

(4) California History

HIST 391 (1-4) Special Topics &

Interdisciplinary Studies

in History

World Regions History Area Course List

HIST 319 (4) Emergence of the

Modern Middle East

HIST 323 (4) Gender & Sexuality in

East Asian History

HIST 324 (4) The Arab-Israeli Conflict:

History, Narratives &

Nationalism

HIST 326 (4) History of Mexico

HIST 327 (4) History of Brazil

HIST 328 (4) Women & Gender in Latin

America

HIST 329 (4) Imperial China

HIST 338 (4) Modern Chinese History

HIST 339 (4) Modern Japanese History

HIST 377

(4) Vietnam Wars

HIST 393 (1-4) Special Topics in

Non-Western History

Draft

160

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Practicum Courses

Take four total units of approved 1-unit

courses:

HIST 387 (1) Int’l Education Colloquium

HIST 394 (1) History Conference

HIST 395 (1) Classroom Observation

for History Day

HIST 396 (1) Int’l Latino Film Seminar

HIST 397 (1) Weekend Workshop

HIST 398 (1) History Career Workshop

HIST 482 (1) Internship in History

HIST 491 (1) Mentoring

Capstone Course

HIST 490 (4) Senior Seminar

History Education Concentration

(Social Science Education)

The Program

The History major with a concentration

in Education prepares students to enter

a Single Subject Secondary Education

Credential program after they graduate

with their B.A. degree. This is a major in

History that prepares students to become

Social Science teachers in California. In ad-

dition to history courses the student must

also complete coursework in economics,

geography, and politics. This coursework

comprises the History Department’s Social

Science Education waiver major, which

waives the state requirement to take and

pass the California Subject Examination for

Teachers (CSET).

Requirements for the Education

Concentration

Majors must receive a C- or better in their

major courses to pass

Lower Division

HIST 110 (3) U.S. History to 1877

HIST 111 (3) U.S. History from 1877

HIST 210 (4) Historical Methods

Upper Division

World Survey

HIST 311 (3) World History to 1750

HIST 312 (3) World History from 1750

U.S. History

HIST 383 (4)

California History

Plus at least four (4) additional

units selected

from the US History area course list on the

previous page.

European History or World Regions

Take at least seven (7) additional units se-

lected from the European History or World

Regions History area course lists on the

previous page.

Social Science Courses

ECON 323 (3) Economic History

of the US

GEOG 105 (3) Human Geography

PSCI 230 (3) Introduction to

Comparative Politics

PSCI 303 (3) Third World Politics

Capstone Courses

GEOG 470 (3) Topics in Geography for

Teachers (fall only)

HIST 395 (1) Classroom Observation

for History Day

HIST 420 (4) Interpreting History for

Teachers (fall only)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

History minors must receive a C- or better

in their minor courses to pass.

A total of 22 units are required for the minor.

Lower Division (10 units)

HIST 110 (3) U.S. History to 1877, or

HIST 111 (3) U.S. History from 1877

HIST 210 (4) Historical Methods

Take one course from the following:

HIST 104 (3) Western Civilization

to 1650

HIST 105 (3) Western Civilization,

1650 to Present

HIST 106B [3] Islamic Societies: The

Making of the Muslim

Middle East

HIST 107 (3) East Asian History to

1644

HIST 108 (3) East Asian Civilization

Since 1644

HIST 109 (3) Colonial Latin American

History

HIST 109B (3) Modern Latin America

Upper Division (12 units)

Take 12 units of upper division history

electives.

nnn

History

Draft

161

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

International Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in International Studies

—

concentrations

in Chinese Studies,

European Studies, Latin American

Studies, Global Cultural Studies, Third

World Development Studies

Minor in International Studies

Program Leader

Alison Holmes, Ph.D.

International Studies Program

Founders Hall 180

707-826-4494; fax 707-826-4496

internationalstudies.humboldt.edu

The Program

The world’s biggest challenges are intercon-

nected and the HSU International Studies

Program helps students remain rooted in the

community while becoming agents of change

in the world.

A unique interdisciplinary program,

International Studies has four distinct com-

ponents: a core curriculum based on the

cultural, political and economic aspects of glo-

balization; proficiency in a second language;

a concentration in one of five areas (China,

Europe, Latin America, Global Culture, and

Third World Development) and the equivalent

of a semester study abroad.

These elements come together in a flexible

combination of classroom instruction and

direct experience with the regions and issues

of interest and make HSU stand out as one

of the few universities in the CSU system that

requires both a language and study abroad

as part of this degree.

Employers also regularly report language

skills, intercultural awareness and study

abroad as strong indicators of success in

the workplace. This is why our graduates

can be found in the international labor force

in the US and abroad, working in the private

sector, for nonprofits and commonly go on to

serve in the Peace Corps. The program also

provides a strong foundation for graduate

work in many fields.

Students completing this major will have

demonstrated:

 the ability to analyze regional and global

issues from economic, political, and cultural

perspectives

 linguistic competency in a second lan-

guage

 cultural competency in diverse interna-

tional environments

 the ability to gather information and use

interdisciplinary analysis skills to critically

evaluate regional and global issues

 proficiency in formal written and oral

communication

 skills required to build an international

career.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

All courses required for the major must

achieve a minimum grade of C-, or local

equivalent while abroad.

Core Courses: [25-26 units]

1) INTL 210 (4) Introduction to

International Studies

2) INTL 220 (3) Introduction

to Cultural

Studies

PSCI 240 (3) Introduction to

International Relations,

GEOG 363 (3) Political Geography

4) ECON 305 (3)

International Economics

& Globalization, or

ECON 306 (3) Economics of the

Developing World

[DCG-n]

5) Take one methodology course.

ANTH 318

‡

(4) Ethnography

[Prereq: ANTH 104]

CRGS 390

‡

(4) Theory & Methods

[DCG-n]

GEOG 311 (3) Geographic Research

& Writing

HIST 210 (4) Historical Methods

PSCI 295 (4) Political Research &

Analysis

6) INTL 320 (1) Career Workshop

7) INTL 387 (1) International Education

Week Colloquium

8) INTL 410 (4) Global Issues Analysis

9) INTL 490 (3)

International

Studies

Capstone

Plus four courses (minimum of 12 units)

from one of the following concentrations:

 Chinese Studies

 European Studies

 Latin American Studies

 Global Cultural Studies

 Third World Development Studies

Second Language

Demonstrate proficiency in a target lan-

guage pertinent to the concentration

area, equivalent to a fifth semester or

higher of college-level language. Meet this

requirement by taking a fifth-semester-level

language course.

This requirement can also be met by ex-

amination. Contact the Department of World

Languages and Cultures for instructions.

Residency Abroad

Complete an approved academic semester

program abroad equivalent to at least 12

units and normally lasting at least 10 weeks.

Program must be selected in consultation

with and approved by advisor.

In exceptional circumstances, the program

leader may approve an accommodation

based on an alternative experience that

meets the residency abroad learning

outcome. The procedure for requesting

such an accommodation, along with the

criteria, can be found on the International

Studies website.

Residency abroad may begin during the

second semester of a student’s sophomore

year (generally spring) and must be com-

pleted by the end of the first semester of a

student’s senior year (generally fall).

Residency abroad may not occur during

a student’s last semester. Students are

expected to complete their final semester

in residence at Humboldt State University.

For some concentrations, courses taken

abroad may be necessary to fulfill require-

ments. Concentration electives may also be

completed while abroad. Both require prior

advisor approval.

All students are encouraged to use their

academic residency abroad efficiently by

completing, where possible, language and

university general education requirements.

The cost of the residency abroad varies

according to the program and world region.

Students should understand the costs in-

volved and plan ahead. Consult with the HSU

Center for International Programs office.

* Course only meets requirements if specific

topic is appropriate to the concentration area.

Consult with an advisor.

Draft

162

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

International Studies

Chinese Studies Concentration

Core courses plus:

Take three breadth courses and one or

more special topics courses for a minimum

of 12 units.

Breadth Areas [

Take three courses

]

ANTH 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies: China [DCG-n]*

ANTH 390 (4) World Regions Cultural

Seminar: China*

CHIN 109 (3) Intro to Chinese Studies

GEOG 472 (3) Topics in Regional

Geography*

HIST 107 (3) East Asian Civilization

to 1644, or

HIST 108 (3) East Asian Civilization

Since 1644

HIST 329 (4) Imperial China

HIST 338 (4) Modern Chinese History

PHIL 345 (3) Philosophies of China

PSCI 376 (2) Multilateralism & the

UN System and

PSCI 377 (1) Model United Nations

RS 340 (3) Zen, Dharma & Tao

Special Topic Research

Take one or more courses for a total of at

least two units. (Instructor approval re-

quired)

ANTH 499 (1-4) Independent Study*

CHIN 480 (1-4) Undergraduate Seminar

[Often taught abroad]

GEOG 411 (4) Senior Field Research in

China*

European Studies Concentration

Core courses plus:

For an emphasis on:

 Europe as a whole, take any four of the

courses below

 France, take at least two FREN courses

 Spain, take at least two SPAN courses

 Germany, take at least two courses

that focus primarily on Germany

for a

minimum of 12 units.

ART 301-304 (3-4)

Topics in Art History*

ENGL 342 (4) Special Topics in

Shakespeare

ENGL 350 (4) British Literature

ENGL 465C (3) Multicultural Issues in

Literature/Languages

FREN 312 (4)

French VI & (R)evolution in

Modern French Literature

FREN 314 (4)

Cultural History Topics in

Early French Masterpieces

FREN 323 (2) Culture and Civilization in

France [Taught abroad]

FREN 480 (1-4) Upper Division Seminar/

Retreat

[in English or French

]

GEOG 332 (4)

Geography of the

Mediterranean

GEOG 472 (3) Topics in Regional

Geography*

GERM 305 (3) Marx, Nietzsche, Freud &

German Literature

GERM 480 (1-4) Undergraduate Seminar

HIST 300 (3) Era of World War I

HIST 301 (3) Era of World War II

HIST 345 (4) Imperialism

HIST 348 (4) Modern Germany

PHIL 355 (3) Existentialism

PSCI 376 (2) Multilateralism & the

United Nations System and

PSCI 377 (1) Model United Nations

PSCI 330 (4) Political Regimes &

Political Change*

SPAN 342 (4) Cervantes

SPAN 343 (4) The Golden Age

SPAN 349 (4) Contemporary Spanish

Novel

SPAN 401

(4) Hispanic Civilization:

Spain

Latin American Studies

Concentration

Core courses plus:

Take at least two courses in each area for a

minimum of 12 units.

Social Sciences

ANTH 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies [DCG-n]

ES 310 (4) US & Mexico Border

[DCG-n]

GEOG 472 (3) Topics in Regional

Geography*

HIST 109 (3) Colonial Latin American

History

HIST 109B (3) Modern Latin America

HIST 326 (4) History of Mexico

PSCI 376 (2) Multilateralism & the

United Nations System and

PSCI 377 (1) Model United Nations

SPAN 355 (1-4) Hispanic Civilization:

Regional Studies

SPAN 365S (1-4) Field Experience:

Regional Studies

SPAN 402 (4) Hispanic Civilization:

Latin America

Arts & Literatures

ART 104M (3)

Latin American Art

[DCG-n]

ART 301 (3) Topics in Western Art

History*

SPAN 335 (1-4) Reading & Writing:

Regional Studies

SPAN 345 (4) Hispanic Cinema

SPAN 346 (4) Borges & the

Contemporary Spanish

American Short Story

SPAN 347 (4) The “Boom” of the Latin

American Novel

SPAN 348 (4) Contemporary Hispanic

Poetry

Global Cultural Studies

Concentration

Core courses plus:

Take three required courses and one or

more electives for a minimum of 12 units.

Required Courses

ANTH 306 (3) World Regions Cultural

Studies

ENGL 305 (3) Postcolonial Perspectives:

Litera ture of the

Developing World

MUS 302 (3) Music in World Culture

Elective Courses (minimum 3 units)

ART 104K (3) Africa, Oceania, the

Americas [DCG-n]

ART 104M (3) Latin American Art

[DCG-n]

ART 104N (3) Asian Art [DCG-n]

DANC 303 (3) Dance in World Cultures

FREN 300 (3-4) African Storytelling

FREN 326 (1-4) Culture & Civilization:

Reg. Studies [Taught abroad]

FREN 340 (2-4) Topics in Francophone

Culture

GEOG 472 (3) Topics in Regional

Geography*

SPAN 344 (4) Modern Hispanic Theater

Workshop

SPAN 345 (4) Hispanic Cinema

SPAN 346 (4) Borges & the

Contemporary Spanish

American Short Story

SPAN 347 (4) The “Boom” of the Latin

American Novel

SPAN 348 (4) Contemporary Hispanic

Poetry

SPAN 349 (4) Contemporary Spanish

Novel

WS 306/FREN 306/GERM 306/

SPAN 306 (3) Sex, Class & Culture:

Gender & Ethnic Issues in

Int’l Short Stories

* Course only meets requirements if specific

topic is appropriate to the concentration area.

Consult with an advisor.

Draft

163

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

International Studies

Third World Development Studies

Concentration

Students in this concentration must choose

ECON 306 Economics of the Developing

World in the program core.

Core courses plus:

Take required courses and at least two

development electives for a total of 12 units.

Required Courses

ANTH 316 (4) Anthropology &

Development

PSCI 303 (3) Third World Politics

Elective Courses (at least 5 units).

At least one of these electives may need

to be taken as part of study abroad. Prior

advisor approval is required.

ANTH 317 (4) Women & Development

GEOG 472 (3) Topics in Regional

Geography*

PSCI 330 (4) Political Regimes &

Political Change*

PSCI 364 (4)

Technology & Development

PSCI 376 (2) Multilateralism and the

UN System

PSCI 377 (1) Model United Nations

* Course only meets requirements if specific

topic is appropriate to the concentration

area. Consult with an advisor.

Miscellaneous

Students are encouraged to complement

the International Studies program and con-

centrations by selecting electives related to

the international studies field that will fulfill

the total number of units for graduation.

Equivalent or Special Topic courses offered

by any department may fulfill requirements

for any concentration. Prior advisor approval

is required.

Minor in International Studies

Students completing this minor will have

demonstrated:

 the ability to analyze regional and global

issues from economic, political, and cultural

perspectives

 the ability to gather information and use

interdisciplinary analysis skills to critically

evaluate regional and global issues

 proficiency in formal written and oral

communication

 skills needed to build an international

career.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Students must earn a minimum grade of

C- in all required courses for the minor.

Required Courses [19 units]

INTL 210 (4) Introduction to

International Studies

INTL 220 (3) Introduction

to Cultural

Studies

PSCI 240 (3) Introduction to

International Relations,

ECON 305 (3)

International Economics

& Globalization, or

ECON 306 (3) Economics of the

Developing World [DCG-n]

INTL 320 (1) Career Workshop

INTL 387 (1) International Education

Week Colloquium

INTL 410

‡

(4) Global Issues Analysis

Students must complete INTL 210, INTL

220, PSCI 240 and ECON 305 or ECON

306 prior to enrolling in INTL 410. Discuss

corequisite options with minor advisor.

nnn

Draft

164

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Journalism

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Jour nal ism —

concentrations available in News and

Public Relations

Minor in Journalism

Department Chair

Marcy Burstiner

Department of Journalism &

Mass Communication

Bret Harte House 52

707-826-4775

journalism.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 knowledge of media laws and First

Amendment rights and limitations

 they understand how media professionals

institutions, and industries produce and

shape the news

 they understand ethical principles related

to mass media

 they are able to gather information from

diverse sources

 they can write clearly in forms and styles

appropriate for the communications profes-

sions, audiences, and purposes they service

 they can critically evaluate their own work

and that of others for accuracy and fairness,

clarity, appropriate style and grammatical

correctness

 they can tell non-fiction stories across

media forms using visual and audio tools and

technologies.

The Journalism major prepares students for

careers in news, public relations, and related

fields.

As early as their freshmen year,

students

can produce multimedia stories for

our award-winning student newspaper

The

Lumberjack

Osprey

magazine, and KRFH

radio station.

Our primary focus is on producing good,

ethical journalists and media practitioners.

But our goal is also to make students more

critical thinkers about the media. Students

learn ways to communicate information ef-

fectively and tell compelling stories across

media forms. They study the role of the

media in our society and how the media in-

dustries shape our culture and are affected

by political and economic systems.

Possible careers for our graduating stu-

dents include: news writer, reporter, editor,

magazine writer, page designer, copy editor,

photographer, television or radio reporter,

news anchor, broadcast news director,

producer, public relations representative,

advertising director, sports information

director, sports writer, online editor, and

webmaster.

Preparation

In high school take English and government

and work on school publications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Journalism majors must complete 45 units

major specific coursework.

Core Courses (33 units total)

Lower Division (9 units)

JMC 105 (3) Introduction to Mass

Communication

JMC 120 (3) Beginning Reporting

JMC 125 (3) Intro to Journalism Tools

Upper Division (11 units)

JMC 327 (2) Multimedia News

Workshop

JMC 328 (3) Media Law

JMC 332 (3) Media Ethics

JMC 480 (3) Special Topics

Take one upper division elective from the

following:

JMC 302 (3) Mass Media & Popular

Arts

JMC 305 (3) International Mass

Communication

JMC 306 (3) Mass Communication

History

JMC 309 (3) Analyzing Mass Media

Messages

Experiential Learning Courses (10 units)

Take 6 units of lower division experiential

learning courses.

JMC 134 (3) Photojournalism &

Photoshop

JMC 150 (3) Digital Design

JMC 154 (3) Radio Production

JMC 155 (1) KRFH Workshop

JMC 156 (3) Video Production

JMC 160 (2)

El Leñador Newspaper

Take 4 units of upper division experiential

learning courses.

JMC 325 (2) Magazine Production

Workshop

JMC 333 (2) Radio News Workshop

JMC 355 (2)

Advanced KRFH Workshop

JMC 360 (2)

Advanced El Leñador

Newspaper

JMC 427 (2) Advanced Multimedia

News Workshop

JMC 482 (1-3) Mass Media Internship

JMC 490 (1-4) The KHSU Experience

Select one concentration:

News Concentration (12 units)

Take one of the following

JMC 318 (3) Media Research, or

JMC 322 (3) Editing

Take 9 units from the following:

JMC 320 (3) Advanced Reporting

JMC 324 (3) Advanced News Writing

JMC 334 (3)

Advanced Photojournalism

JMC 336 (3)

Advanced Video Production

JMC 450 (3) Media Management

Public Relations Concentration

(12 units)

JMC 322 (3) Editing

JMC 323 (3) Public Relations

JMC 429 (3) Advanced Public Relations

Take one of the following:

JMC 318 (3) Media Research

JMC 354 (3) Media Advertising

JMC 450 (3) Media Management

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Students must complete 16 units in the journal-

ism minor. Completion of this minor will prepare

students for careers as reporters, writers,

editors, producers, publishers, broadcasters,

photographers, page and web designers, public

relations and advertising professionals, and

media scholars and researchers.

JMC 105 (3) Introduction to Mass

Communication

JMC 120 (3) Beginning Reporting

Plus one of the following courses:

JMC 305 (3) International Mass

Communication

JMC 306 (3) Mass Communication

History

JMC 318 (3) Media Research

JMC 328 (3) Media Law

JMC 332 (3) Media Ethics

Plus seven units of approved courses from

those required for the journalism major,

including any of the courses listed above.

nnn

Draft

165

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Kinesiology

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Kinesiology —

concentrations available in Exercise

Science/Health Promotion, Physical

Education Teaching, or Pre-Physical

Therapy

Minors in Kinesiology & Health

Education (20 units of coursework

approved by the department chair)

Master of Science degree in Kinesiology —

Advanced study to prepare graduate

students for doctoral and professional

programs and careers in the

promotion of physical activity.

Single Subject Credential (see Physical

Education Teaching Concentration

leading to a single subject credential)

Department Chair

Rock Braithwaite, Ph.D.

Department of Kinesiology &

Recreation Administration

Kinesiology & Athletics 305

707-826-4536

humboldt.edu/kra

The BS Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 identify and explain the concepts of

kinesiology

 analyze, synthesize, and evaluate relevant

information from scientific literature to

inform professional practice

 demonstrate effective written and oral

communication for the discipline of kinesiology

 apply knowledge and skills from kinesiology

to promote health and physical activity, and

optimize performance among diverse popu-

lations.

Humboldt provides students with three new

state-of-the-art laboratory facilities, including

the human per form ance, biomechanics, and

behavioral performance labs. A natatorium,

plus two gym nasi ums, dance studio, an all-

weather track and field, cross-coun try trails,

stadium, and two playing fields round out

the facilities. In addition to their academic

coursework, students develop their skills

through fieldwork and practicum experi-

ences in their areas of study.

Preparation

High school students should take the college

prep ara tory program plus biology, math ,

anat o my, and physiology. Participation in

intercollegiate sports, physical activities, and

a computer course are encouraged.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

The Upper Division Area B General Education

requirement is met by the coursework

within the Bachelor of Science degree for

Kinesiology.

Students must earn a C- or better in all

required courses for the major that have

a KINS, ZOOL, REC, or HED prefix (or their

equivalent, in the case of courses trans-

ferred from another institution).

Core Courses (for all concentrations)

Lower Division (15-16 units)

BIOL 104 (3) General Biology, or

BIOL 105* (4) Principles of Biology

(required for pre-physical

therapy concentration)

HED 120 (1) Responding to

Emergencies — CPRFPR

KINS 165 (3)

Foundations of Kinesiology

ZOOL 113 (4) Human Physiology

ZOOL 270 (4) Human Anatomy

Upper Division ( 20 units)

KINS 379 (4) Exercise Physiology

KINS 386 (4) Structural Kinesiology

KINS 474

(3) Psychology of Sport &

Exercise

KINS 483 (3) Evaluation Techniques in

Kinesiology

KINS 484 (3) Motor Development/

Motor Learning

KINS 492 (3) Senior Seminar in

Kinesiology

Select one of the following concentrations

and complete all requirements. (33-38 units)

Exercise Science/Health Promotion

Concentration

Prepare for careers in adult fitness; cardiac

rehabilitation; strength and conditioning; cor-

porate, community, and commercial health/

fitness programs; and for graduate study in

exercise science/exercise physiology. The

curriculum also helps to prepare students

to sit for recognized professional certifica-

tion examinations offered by the American

College of Sports Medicine and the National

Strength and Conditioning Association.

Kinesiology Core: 35-36 units + Exercise

Science Health Promotion Concentration 33

units = 68-69 units for the major.

Lower Division Requirements

HED 231 (3) Basic Human Nutrition

Upper Division Requirements

KINS 325 (2)

Health Related Exercise, or

KINS 339 (2) Group Exercise

Instruction, or

2 units of PE courses.

KINS 456A (4) Fitness Assessment &

Exercise Programming

KINS 456B (4) Fitness Assessment &

Exercise Programming

KINS 460 (1) Human Performance Lab

Techniques

KINS 482 (7) Internship in Kinesiology

Select one emphasis (12 units)

Students select coursework in consulta-

tion with and approval of their advisor. Sug-

gested coursework includes, but is not

limited to:

Exercise Science Emphasis

KINS 425 (3) Strength & Conditioning

HED 342 (3) Nutrition for Athletic

Performance

Select six units from KINS 480/580, 600-

level courses and/or courses from the fol-

lowing Health Promotion Emphasis.

Health Promotion Emphasis

In consultation with an advisor, students may

select courses that qualify them to sit for the

Certified Health Education Specialist (CHES)

examination.

HED 342 (3) Nutrition for Athletic

Performance

HED 344 (3) Weight Control

HED 345 (3) Health Messaging &

Mass Media

HED 388 (3) Community Based Health

Promotion Programs

*Students in the Pre-Physical Therapy

concentration must take BIOL 105.

Students in the Exercise Science/Health

Promotion or Physical Education Teaching

concentrations may take BIOL 104 or

BIOL 105.

Draft

166

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

HED 390 (3) Design & Implementation

of Health Promotion

Programs

HED 392 (3) Community & Population

Health

HED 446 (3) Optimal Bone & Muscle

Development

KINS 447 (3) Pharmacology &

Ergogenic Aids

Physical Education Teaching

Concentration

Prepare to teach physical education in

junior high and high school. (For informa-

tion on the preliminary teaching credential,

see Education. See the program listing for

Adapted Physical Educa tion for credential

information.)

Graduates also enter careers as intramural

directors, health spa instructors, coaches,

recreational directors, sports program

directors, and camp directors.

In addition to core academic courses,

students enroll in activity courses which

help them develop fitness and performance

skills. Humboldt’s Human Performance

Laboratory offers modern equipment.

Other facilities include two gymnasia, an

indoor pool, an all-weather track, cross-

country trails, a field house, weight room,

and stadium.

Kinesiology core (35-36 units) + Physical

Education Teaching Concentration (31 units)

= 66-67 units for the major.

Concepts of Teaching (14 units)

KINS 311 (2) Concepts of Teaching

Aquatics

KINS 313 (2) Concepts of Teaching

Dance

KINS 315 (2) Concepts of Teaching

Dynamic Movement

KINS 325 (2) Health-Related Exercise

KINS 327 (3) Games Concepts 1

KINS 329 (3) Games Concepts 2

Additional Requirements (17 units)

REC 302 (3) Inclusive Recreation

(DCG-d)

HED 405 (3) School Health Programs

KINS 384 (3) Curriculum &

Instructional Strategies

in Physical Education

KINS 385 (3) Adapted Physical

Education

KINS 475 (3) Elementary School

Physical Education

KINS 486 (2) Theory of Coaching

Please note: Degree requirements listed

above do not include the professional

education courses required for a teaching

credential. Students earning this degree may

waive CSET assessments before entering

the credential program. Before applying

to the secondary education credential

program, students must meet the prereq-

uisite of 45-hours early field experience or

enroll in KINS 490, and must enroll in EDUC

285 or equivalent.

Pre-Physical Therapy Concentration

Careers in the health care industry are

increasing and completion of this concentra-

tion provides the academic requirements

necessary to enter a graduate program

for physical therapy or other health profes-

sions such as occupational therapy, nursing,

physician assistant programs, medical

school, or prosthetics and orthotics. Upper

division electives built into the curriculum

(upon consultation with and approval of their

advisor) allow students the flexibility to take

additional classes required for the graduate

program(s) they are interested in attending.

Students also have the opportunity to gain

more knowledge and experience in the

physical therapy (and related) fields through

a practica experience. During these place-

ments in local physical therapy clinics and

hospitals, students learn the basic skills to

provide patient care and the essentials of

evidence-based practice alongside physical

therapists. In addition to being immersed

in the field and accumulating observational

hours needed to apply to graduate pro-

grams, students also attend presentations

by current graduate students, physical

therapists, and other health professionals,

as well as workshops to help students’

preparation for applying to graduate school.

Kinesiology core (36 units) + Pre-Physical

Therapy Concentration (38 units) = 74 units

for the major. (15 units double-count for LD GE

requirements).

Lower Division (27 units)

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

PHYX 106

‡

(4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism

& Modern Physics

PSYC 104 (3)

Introduction to Psychology

SOC 104 (3) Introduction to Sociology

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8]

Upper Division (11 units)

PSYC 438 (3) Dynamics of Abnormal

Behavior, plus

(8) Upper-Division Major

Electives

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Please consult the department chair for

current requirements.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE

Graduates are prepared for careers in

a wide range of professional roles that

include worksite health promotion, clinical

exercise physiology, cardiac rehabilitation,

commercial fitness, public/private or non-

profit health agencies, obesity/diabetes and

heart disease prevention and treatment,

teaching/coaching, independent research

in a field of specialization, or continued

graduate study at doctoral granting insti-

tutions. The curriculum and coursework

in the Kinesiology MS degree program is

designed to meet the mission of preparing

students to be leaders in the fields of physical

activity, health, and disease prevention and

treatment. The common theme that binds

us together is the study of physical activity

and relationships with health and human

performance.

The MS Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 apply advanced concepts and theoretical

constructs in kinesiology

 design and implement research in

kinesiology

 critically analyze, evaluate, and synthesize

the scientific literature in kinesiology

 synthesize and present data relevant to

specialization areas within kinesiology

 interpret, evaluate, and apply the scien-

tific literature in kinesiology to promote

health and optimize performance among

diverse populations.

Admission

Applicants must submit the names of three

references, including contact information,

and a statement of intent with their applica-

tion. Two admission options are available:

Postbaccalaureate

In addition to Humboldt State University re-

quirements, the Department of Kinesiology

and Recreation Administration requires the

following criteria be met for admission to the

program as a classified graduate student:

 a bachelor’s degree in Kinesiology or

Exercise Science from an accredited

‡

Course has a prerequisite of MATH 101T

(3) or MATH 102 (4)

Kinesiology

Draft

167

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

institution, or equivalent. Students may be

required to complete foundational

coursework depending on their selected

graduate program of study.

 a minimum undergraduate grade-point

average (GPA) of 2.75 in the last 60

semes-

ter units (a 3.0 GPA is preferred).

 completion of the Graduate Record

Examination (GRE) for verbal reasoning (148

minimum), quantitative reasoning (140

minimum), and analytical writing (3.5

minimum) must be submitted as part of the

application process prior to admission.

A student may be conditionally admitted to

the program if:

 The undergraduate degree is in a field

other than Kinesiology or Exercise Science.

Students will be required to complete 12-15

units of foundational coursework as ap-

proved by the graduate program coordina-

tor. These courses must be satisfactorily

completed with a grade of B- or better.

 The GRE scores or GPA are below the

required minimum.

Four plus One (4+1) Program

(pre-baccalaureate)

A student can apply in the junior year after

completion of at least 24 units of under-

graduate coursework in Kinesiology, with a

GPA of 3.25 or higher in KINS coursework.

International Student Addendum

International students must achieve a

minimum TOEFL score of 550 (213 on

computer-based test; 80 on internet-based

test) that was received within two years of

applying to HSU. The score must be sent to

us directly by the Educational Testing Service

(ETS); or

a minimum IELTS score of 6.5 that was

received within two years of applying to HSU.

The score must be sent to us directly by the

English Language Testing System (IELTS).

Course Of Study

Required Core: 9 units

In-Depth Area of Study: 9 units

Directed Elective Courses: 9 units

Capstone: 6 units

Total: 33 units

Required Core (9 units)

All students must complete the following

core courses:

KINS 610 (3) Statistics for Kinesiology

KINS 635 (3) Research Methods in

Kinesiology

KINS 695 (3) Directed Field Experience,

KINS 699 (3) Independent Study

In-Depth Area of Study (9 units)

Students select an in-depth area of study in

consultation with a major advisor. Courses

should support the student’s area of

research and professional goals. These

courses should be graduate level (500-

699), with allowance for upper division level

courses (300-499) on a case-by-case basis.

Directed Elective Courses (9 units)

Courses should support the student’s pro-

fessional goals. These courses should be

graduate level (500-699), with allowance

for upper division level courses (300-499)

on a case-by-case basis.

Capstone (6 units)

Thesis/Project Option. Recommended for

those planning to attend a doctoral/ad-

vanced professional program or preparing

for a research-based career.

An oral defense

of the thesis/project is required

KINS 690 (1-6) Thesis Writing Seminar

Comprehensive Exam Option.

Students in

this option will complete a comprehensive

written exam based on the focus of the cur-

riculum.

KINS 691 (0)

Comprehensive Exam

and

tudents in this option will complete an

dditional six units of coursework.

nnn

Kinesiology

Draft

168

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Leadership Studies [Interdisciplinary Studies]

Bachelor of Arts degree

with an In ter dis ciplinary Studies

major — Concentration in Leadership

Studies*

College of Extended Education & Global

Engagement

humboldt.edu/leadership

707-826-3769

[email protected]

The Program

The Leadership Studies Bachelor’s

degree-completion program is designed

for students who have completed 60

units of undergraduate coursework (see

transfer requirements below) and want

to gain foundational leadership skills in:

planning, critical thinking, sustainability, and

organizational transformation. All courses

for the major are fully online. Leadership

Studies is offered via self-support through

the College of Extended Education & Global

Engagement. Self-support programs are

subject to program specific fees.

For more information about the program

contact Extended Education at 707-826-

3769 or visit humboldt.edu/leadership.

Upper Division Transfer Requirements

To be considered an Upper Division Transfer

student, you must have:

 Completed a minimum of 60 semester

or 90 quarter units of transferable

coursework (if transferring from a commu-

nity college, it is advised to complete 70

semester units or 105 quarter units as

allowed);

 have an overall college GPA of at least

2.00;

 be in good standing at the last college or

university attended. In simple terms, “good

standing” means you are eligible to re-enroll

at your last college or university;

 have completed 10 general education

courses (30 semester units or 45 quarter

units) of basic skills courses, with a grade of

C- or better, and, specifically, four courses

completed in the following GE breadth areas:

Written Communication (A1), Oral Com-

munication (A2), Critical Thinking (A3), and

Mathematics/Quantitative Reasoning (B4).

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Required Courses

LDRS 311 (3)

Foundations of Leadership

LDRS 321 (3) Data Driven Leadership

LDRS 331 (3)

Leadership Communication

LDRS 341 (3) Strategic Planning &

Forecasting

LDRS 351 (3) Project Implementation/

Evaluation

LDRS 411 (3) Managing Employees/

Stakeholders

LDRS 421 (3) Strategic Sustainability

LDRS 431 (3) Technology & Leadership

LDRS 441 (3) Developing Dynamic

Organizations

LDRS 451 (3) Capstone in Leadership

nnn

Self-Support Program Fees

The Interdisciplinary Studies: Leadership

Studies program is offered through self-

support mode by the College of Extended

Education & Global Engagement.

Self-support programs are subject to

program specific fees. Fee information

is available on the College of Extended

Education & Global Engagement website:

extended.humboldt.edu

This major is not offered as a state-

supported program and is not an option

for a change of major.

Draft

169

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Liberal Studies / Elementary Education

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Liber al Studies —

concentration in Elementary Education

Liberal Studies Elementary Education

Office

Harry Griffith Hall 202A

707-826-3752

humboldt.edu/lsee

Program Leader

John Y. Lee, Ph.D.

707-826-5822

[email protected]

Program Advisor

Tyler Bradbury

707-826-3752

[email protected]

The Program

The Liberal Studies Elementary Education

program provides focused, hands-on uni-

versity coursework aligned with clinical

practice in elementary schools that allows

undergraduate students who complete the

Integrated Credential Pathway** to earn a

bachelor’s degree, and to be recommended

for a Multiple Subject Credential in four

years. A Non-Integrated Pathway is available

for students who wish to earn a bachelor’s

degree only.

Students completing this program will have:

 demonstrated an ability to work effec-

tively with diverse students, parents, col-

leagues, staff, and others in the community;

 developed and maintain safe, positive,

and productive educational environments;

 used research-based practice to inform

their work;

 demonstrated a coherent theoretical

framework of learning and human develop-

ment that supports reflection on their

practice;

 collaborated on efforts to improve educa-

tion opportunities for all students.

Additionally, candidates in the LSEE Program

acquire the knowledge, skills, experiences,

and perspectives necessary to:

 demonstrate subject matter content

knowledge aligned to the California K-8

Content standards in language arts, math-

ematics, science, history /social science,

health, physical education, and the visual and

performing arts as outlined in the Standards

of Program Quality and Effectiveness for the

Subject Matter Requirement for the Multiple

Subject Teaching Credential

 apply pedagogical content knowledge to

teach specific subjects clearly and knowledg-

ably and to effectively integrate pedagogical

content knowledge and skill across disci-

plines in lesson design and implementation.

The carefully sequenced academic plan

provides:

 excellent preparation to teach elemen-

tary school subjects including language arts,

mathematics, science, history /social

science, health, physical education, visual

and performing arts

 courses that focus on 21st century

teaching approaches

 a series of structured classroom experi-

ences with students from kindergarten to

8th grade

 dedicated faculty and advisors

 support to complete university and cre-

dential requirements including subject

matter competency

Students must complete the Certificate of

Clearance from the California Commission

on Teacher Credentialing, and provide proof

of tuberculin clearance and rubella immuni-

zation to participate in the clinically-based

LSEE classes that begin in the freshman year.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Students must earn a minimum grade of

C- in all major requirements.

Students who complete the LSEE Lower

Division Core will have met Lower Division

GE and American Institutions requirements.

Students who change out of the LSEE major

are encouraged to contact the Office of

the Registrar or the Academic & Career

Advising Center regarding completion of

degree requirements.

Lower Division Core

BIOL 104 (3) General Biology

COMM 100 (3) Fundamentals of Speech

Communication

CD 209 (3) Middle Child Development

COMM 103 (3) Critical Listening &

Thinking

CRGS 108 (3) Power/Privilege: Gender

& Race

EDUC 285 (3) Technology Skills for

Educators

ENGL 104* (3) Accelerated Composition

& Rhetoric

ENGL 105 (3) Literature, Media &

Culture

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology (or other

Lower Division GE Area B:

Physical Universe course)

HIST 104 (3) Western Civilization to

1650

HIST 110 (3) United States History to

1877

LSEE 101 (4) Foundations of Teaching

LSEE 211 (4) Developmental Literacy

LSEE 212 (4) Language and Literacy

PSCI 110 (3) American Government

Plus one of the following:

ES 106 (3) Introduction to Black

Studies

ES 107 (3) Chican@/Latin@ Lives

WS 107 (3) Woman, Culture, History

Plus one of the following:

TA 104 (4) Story Through Word &

Image

DANC 103 (3) Modern/Contemporary I

DANC 104 (3) Modern/Contemporary II

Plus one of the following:

MATH 103 (3) Mathematics as a Liberal

Art

MATH 103i (3) Mathematics as a Liberal

Art with Integrated

Support [Coreq: MATH 3]

MATH 108 (3) Critical Thinking in

Mathematics

Upper Division Core

ART 358 (3) Art Structure

LSEE 308 (4) Algebra, Geometry, and

Data in the Elementary

Classroom

LSEE 313 (4) Science for Elementary

Education

LSEE 315 (4) Social Science for

Elementary Education

LSEE 316 (4) Language Arts for

Elementary Education

LSEE 317 (4) Number Sense &

Operations in Elementary

School Math

*or ENGL 102 & ENGL 103 Composition

& Rhetoric A & B or ENGL 104S

Subject to WSCUC & CSU Chancellor’s

Office approval

Draft

170

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

LSEE 333 (4) English Language &

Bilingual Development

LSEE 377 (4) Education of Exceptional

Individuals

Integrated Credential Senior Year

Pathway**

Admission Requirements

Admission into the Senior Year Integrated

Credential Pathway requires:

 An overall GPA at or above 2.67 in all

baccalaureate course work.

 Junior status (earned 60 semester units)

 Satisfactory completion of all program

core courses and other requirements,

including passing the Graduation Writing

Proficiency Exam (GWPE).

 Pass with a C- or better: EDUC 285;

equivalent course at another region-

ally accredited institution, or California

Subject Examination for Teachers (Test

Code 133 and 134)

 Pass with a C- or better U.S. Constitutions

course (PSCI 110, PSCI 159, or PSCI

410), or the U.S. Constitutions Test

administered by the County Office of

Education.

 Current CPR certification from the

American Heart Association Course B

or C, American Red Cross Community

CPR, or equivalent training in adult, child

and infant CPR.

 Proof of tuberculin clearance (chest x-ray

or skin test) and rubella immunization

 A Certificate of Clearance from the

California Commission on Teacher

Credentialing.

 Verification of passing a basic skills exam

(Details are available on the School

of Education website humboldt.edu/

education)

 Verification of passing the CSET in

Multiple Subjects

Integrated Credential Pathway

Requirements

The LSEE Integrated Credential Pathway

program includes courses needed to apply

to and complete the teacher credential

program. Upper division GE Area C and D

requirements are fulfilled by completion of

the following coursework.

The following credential pathway profes-

sional education courses must be com-

pleted with no grade lower than a C-, and a

minimum GPA of 3.0 must be maintained.

LSEE 413 (4) Integrated Elementary

Science & Mathematics

Methods I

LSEE 414 (4) Integrated Elementary

Science & Mathematics

Methods II

LSEE 415 (4) Integrated Art, Language

Arts and Social Studies I

LSEE 416 (4) Integrated Art, Language

Arts & Social Studies II

LSEE 421 (4) Critical Multicultural

Education

LSEE 423 (4) School, Student & Social

Development

LSEE 475 (4) Health & Physical

Education

MUS 322 (3) Music in the K-8

Classroom

Capstone

LSEE 455 (4) Senior Credential/

Capstone

Additional Requirements

Pay professional liability insurance fee, re-

quired by the CSU and local school districts

prior to student teaching ($20)

Pass the Reading Instruction Competence

Assessment (RICA)

Pass the Teacher Performance Assessment

(edTPA)

Liberal Studies / Elementary Education

Programs Leading to Licensure

& Credentialing

Admission into programs leading to

licensure and credentialing does not guar-

antee that students will obtain a license or

credential. Licensure and credentialing re-

quirements are set by agencies that are not

controlled by or affiliated with the CSU and

requirements can change at any time. For

example, licensure or credentialing require-

ments can include evidence of the right to

work in the United States (e.g., social secu-

rity number or taxpayer identification

number) or successfully passing a criminal

background check. Students are responsi-

ble for determining whether they can meet

licensure or credentialing requirements.

The CSU will not refund tuition, fees or any

associated costs to students who deter-

mine subsequent to admission that they

cannot meet licensure or credentialing re-

quirements. Information concerning

licensure and credentialing requirements

are available from

the Vice President for

the Office of Academic Affairs, Sie mens

Hall 216, 707-826-3722.

**This program is subject to WSCUC &

CSU Chancellor’s

Office approval

Non-Integrated Senior Year Pathway

This pathway is designed for students who

wish to earn a bachelor’s degree only or

have not met the credential admission

requirements.

Complete core courses, plus the following:

LSEE 443 (4) Action Research I

LSEE 444 (4) Action Research II

LSEE 453 (3) Senior Seminar I

LSEE 454 (3) Senior Seminar II

and

9 units in one of the following areas: child

development, creative dramatics, English as

a second language, music, physical educa-

tion, history/ social science, mathematics,

psychology, Spanish, studio art or science.

nnn

Draft

171

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Mathematics

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Mathematics

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Mathematics —

concentrations in Applied Math e matics,

Mathematics Education

Minor in Mathematics

Minor in Applied Mathematics

See also the minor in Applied Statistics.

Department Chair

Bori Mazzag, Ph.D.

Department of Mathematics

Behavioral & Social Sciences 320

707-826-3143

humboldt.edu/math

The Program

Mathematics students at HSU find an

active and supportive atmosphere that

provides preparation for mathematics-

related careers and mentorship for gradu-

ate studies. The department offers a

variety of scholarships, need-based and

merit-based, for mathematics majors at

every level and including transfer students.

Students have access to several campus

computer labs including one dedicated to

mathematical applications. There are many

activities outside the classroom including: a

weekly Mathematics Colloquium series; the

endowed Kieval Mathematics Lecture every

semester; a variety of competitions, from

our local Integration Bee to the International

Mathematical Contest in Modeling; and a

very active Mathematics Club. Mathematics

is challenging, rewarding, and fun.

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 competence in the field of mathematics,

including the ability to apply mathematics to

problems in the natural and social sciences;

the ability to read, evaluate, and create

mathematical proofs; the ability to write al-

gorithms to investigate questions, solve

problems, or test conjectures using stan-

dard software tools or specialized mathe-

matical or statistical programs; the ability to

analyze the validity and efficacy of mathemat-

ical work

 fundamental understanding of the disci-

pline of mathematics including the historical

development of mathematical and statistical

areas central to the undergraduate curricu-

lum; fundamental understanding of the role

and responsibilities of mathematicians and

mathematical work in science, engineering,

education, and society as a whole

 fluency in mathematical language demon-

strated by written work and oral presenta-

tions; ability to conduct individual and col-

laborative project work in which a question

or problem is described, methodology is

discussed and implemented, results are ana-

lyzed, and justifiable conclusions are drawn.

Mathematics majors may enter the work-

force in a wide variety of positions. Potential

careers include: mathematics consultant,

statistician, computer programmer, actuary,

mathematician, analyst (systems analyst,

statistics methods analyst, financial invest-

ment analyst, economic analyst…), teacher,

demographer.

Preparation

Take mathematics courses every year in

high school. Creative writing, art, music, and

computer programming are also helpful.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses in the major (all concentrations).

Lower Division

CS 111 (4) Computer Science

Foundations I

or an approved course in computer pro-

gramming

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

MATH 240 (3) Introduction to

Mathematical Thought

MATH 241 (3)

Elements of Linear Algebra

Upper Division

MATH 313 (4) Ordinary Differential

Equations

MATH 316 (4) Real Analysis I

STAT 323 (4) Probability & Statistics

MATH 343 (4) Introduction to Algebraic

Structures

MATH 344 (3) Linear Algebra

Plus one of the following:

MATH 416 (3) Real Analysis II, or

MATH 443 (3) Advanced Algebraic

Structures

Plus an approved program of upper divi sion

and graduate math courses to bring the

total units at or above the 300 level to 26.

Applied Mathematics

Concentration

This concentration provides a theo retical

founda tion and skills necessary to ap ply

math ematics or math e matical computing to

prob lems en coun tered in other disciplines.

Lower Division

Same as the major in math ematics

Upper Division

MATH 313 (4) Ordinary Differential

Equations

MATH 316 (4) Real Analysis I

STAT 323 (4) Probability & Statistics

MATH 351 (4) Introduction to Numerical

Analysis

MATH 361 (4) Introduction to

Mathematical Modeling

Plus one of the following:

MATH 315 (4) Advanced Calculus, or

MATH 344 (3) Linear Algebra

Plus an approved program of upper division

and graduate math cours es to bring the

total units at or above the 300 level to 26.

Mathematics Education

Concentration

leading to a single subject teaching cre-

dential

This concentration prepares students

primarily for teaching math in junior high

school and high school. (For information on

pre lim inary and pro fes sion al clear teaching

cre den tials, see Education.)

Courses in calculus, computer program-

ming, num ber theory, geomet ry, statistics,

and history of mathe matics comprise the

program’s core. Humboldt State offers sev -

eral

computer labora tories with a variety of

computers, including main frame, mini, and

micro computers.

An active Math Club meets weekly and

sponsors various activities and talks. A

spe cial scholarship fund for outstanding

math ematics stu dents was established by

professor emer itus Harry S. Kieval.

Mathematics

Draft

172

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Mathematics

Preparation

Take mathematics each year in high school.

Creative writing, read ing, art, and computer

programming are also helpful.

REQUIREMENTS

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 61-78,

Please note: Degree requirements listed

here do not include professional education

courses required for the credential.

Students earning this degree may waive

CSET assessments before entering the

credential program. Before applying to the

secondary education credential program,

students must meet the prerequisite of 45

hours early field experience or enroll in SED

210/SED 410.

Lower Division

CS 111 (4) Computer Science

Foundations I

or an approved course in computer pro-

gramming

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

MATH 240 (3) Introduction to

Mathematical Thought

MATH 241 (3)

Elements of Linear Algebra

Upper Division

MATH 301 (3)

Mathematics & Culture:

Historical Perspective*, or

MATH 401 (3) History of Mathematics I

MATH 340 (3) Number Theory

MATH 343 (4) Introduction to Algebraic

Structures

MATH 370 (3) School Mathematics from

Advanced Viewpoint I

MATH 371 (3) Geometry

MATH 470 (3) School Mathematics from

an Advanced Viewpoint II

STAT 323 (4) Probability & Statistics

Students also should take:

 sufficient units in approved upper divi-

sion math e matics cours es to bring the

total to 26 — rec om mended:

MATH 316 (4) Real Analysis I

MATH 474 (3) Graph Theory

MATH 481 (1) Workshop in Tutoring

Math e mat ics

 an approved, coherent program of not

less than eight units in a field of study in

which math e mat ics is ap pli cable (see

advisor)

 strongly recommended:

PHIL 100 (3) Logic

ART 105B (3) Fundamentals of

Drawing

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Mathematics Minor

Lower Division

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

MATH 240 (3) Introduction to

Mathematical Thought

MATH 241 (3)

Elements of Linear Algebra

Upper Division

MATH 340 (3) Number Theory, or

MATH 343 (4) Introduction to Algebraic

Structures

Plus approved courses to bring the total

to 10 upper division units.

Applied Mathematics Minor

Lower Division

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8], or

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

Plus either of the following groups:

 MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

MATH 241 (3) Elements of Linear

Algebra

 MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the

Biological Sciences &

Natural Resources

MATH 215 (3) Multivariate Calculus

for the Biological

Sciences & Natural

Resources

MATH 241 (3) Elements of Linear

Algebra

Upper Division

MATH 313 (4) Ordinary Differential

Equations, or

MATH 361 (4) Introduction to

Mathematical Modeling

Plus approved courses to bring the total to

10 upper division units.

* MATH 301 does not count toward 26

units of 300-level (or above) courses.

nnn

Draft

173

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Multicultural Queer Studies Minor

Minor in Multicultural Queer Studies

See also the Multicultural Queer Studies

Emphasis within the Critical Race, Gender

and Sexuality Studies (CRGS) major.

Department Chair

Kim Berry, Ph.D.

Behavioral & Social Sciences 246

Department of Critical Race, Gender

and Sexuality Studies

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-4329, fax 826-4320

crgs.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this minor will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 use intersectional analysis to examine

social issues

 explain prominent debates in queer

theory

 link theory to practice

The minor in Multicultural Queer Studies

provides a rich mixture of interdisciplinary

courses and community engagement and

leadership opportunities. Students draw on

classes from critical race, gender and sexu-

ality studies, women’s studies, ethnic studies,

political science, psychology, education,

sociology, theater arts, English, and other dis-

ciplines to study political and cultural issues

related to sexual identity, sex, gender identity,

and sexuality in a multicultural, multiracial,

and multidisciplinary context.

All minors gain an understanding of the

intersections of race, gender, sexuality and

class through CRGS 108. Through engage-

ment with debates in queer theory, students

explore the workings of power and the

dynamics of resistance. Minors take another

seven units in approved Multicultural Queer

Studies elective classes. Finally, the minor

has a 2- to 3-unit component providing field-

based opportunities to grapple with issues

of gender and sexual identity in a political,

service, or cultural context. Sites for intern-

ships might include the Raven Project, Peer

Education Program for the Consent Project

or Health & Wellness Program, MultiCultural

Center, North Coast Rape Crisis Team,

Planned Parenthood, Humboldt Domestic

Violence Services, and local high-school-

based gay-straight alliances.

This minor can be particularly useful for

those planning careers in education, social

work, human services, public health, law, psy-

chology, journalism and media, social justice

activism, and community development.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

The minor consists of 15-17 units.

Introduction

CRGS 108 (3) Power/Privilege: Race,

Class, Gender & Sexuality

Queer Theory

Choose one of the following courses.

CRGS 430/ANTH 430 (3-4) “Queer”

Across Cultures

ENGL 360 (4)

Special Topics in Literature

when offered as

Queer

Theory

Community Engagement and Leadership

Choose one of the following courses.

CRGS 313/EDUC 313 (3) Community

Activism

CRGS 482 (2-3) Internship Course

Consult with the advisor for approval for

community engagement courses not on

this list.

Elective Courses

Choose seven units from the following

courses.

CRGS 235 (1) Act to End Sexualized

Violence

CRGS 321 (3) Trans* Lives and Theory

CRGS 430/ANTH 430 (3-4)

“Queer”

Across Cultures (when not

taken to fulfill “Queer Theory”

requirement above)

ENGL 360 (4)

Special Topics in Literature

when offered as

Queer

Theory

and (when not taken

to fulfill “Queer Theory”

requirement above)

ES 336/WS 336/ENGL 336 (4) American

Ethnic Literature

when

offered as Multi-cultural

Queer Narratives

FILM 465

(4) Film Seminar

when offered

Queer Movies

PSYC 236 (1) Choices & Changes in

Sexuality

PSYC 437 (3) Sexual Diversity

WS 316/SOC 316 (4) Gender & Society

WS 318/EDUC 318 (3) Gay & Lesbian

Issues in Schools

WS 350 (4) Health & Body Politics

WS 436/PSYC 436 (3) Human Sexuality

WS 370 (3-4) Queer Women’s Lives, or

ENGL 360 (4)

Special Topics in Literature

when offered as Queer

Women’s Literature

Consult with the advisor for approval for

special topics courses not on this list.

nnn

Draft

174

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Music

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Music — with the

following concentrations:

Composition

Performance

Music Studies

Music Education

Minor in Music

Department Chair

Cindy Moyer, Ph.D.

Department of Music

Music Complex 143

707-826-3531

music.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 the ability to hear, identify, and work

conceptually with the elements of music;

rhythm, melody, harmony, and structure

 familiarity with and an ability to perform

a wide selection of musical literature repre-

senting principal eras, genres, and cultural

sources

 ability in performance areas appropriate

to their needs, interest, and degree path.

For stu dents wishing to pursue music as

a career, the department is committed to

helping:

 perfect skills as a performer or leader

 study the rich legacy and tradition of

music lit er a ture and history

 identify, understand, and use the con-

cepts which un de r lie and give order to the

study of music

 prepare for graduate study or for a

career in a music-related field.

The degree prepar es per form ers, compos-

ers, and teachers. Some students prepare

for ad vanced de grees in musicology, com-

po si tion, and per form ance. Our grad uates

typically en joy careers such as: instrumental-

ist, con duc tor, composer/arranger, music

editor, cri tic, pianist, vocalist, disc jockey,

studio teach er, accompanist, recording

engineer, instrument re pairer, copyist, or

piano technician.

The department is committed to

provid-

ing quality education directed to individual

student needs.

Students receive studio

instruction in voice, piano, or instruments

from highly qualified faculty who are active

performers. Quality performance organiza-

tions (wind ensemble, symphony, chamber

music ensembles, opera workshop, jazz

band, vocal jazz ensemble, combos, percus-

sion ensemble, and calypso band) allow study

of the finest musical literature.

The music complex features a 227-seat

recital hall, a smart classroom, many prac-

tice rooms, computer labs, a tech shop,

recording equipment, plus a large inven tory

of brass, woodwind, and string instruments.

The music library contains one of the most

comprehensive collections of chamber

music on the West Coast.

Nationally recognized performing artists

fre quently visit Humboldt to perform as solo-

ists with student ensembles. Guest artists

offer master classes to students. Summer

chamber music workshops provide valuable

opportunities for the serious performer.

The department is accredited by the Na-

tional Association of Schools of Music.

Preparation

Entering students find it beneficial to have

a music background that includes private

study and experience in performance or-

ganizations.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Music majors must participate in a perfor-

mance ensemble each semester. Students

who receive a scholarship from the music

department must participate in at least two

ensembles during each semester in which

they receive the award, with one ensemble

being assigned by the department. Most

large ensembles require an audition, usually

signified by IA (Instructor Approval) in the

course description. Specific audition require-

ments are available from the ensemble’s

conductor/director.

All those taking studio lessons (majors,

minors, nonmajors) will take a jury examina-

tion each semester. The complete policy

avail able from the department.

The music major consists of a 43-unit

core (providing foundation courses in

music theory, music history, and music

performance) and four separate major

concentrations.

All entering majors begin in the

music

studies concentration, emphasizing a liberal

arts orien ta tion with a broad view. It involves

guid ed electives, requiring 11 additional

units beyond the core, yielding a total of 54

units for the music studies major.

The performance concentration requires

se lec tion of a performing emphasis area

(voice, piano, orchestral instrument, guitar)

and a successful audition. A senior recital

is required in all areas of emphasis

. For

students in the piano emphasis and guitar

emphasis, a junior recital is also required. The

vocal and piano emphases consist of 22 units

beyond the core, yielding a total of 65 units

for the major. The instrumental emphasis

and guitar emphasis both consist of 18 units

beyond the core, yielding a total of 61 units

for the major.

The composition concentration gives a

practical background in music composi-

tion with an emphasis on the use of music

technol ogy. Students must audition to

enter this concentration. It requires 18

units beyond the core, yielding a total of

61 units for the major. A sen ior recital is

also required.

The music education concentration pre-

pares students to teach music in elementa-

ry, middle, and high schools. The department

is vitally concerned with providing quality

experiences to prepare future music educa-

tors. A broad spectrum of course offerings

provides opportunities to learn all aspects

of music education. Following graduation

with a Bachelor of Arts in music education,

students may be eligible to enter a profes-

sional preparation program leading to a

music teaching credential. (For information

on preliminary and professional clear teach-

ing credentials, see the Education section of

this catalog.)

Students in the music education concentra-

tion receive instruction in all instrumental

areas, keyboard, and voice. They may

choose from a wide variety of performance

organizations — wind ensemble, choir,

symphony, madrigals, chamber ensembles,

opera workshop, jazz band, chorale, vocal

jazz ensemble, and jazz combos. The high

quality of these ensembles allows students

to perform the finest of musical literature

from a wide variety of historical eras and

musical styles, while observing a conductor’s

effective rehearsal techniques that are vital

for success as a teacher.

Entrance into the music education concen-

tration involves four steps:

1. Complete an application, including ques-

tionnaire, available from the Music

Department office.

Draft

175

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Music

2. An audition demonstrating performance

skills on the student’s primary instrument

or voice.

3. An interview before a panel of faculty and

local practitioners.

4. A transcript evaluation by the Coordinator

of Music Education. Courses are assigned

based on the results of this evaluation

regardless of courses completed at other

institutions.

Prior to graduation, music education majors

must take the Subject Matter Competency

Exam. This comprehensive test, spread

out over several days, is taken during the

spring term prior to graduation. It includes

competency tests in lesson planning, con-

ducting, score reading and preparation, and

performance on voice, piano, and selected

orchestral instruments. Majors must also

demonstrate proficiency in guitar. Detailed

competency requirements are available in

the department office.

Core Courses

(Required of all music majors)

MUS 104 (3) Introduction to Music

MUS 106, MUS 107 (1) Ensembles*

[Four

required.]

MUS 110 (3) Fundamentals of Music

MUS 112 (1) Piano I

MUS 113 (1) Piano II

MUS 130 (1) Piano III

MUS 214 (3) Theory I

MUS 215 (3) Theory II

MUS 216 (1) Ear Training I

MUS 217 (1) Ear Training II

MUS 302 (3) Music in World Culture

MUS 314 (3) Theory III

MUS 315 (3) Theory IV

MUS 316 (1) Ear Training III

MUS 317 (1) Ear Training IV

MUS 330 (1) Piano IV

MUS 348 (3) Music History: Antiquity

to 1750

MUS 349 (3) Music History: 1750 to

Present

MUS 406, MUS 407 (1) Ensembles*

[Four

required.]

Music Studies Concentration

Five semesters of group or individual applied

instruction chosen from MUS 220 - MUS

237. (MUS 108, or MUS 109. MUS 108K

and MUS 109K may not be used to fulfill this

requirement.)

Six upper division elective units selected from

the following:

MUS 301 (3) Rock: An American Music

MUS 305 (3) Jazz: An American Art

Form

MUS 318 (2) Jazz Improvisation

MUS 319 (2) Elementary Music

Methods

MUS 320 (3) Composition: Film Scoring

MUS 320B (3) Composition: Jazz & Pop

Arranging

MUS 323 (2) Jazz Pedagogy

MUS 324 (2) Contemporary

Composition Techniques

MUS 326 (2) Counterpoint

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 338 (3) Vocal & Instrumental

Scoring

MUS 356 (2) Lyric Diction

MUS 360 (2) Music Technology:

Midi & Finale

MUS 361 (2) Music Technology:

Recording & Playback

MUS 391 (1) Piano Pedagogy (MUS

391L is not acceptable

for credit)

MUS 392 (1) Vocal Pedagogy (MUS

392L is not acceptable

for credit)

MUS 384 (2) Advanced Choral

Conducting & Literature

MUS 387 (2) Advanced Instrumental

Conducting & Literature

MUS 453 (2)

Career Skills for Musicians

Performance Concentration

Listed below are the four emphasis areas

within the performance concentration.

Instrumental Emphasis

MUS 222–MUS 236 (1) Studio

Instruction [4 semesters.]

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 406–MUS 407 (1) Performance

Ensemble*

[4 semesters.]

MUS 422–MUS 436 (1) Studio

Instruction for

Performance and Music

Education [4 semesters.]

MUS 440 (0) Senior Recital

Four upper division elective units selected

from the following:

MUS 305 (3) Jazz: An American Art

Form

MUS 318 (2) Jazz Improvisation

MUS 319 (2) Elementary Music

Methods

MUS 320 (3) Composition: Film Scoring

MUS 320B (3) Composition: Jazz & Pop

Arranging

MUS 323 (2) Jazz Pedagogy

MUS 324 (2) Contemporary

Composition Techniques

MUS 326 (2) Counterpoint

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 338 (3) Vocal & Instrumental

Scoring

MUS 360 (2) Music Technology:

Midi & Finale

MUS 361 (2) Music Technology:

Recording & Playback

MUS 384 (2) Advanced Choral

Conducting & Literature

MUS 387 (2) Advanced Instrumental

Conducting & Literature

MUS 453 (2) Career Skills for Musi-

cians

Guitar Emphasis

MUS 237 (1)

Studio Guitar

[4 semesters.]

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 340 (0) Junior Recital

MUS 406–MUS 407 (1) Performance

Ensemble*

[4 semesters.]

MUS 437 (1) Studio Guitar for

Performance and Music

Education [4 semesters.]

MUS 440 (0) Senior Recital

Four upper division elective units selected

from the following:

MUS 305 (3) Jazz: An American Art

Form

MUS 318 (2) Jazz Improvisation

MUS 319 (2) Elementary Music

Methods

MUS 320 (3) Composition: Film Scoring

MUS 320B (3) Composition: Jazz & Pop

Arranging

MUS 323 (2) Jazz Pedagogy

MUS 324 (2) Contemporary

Composition Techniques

MUS 326 (2) Counterpoint

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 338 (3) Vocal & Instrumental

Scoring

MUS 360 (2) Music Technology:

Midi & Finale

* See separate list of specific ensemble

requirements for each instrument,

available from the Music Department.

Draft

176

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Music

MUS 361 (2) Music Technology:

Recording & Playback

MUS 384 (2) Advanced Choral

Conducting & Literature

MUS 387 (2) Advanced Instrumental

Conducting & Literature

MUS 453 (2)

Career Skills for Musicians

Piano Emphasis

MUS 220 (1)

Studio Piano

[4 semesters.]

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 340 (0) Junior Recital

MUS 353 (1) Accompanying

[4 semesters.]

MUS 385P (1) Performance Seminar

[2 semesters.]

MUS 391 (1) Piano Pedagogy

MUS 391L (1) Piano Pedagogy Lab

MUS 420 (1) Studio Piano for

Performance and Music

Education [4 semesters.]

MUS 440 (0) Senior Recital

Vocal Emphasis

MUS 221 (1) Studio Voice [4 semesters.]

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 356 (2) Lyric Diction

MUS 385V (1) Performance Seminar

[4 semesters.]

MUS 392 (1) Vocal Pedagogy

MUS 392L (1)

Vocal Pedagogy Lab

MUS 406–MUS 407 (1) Performance

Ensemble*

[4 semesters.]

MUS 421 (1) Studio Voice for

Performance and Music

Education [4 semesters.]

MUS 440 (0) Senior Recital

Composition Concentration

MUS 220–MUS 237 (1) Studio

Instrument or Voice

Instruction [2 semesters.]

MUS 320 (3)

Composition: Film Scoring

MUS 320B (3) Composition: Jazz & Pop

Arranging

MUS 324 (2) Contemporary

Composition

Techniques

MUS 326 (2) Counterpoint

MUS 338 (3) Vocal & Instrumental

Scoring

MUS 360 (2) Music Technology:

Midi & Finale

MUS 438 (1) Studio Composition Adv.

(4 semesters)**

MUS 440 (0) Senior Recital

**An additional semester of MUS 324 or

MUS 238 may be substituted for one of the

four semesters of MUS 438 with advisor

approval.

Additional recommended electives:

Courses in the MUS 320 series (above)

not already taken

MUS 220/MUS 420 (1) Studio Piano

Instruction

MUS 318 (2) Jazz Improvisation

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 370–MUS 373 (.5) Instrumental

Techniques

MUS 453 (2) Career Skills for

Musicians

Music Education Concentration

MUS 109V (1) Voice

[Vocal emphasis students

must take MUS 356 (2)

Lyric Diction instead]

MUS 220–MUS 237 (1) Studio

Instruction [4 semesters]

MUS 319 (2) Elementary Music

Methods

MUS 320C (3) Composition: Electronic

Music

MUS 323 (2) Jazz Pedagogy

MUS 334 (2) Fundamentals of

Conducting

MUS 338 (3) Vocal & Instrumental

Scoring

MUS 360 (2) Music Technology:

Midi & Finale

MUS 370–MUS 373 (.5) Instrumental

Techniques

MUS 384 (2) Advanced Choral

Conducting & Literature

MUS 387 (2) Advanced Instrumental

Conducting & Literature

MUS 420–MUS 437 (1) Studio

Instruction for

Performance and Music

Education [4 semesters]

MUS 455 (3) Secondary Music

Methods

NOTE: Courses listed above satisfy require-

ments for the music education major, but not

for a teaching credential. Students must be

admitted to the HSU Secondary Education

Program in order to begin taking the profes-

sional education courses needed to earn a

California teaching credential. Completing

the requirements of the music education

major obviates the need to take the CSET

exam for entrance to a credential program

at most universities. Before applying to the

Secondary Education Program, students

must meet the prerequisite of 45 hours of

early field experience or enroll in SED 210/

SED 410. In addition, students must take

EDUC 285, Technology for Educators.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Core Courses

MUS 104 (3) Introduction to Music

MUS 110 (3) Fundamentals of Music

Applied Instruction

Three semesters (3 courses) chosen from:

MUS 108 [1] Class Applied Instruction

MUS 109 (1) Class Applied Instruction

MUS 112 (1) Piano I

MUS 113 (1) Piano II

MUS 130 (1) Piano III

MUS 330 (1) Piano IV

MUS 222-236 Studio Instruction.

At least one semester of piano instruction

is recommended.

Ensembles

Three semesters (3 units) from:

MUS 406 or MUS 407 (1) Performance

Ensemble

Plus 6 units of electives to be chosen from:

MUS 214 (3) Theory I

MUS 301 (3) Rock: An American Music

MUS 302 (3) Music in World Culture

MUS 305 (3) Jazz: An American Art

Form

MUS 318 (2) Jazz Improvisation

MUS 320 (3)

Composition: Film Scoring

MUS 323 (2) Jazz Pedagogy

MUS 324 (2) Contemporary

Composition Techniques

MUS 361 (2) Music Technology:

Recording & Playback

MUS 453 (2)

Career Skills for Musicians

Total Units: 18

Upper Division Units: 6 to 9.

nnn

* See separate list of specific ensemble

requirements for each instrument,

available from the Music Department.

Draft

177

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Native American Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Native American

Studies

Minor in Indigenous Peoples, Natural

Resource Use & the Environment

Minor in Native American Studies

Minor in Tribal Leadership

Department Chair

Cutcha Risling Baldy, Ph.D.

Department of Native American Studies

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-4329

humboldt.edu/nasp

The Program

The Department of Native American Studies

is an independent academic department,

where students are prepared for careers

and advanced study in which collaboration

with native communities plays a vital role.

Students are provided with quality instruc-

tion utilizing interdisciplinary, research and

public service curriculum that foregrounds

Native American epistemologies and

knowledges. Our students gain skills in and

are challenged to think creatively, logically,

and critically with regard to literature, art,

history, law, environment and politics. This

prepares them to go out into the world with

a knowledge of Native American issues that

will make them assets to the communities

in which they work and live.

Native American Studies maintains the core

position that cultural, spiritual and educa-

tional growth are inseparable. With that in

mind, we are committed to guiding students

toward becoming productive and socially

responsible individuals. To achieve this the

program curriculum fosters diversity, social

justice and cultural democracy with a com-

mitment to scholarly rigor, theoretical clarity,

and critical/creative pedagogy, all while

recognizing our responsibility to indigenous

communities.

Students graduating with a major in Native

American Studies will have demonstrated:

 Mastery of the ability to engage in critical

dialogue utilizing various aspects of Native

American Studies through oral presenta-

tions that convey diverse and complex

viewpoints.

 Mastery of the ability to write clearly and

effectively about the histories, politics, and

social issues confronting Indigenous people

in the context of colonization, imperialism,

globalization, decolonization, and Indigenous

autonomy.

 Mastery of the ability to research issues

affecting life in Indian Country by determining

the extent of information needed, accessing

the various sources, and using the informa-

tion effectively, and do so in a manner that

is culturally responsible, ethical and legal.

 Mastery of the ability to identify and

navigate the system of state, federal and

tribal agencies and policies to further the

objectives of tribal governments and tribal

sovereignty.

 Mastery of the ability to identify, analyze

and respond to environmental issues affect-

ing Indigenous communities by identifying

responsible policies that are free from dis-

crimination, and take into account the

diverse Indigenous cultural perspectives of

natural resource management.

 Mastery of the ability to think in a clear,

reasoned and reflective manner that is in-

formed by evidence about the unique feder-

al-tribal relationship, Indigenous ways of

governing and the principles of Native

American justice.

 Ability to present themselves profession-

ally and appropriately in an academic or

career setting.

Unique among the CSU campuses in its

close proximity to eleven federally recognized

tribes and the largest population of Native

Americans in the state of California, HSU

provides a rich environment for studying

federal Indian law, tribal government and

justice systems, natural resource manage-

ment, linguistics and culture. Faculty in the

Department of Native American Studies are

experts in the areas of arts, humanities, lin-

guistics, social sciences, natural resources

and federal Indian law.

The major in Native American Studies,

particularly when combined with a minor in

a specific field, is good prep aration for gradu-

ate work in several social sciences, as well

as for professional training in law, business,

or so cial work. It also provides an ex cellent

background for prospective teachers.

Other career opportunities: student services

counselor, mental health worker, cultural

resources specialist, tribal museum curator,

Indian language teacher, and tribal admin-

istrator.

Preparation

High school students should take writing, lit-

erature and social science courses (history,

psychology, sociology).

Community college students should take

introductory courses in Native American

Studies and courses that meet lower division

general education requirements.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Core Courses (31 units)

Lower Division (6 units)

NAS 104 (3) Introduction to Native

American Studies

NAS 200 (3) Indigenous Peoples in US

History

Upper Division (25 units)

NAS 301 (3) Native American Literature

NAS 306 (3) Indigenous Peoples of the

Americas

NAS 325 (3) Native Tribes of California

NAS 331 (3) Indigenous Natural

Resource Management

Practices

NAS 340 (3) Language &

Communication in Native

American Communities

NAS 362 (3) Tribal Governance &

Leadership

NAS 364 (4) Federal Indian Law I

NAS 492 (3) Native American Studies

Capstone Experience

After taking the required core courses,

all students will select an additional 6 to 7

units of coursework. Students may pursue a

“General” NAS degree and choose courses

from any of the 4 elective areas, or choose

an emphasis in which to specialize (Law

& Government, Environment & Natural

Resources, Language & Literature, Society

& Culture). If a student chooses an op-

tional emphasis, the student must take two

courses in that area.

Electives (6-7 units)

A student may choose an optional emphasis

from the following electives by taking two of

the courses listed under a category below.

Draft

178

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Native American Studies

Law & Government

NAS 365 (4) Federal Indian Law II

NAS 468 (3) Tribal Justice Systems

Environment & Natural Resources

NAS 332 (3) Environmental Justice

NAS 366 (4) Tribal Water Rights

Language & Literature

NAS 302 (3) Oral Literature &

Oral Tradition

NAS 345 (3) Native Languages of

North America

Society & Culture

NAS 307 (3) Nature & Issues of

Genocide

NAS 320 (3) Native American

Psychology

NAS 374 (3) Native American Health

Supplement/Substitute in Major

If Offered

Upper division elective courses are recom-

mended for those who would like to pursue

interests in subjects or to engage in more

in-depth study of an area not required as

part of the NAS curriculum. Before enrolling

in these elective courses, students will con-

sult with their major advisor. These courses

will be offered on an infrequent schedule.

NAS 361 (3) Tribal Sovereignty, Tribal

Citizens

NAS 392 (3) Indigenous Identities in

Film

NAS 480 (1-4) Special Topics

[Topics vary and may be

repeated.]

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

The three NAS minors require a total of

15-17 units each, as follows:

Minor in Native American Studies

Students take a total of 9 units of required

core courses plus 6-8 units (two courses)

from one of two emphasis categories below,

Core Courses (9 units)

NAS 104 (3) Introduction to Native

American Studies

NAS 200 (3) Indigenous Peoples in US

History

NAS 306 (3) Indigenous Peoples of the

Americas

Emphasis Categories (6-8 units)

In addition to the core, students select two

upper-division courses from one of the fol-

lowing emphasis categories:

Culture & Community Emphasis

NAS 301 (3) Native American Literature

NAS 325 (3) Native Tribes of California

NAS 374 (3) Native American Health

Law & Policy Emphasis

NAS 331 (3) Indigenous Natural

Resource Management

Practices

NAS 364 (4) Federal Indian Law I

NAS 366 (4) Tribal Water Rights

Minor in Tribal Leadership

Lower Division (6 units)

NAS 104 (3) Introduction to Native

American Studies

NAS 200 (3) Indigenous Peoples in US

History

Upper Division (10 units)

NAS 362 (3) Tribal Governance &

Leadership

NAS 468 (3) Tribal Justice Systems

NAS 364 (4) Federal Indian Law I, or

NAS 365 (4) Federal Indian Law II

Minor in Indigenous Peoples,

Natural Resource Use & the

Environment

Lower Division (3 units)

NAS 104 (3) Introduction to Native

American Studies

Upper Division (14 units)

NAS 331 (3) Indigenous Natural

Resource Management

Practices

NAS 332 (3) Environmental Justice

NAS 364 (4) Federal Indian Law I, or

NAS 365 (4) Federal Indian Law II

NAS 366 (4) Tribal Water Rights

nnn

Draft

179

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Natural Resources

Master of Science degree

in Natural Resources —

concentrations in:

Environmental Science & Management

Fisheries

Forest, Watershed & Wildland Sciences

Wildlife

Minor in Natural Resources (see

Environmental Science & Management)

Natural Resources Graduate Program

Forestry Building 101

707-826-3256

CNRSmast.humboldt.edu

Erin Kelly, Graduate Coordinator

707-826-4150

[email protected]

The Program

A student in this program will:

 carry out a scientific investigation of

phenomena in a natural system that

includes: a) Formulation and statement of

a research question based on literature

review, b) Design and implementation of

study using appropriate quantitative or

qualitative methodology, c) Presentation

of research results, and d) Discussion of

the relationship of the research results

to the field of study and their broader

relevance.

 communicate scientific investigation in

writing, using accepted structure, style,

and format for scientific reports and

papers in the discipline.

 communicate scientific investigation in

oral presentation, using accepted struc-

ture, format, and visual aids for scientific

presentations in the discipline

 apply appropriate mathematical, com-

puter simulation, statistical models and/

or qualitative methods in their research

 articulate the relationship of his/her sci-

entific investigation to the physical, eco-

logical, and/or socioeconomic aspects

of a problem in the natural environment.

Admission Requirements

Applicants must possess preparation

equivalent to the baccalaureate degree.

Adequate academic preparation can best

be demonstrated by a baccalaureate degree

in the chosen option or in a closely related

field. Applicants who lack adequate prepara-

tion may be required to make up academic

deficiencies through additional course work.

Such course work may not be used toward

the graduate degree.

Applicants must have a minimum GPA of

3.0 for the last sixty undergraduate units.

Applicants with extensive work experience,

exceptional GPA, or GRE scores may be

reconsidered by appeal to the department

faculty to the Graduate Advisory Council

through the Graduate Coordinator.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores are

required for all applicants. Mean GRE scores

of recent applicants accepted to the Natural

Resources graduate program were 155

GRE Verbal and 151 GRE Quantitative.

Please refer to the College of Natural

Resources & Sciences website at cnrs.

humboldt.edu or contact CNRSmast@

humboldt.edu for additional information.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE

Master of Science degree in Natural

Resources with a concentration in

Environmental Science &

Management

ESM graduate studies are oriented toward

environmental analysis and land use plan-

ning; environmental science, particularly

ecological restoration, renewable energy,

and energy policy; recreational use of

natural resources; and geospatial analysis of

environmental and natural resource-related

topics.

Required Courses

ESM 685 [1-3] Graduate Seminar

Enrollment in ESM 685 is required during

two semesters of residence. A maximum

of two units is applicable to the 30-unit

requirement.

ESM 690 [1-4] Thesis (units as below)

ESM 695 [1-4] Field Research (units as

below)

Students must enroll in one unit of both ESM

690 and ESM 695 during each semester of

residence. Students may enroll in one unit

through the College of Extended Education

& Global Engagement their final semester if

approved by their advisor.

Approved Electives

Approved upper division and graduate elec-

tives to bring total units to no fewer than

30 units. At least half of these units must

be courses organized and conducted at the

graduate level.

Culminating Experience

A thesis, a public oral presentation, and a

closed formal defense are required.

Master of Science degree in Natural

Resources with a concentration in

Fisheries

The Fisheries program is designed primar-

ily to produce graduates who can assess,

develop, and manage fish habitats, popula-

tions, and commercial and recreational

fisheries. The program is broad enough to

allow students to prepare themselves for

work in additional areas such as water pol-

lution ecology and fish culture.

Required Courses

FISH 310 [4] Ichthyology

FISH 460 [3] Adv. Fish Conservation &

Management

FISH 558 [4] Fish Population Dynam ics

FISH 685 [1] Graduate Fisheries

Seminar

FISH 690 [1-4] Thesis (units as below)

FISH 695 [1-4] Research Problems in

Fisheries (units as below)

Approved Electives

Approved upper division and graduate elec-

tives to bring total units to no fewer than 30

and no more than 60 units. At least half of

these units must be courses organized and

conducted at the graduate level.

During the first four semesters at HSU, all

graduate students shall enroll in three units

each of FISH 690 and FISH 695. In all sub-

sequent semesters in residence, students

shall enroll in at least one unit each of FISH

690 and FISH 695.

Culminating Experience

A thesis, a public oral presentation, and a

closed formal defense are required.

Master of Science degree in Natural

Resources with a concentration in

Forest, Watershed & Wildland

Sciences

Graduate studies in Forest, Watershed

& Wildland Sciences are oriented toward

generating a greater understanding of

the ecology and management of forests,

rangelands, and the soils and watersheds

that support them. Graduate research is

focused on a wide variety of topics, including

forest ecology, fire science, forest growth

and dynamics, forest operations analysis,

Draft

180

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Natural Resources

watershed processes, rangeland ecology

soil science, and integrative analyses across

these areas.

Required Courses

FWWS 501 [2] Research Methods &

Planning

All students are required to enroll in at

least one unit of at least two of the follow-

ing courses every semester:

FWWS 690 [1-3] Thesis Research

FWWS 695 [1-3]

Field Research Problems

FWWS 699 [1-4] Directed Study

Approved Electives

Approved upper division and graduate elec-

tives bringing the total units to no fewer than

30 units. At least half of these units must

be courses organized and conducted at the

graduate level.

Culminating Experience

A thesis, a public oral presentation, and a

closed formal defense are required.

Master of Science degree in Natural

Resources with a concentration in

Wildlife

Wildlife focuses on the conservation, man-

agement, ecology, behavior, and habitat

requirements of wildlife species. Research

projects emphasize the application of

science to addressing issues in wildlife

conservation and management.

Required Courses

WLDF 585 [1-3]

Seminar in Wildlife

Management

WLDF 690 [1-3]

Thesis

WLDF 695 [1-3]

Advanced Field Problems

Approved Electives

Approved upper division and graduate elec-

tives to bring total units to no fewer than

30 units. At least half of these units must

be courses organized and conducted at the

graduate level.

Culminating Experience

A thesis, a public oral presentation, and a

closed formal defense are required.

nnn

Draft

181

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Oceanography

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Oceanography

Minor in Oceanography

Department Chair

Jeffrey Abell, Ph.D.

Department of Oceanography

Natural Resources Building 200

707-826-3540, fax 707-826-4145

humboldt.edu/oceanography

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 utilization of scientific concepts from

biology, chemistry, geology, physics, and

mathematics to understand fundamental

oceanographic processes and functions

 the ability to employ appropriate sam-

pling, laboratory, and computer techniques

to collect, measure, and interpret oceano-

graphic information

 integration of conceptual and technical

understanding to address complex interdis-

ciplinary problems in oceanography

 utilization of reading, writing, and oral

skills to effectively communicate oceano-

graphic information.

Humboldt’s students have the advantage

of living in an ideal natural environment for

marine studies, close to both the ocean and a

number of estuaries and lagoons. Humboldt

State University has a fully equipped marine

laboratory in the nearby town of Trinidad and

a research vessel docked in Humboldt Bay,

allowing students to supplement classroom

learning through laboratory and seagoing

experiences and field trips.

Flexible coursework and experiences allow

students a variety of choices while still provid-

ing an education of considerable breadth,

an understanding of fundamental concepts

unique to oceanography, and an appreciation

of how concepts from allied fields interrelate.

The intent is to develop an interdisciplinary

train of thought essential for understanding

the marine environment.

Participants also study in depth a science

related to oceanography, such as geology,

chemistry, physics, or biology. This program

allows a student to:

 prepare as an ocean scientist to collect,

process, and aid in interpreting scientific data

collected on oceanographic cruises and other

field work conducted by federal, state, educa-

tional, or private institutions and agencies;

 prepare for graduate study in oceanog-

raphy or a related science by acquiring a

broad, sound science background;

 secure a broad science background and

sound fundamental education (for those with

an interest in the major who do not intend

to use it as a career).

Humboldt’s program prepares ocean sci-

entists who collect, process, and interpret

scientific data. Graduates excel in these

careers: oceanographer, research as-

sistant, marine biologist, marine products

salesperson, aquatic biologist, marine

geophysicist, hydrologist, water pollution

technician, environmental specialist, scien-

tific officer, hydrographic surveyor, earth

scientist, aquatic chemist.

Preparation

Students should have a good background in

biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat-

ics. Competence with computers and a lan-

guage other than English is recommended.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

The Upper Division Area B General Education

requirement is met by the coursework within

the major.

Core Courses

Lower Division Core

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

GEOL 109 (4) General Geology

OCN 109 (3) General Oceanography &

OCN 109L (1) General Oceanography

Laboratory

OCN 260 (1) Sampling Techniques &

Field Studies

Upper Division Core

OCN 310 (4) Biological Oceanography

OCN 320 (4) Physical Oceanography

OCN 330 (4) Chemical Oceanography

OCN 340 (4) Geological Oceanography

OCN 370 (2) Library Research &

Report Writing

OCN 420 (3) Oceans & Climate

OCN 485 (1) Undergraduate Seminar

OCN 495 (3) Field Cruise I

OCN 496 (2) Field Cruise II

And one of the following two groups:

Group 1:

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B

Plus an 11-unit package of approved elec-

tives, tailored individually to the student’s

educational goals.

Group 2:

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the

Biological Sciences &

Natural Resources

MATH 215 (3) Multivariate Calculus

for the Biological

Sciences & NR

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

Plus a 13-unit package of approved elec-

tives, tailored individually to the student’s

educational goals.

Besides satisfying the major requirement,

the elective package commonly leads to com-

pletion of a minor in a related field of study.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

OCN 109 (3) General Oceanography &

OCN 109L (1) General Oceanography

Laboratory

OCN 260 (1) Sampling Techniques &

Field Studies

Two of the following:

OCN 310 (4) Biological Oceanography

OCN 320 (4) Physical Oceanography

OCN 330 (4) Chemical Oceanography

OCN 340 (4) Geological Oceanography

One additional course from the 300-level

classes listed above or a course below:

OCN 301 (3) Marine Ecosystems —

Human Impact

OCN 304 (3) Resources of the Sea

OCN 410 (3) Zooplankton Ecology

OCN 420 (3) Oceans & Climate

OCN 495 (3) Field Cruise I

BIOL 430 (3) Intertidal Ecology

CHEM 370 (3) Earth System Chemistry

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

FISH 335 (3) US & World Fisheries

GEOL 460 (3) Solid Earth Geophysics

nnn

Draft

182

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Philosophy

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Philosophy

Minor in Philosophy — Asian Aspects,

Ethics & Values, Fundamental Aspects,

History of Western Philosophy

Department Chair

Dave Heise, Ph.D.

Department of Philosophy

Behavioral & Social Sciences 506

707-826-4124, fax 707-826-4122

[email protected]

humboldt.edu/philosophy

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 define concepts and use traditional vo-

cabulary of philosophy

 use the logical methods of analysis

critically assess philosophical arguments

 apply methods of philosophy to specific

issues and problems

 identify, articulate, and evaluate philo-

sophical arguments.

The Philosophy major provides its students

with the opportunity to engage in critical

as well as constructive dialogue with the

greatest thinkers in both the Eastern and

Western traditions. This includes ideas and

values, from ancient through contemporary

works, which continue to influence and

challenge our thinking in all areas of human

thought and action. While learning how to

read such works philosophically, both class

discussions and writing assignments will

assist the student in learning how to think,

speak, and write philosophically. These skills

will cultivate the power to logically analyze

and holistically integrate concepts and

theories, as well as lay the foundations for

a lifetime of learning in that students will

learn how to learn for themselves. A degree

in philosophy will provide one of the best

preparations both for an academic career,

as well as for many other professions, such

as law, medicine, government and education.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Philosophy majors must earn a minimum

grade of “C-” in all courses taken to fulfill

the major requirements; and must earn a

minimum overall GPA of 2.0 in the major.

Lower Division

PHIL 100 (3) Logic

Upper Division

PHIL 302 (3) Environmental Ethics

PHIL 303 (3) Theories of Ethics

PHIL 341 (3) Presocratics, Plato,

Aristotle

PHIL 342 (3) Descartes, Locke, Hume

PHIL 343 (3)

Kant and the 19th Century

PHIL 345 (3) Philosophies of China, or

PHIL 346 (3) Philosophies of India

PHIL 371 (3) Contemporary Social &

Political Philosophy

PHIL 420 (3) Contemporary

Epistemology &

Metaphysics

PHIL 425 (3) Philosophy of Science

Two seminars selected from offerings of

PHIL 485.

Two electives chosen from the following:

PHIL 301 (3) Reflections on the Arts

PHIL 304 (3) Philosophy of Sex & Love

PHIL 306 (3)

Race, Racism & Philosophy

PHIL 309B (3) Perspectives: Humanities

/Science/Social Science

PHIL 355 (3) Existentialism

PHIL 415 (3) Symbolic Logic

PHIL 485 (3) Seminar in Philosophy

(Three units of PHIL 391 may be used in lieu

of one of the electives and must be approved

by the Department Chair for credit.)

Philosophy

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Philosophy minors must earn a minimum

grade of “C-” in all courses taken to fulfill

the minor requirements; and must earn a

minimum overall GPA of 2.0 in the minor.

For the four minors listed below, take the

indicated courses and confer with members

of the philosophy faculty for assistance in

selecting suitable electives.

Minor in Philosophy — Asian Aspects

Take two courses from:

PHIL 104 (3) Asian Philosophy

PHIL 345 (3) Philosophies of China

PHIL 346 (3) Philosophies of India

Plus two 3-unit electives in philosophy, one

of which must be upper division.

Minor in Philosophy — Ethics & Values

PHIL 303 (3) Theories of Ethics

Plus six units from the following:

PHIL 106 (3) Moral Controversies

PHIL 301 (3) Reflection on the Arts

PHIL 302 (3) Environmental Ethics

PHIL 304 (3) Philosophy of Sex & Love

PHIL 306 (3)

Race, Racism & Philosophy

PHIL 371 (3) Contemporary Social &

Political Philosophy

Plus one lower or upper division 3-unit elec-

tive in philosophy.

Minor in Philosophy — Fundamental

Aspects

(recommended minor for pre-law)

PHIL 100 (3) Logic

PHIL 303 (3) Theories of Ethics

PHIL 420 (3) Contemporary

Epistemology &

Metaphysics

Plus one upper division, 3-unit philosophy

elective.

(If pre-law, PHIL 415: Symbolic Logic,

is recommended.)

Minor in Philosophy — History of West-

ern Philosophy

PHIL 341 (3) Presocratics, Plato,

Aristotle

PHIL 342 (3) Descartes, Locke, Hume

PHIL 343 (3)

Kant and the 19th Century

Plus one lower or upper division 3-unit elec-

tive in philosophy.

nnn

Draft

183

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Physics

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Physics (traditional)

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Physics —

concentration in astronomy

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Physics

Minor in Astronomy

Minor in Physics

Department Chair

Monte Mola, Ph.D.

Department of Physics and Astronomy

Science Complex A 470

707-826-3277

humboldt.edu/physics

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 understanding of how physics attempts

to describe processes in nature

 competency in abstract reasoning and

problem-solving skills

 understanding and use of physical and

mathematical models

 knowledge of physics concepts applicable

to a range of disciplines

 understanding of how physics relates and

applies to studies in other disciplines

 breadth, depth, and rigor expected of a

student with an undergraduate degree in

physical science

 proficiency and skill in constructing and

performing laboratory experiments and in

the interpretation of experimental observa-

tions

 understanding the theories that support

modern physical science.

This program is the prerequisite to many

research positions offered by government

and industry, and to graduate study. Careers

in physics often require advanced degrees

beyond the BS. Typical opportunities: aero-

space scientist, medical technologist,

systems analyst, astronomer, meteorologist,

industrial hygienist, electronics engineer,

fusion engineer, oceanographer, physical

chemist, geophysicist, physicist.

The university’s nearby observatory on

Fickle Hill has a 16-inch telescope, a 12-inch

telescope, and several 8-inch telescopes for

student and community use. The depart-

ment also offers a well-equipped computer

electronics laboratory.

Preparation

In high school take English, mathematics,

and physics.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR:

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

The Upper Division Area B General Education

requirement is met by the coursework within

the Bachelor of Science degree for either

option in the Physics major.

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses with the “PHYX” prefix for the BS

physics major degree.

Lower Division Core

Core courses required for all majors:

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

MATH 241 (3)

Elements of Linear Algebra

PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A:

Mechanics

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B:

Thermodynamics, Waves

& Optics

PHYX 211 (4) General Physics C:

Electricity & Magnetism

Upper Division Core

Core courses required for all majors:

MATH 311 (2) Vector Calculus

MATH 313 (4) Ordinary Differential

Equations

PHYX 320 (3) Modern Physics

PHYX 324 (4) Analytical Mechanics

PHYX 325 (4) Thermal Physics

PHYX 340 (2) Mathematical and

Computational Methods

PHYX 441 (3) Electricity & Magnetism I

PHYX 442 (3) Electricity & Magnetism II

PHYX 450 (4) Quantum Physics I

PHYX 484 (0.5) Physics Seminar I

PHYX 485 (0.5) Physics Seminar II

Astronomy Concentration

PHYX 310

(3) Spacetime & Relativity

PHYX 360 (4)

Physics of Stars & Planets

PHYX 361 (4) Galaxies and Cosmology

Physics (Traditional)

PHYX 315 (3)

Intro to Electronics &

Electronic Instrumentation

PHYX 316 (4)

Electronic Instrumentation

& Control Systems

PHYX 462 (2) Senior Lab

Those students intending to enter graduate

school in physics should take more courses

in physics and mathematics. For example:

MATH 240 (3) Intro to Mathematical

Thought

MATH 314 (3) Partial Differential

Equations

MATH 343 (4) Intro to Algebraic

Structures

MATH 344 (3) Linear Algebra

MATH 351 (4) Intro to Numerical

Analysis

MATH 418 (3) Intro to Complex Analysis

PHYX 495 (1-3) Selected Topics in

Physics for Seniors —

Undergraduate Research

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR:

BACHELOR OF ARTS

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses with the “PHYX” prefix for the BA

physics major degree.

Lower Division

CHEM 109 (5) General Chemistry I

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus III

MATH 241 (3)

Elements of Linear Algebra

Plus one of these physics series:

 PHYX 106 (4)

College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat, and

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics, and

PHYX 399 (1-3) Supplemental Work

in Physics

 PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A:

Mechanics, and

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B:

Thermodynamics,

Waves & Optics

PHYX 211 (4) General Physics C:

Electricity & Magnetism

Draft

184

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Upper Division

MATH 313 (4) Ordinary Differential

Equations

PHYX 304 (4) The Cosmos

(recommended early in

your program)

PHYX 315 (3) Intro to Electronics &

Electronic Instrumentation

PHYX 320 (3) Modern Physics

PHYX 324 (4) Analytical Mechanics

PHYX 441 (3) Electricity & Magnetism I

PHYX 442 (3) Electricity & Magnetism II

Plus 12 units from the following physics

courses:

PHYX 310 (3) Spacetime & Relativity

PHYX 316 (4)

Electronic Instrumentation

& Control Systems

PHYX 325 (4) Thermal Physics

PHYX 360 (4)

Physics of Stars & Planets

PHYX 420 (4) Optical Systems Design

PHYX 430 (3) Computerized

Instrumentation

PHYX 450 (4) Quantum Physics I

PHYX 462 (2) Senior Lab

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Minor in Astronomy

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses with the “PHYX” prefix for the

physics minor degree.

Lower Division

Take one of the following series of courses.

MATH 101T (3) Trigonometry, or

MATH 102 (4) Algebra & Elementary

Functions

PHYX 104 (4) Descriptive Astronomy

PHYX 106 (4)

College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

PHYX 107 (4) College Physics:

Electromagnetism &

Modern Physics

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus II

PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A:

Mechanics

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B:

Thermodynamics, Waves

& Optics

PHYX 211 (4) General Physics C:

Electricity & Magnetism

Upper Division

Take two of the following courses.

PHYX 303 (3) Life in the Universe

PHYX 304 (4) Cosmos

PHYX 310 (3) Spacetime & Relativity

PHYX 360 (4)

Physics of Stars & Planets

PHYX 361 (4) Galaxies and Cosmology

Minor in Physics

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses with the “PHYX” prefix for the

physics minor degree.

Lower Division

MATH 109 (4) Calculus I

MATH 110 (4) Calculus II

MATH 210 (4) Calculus II

PHYX 109 (4) General Physics A:

Mechanics

PHYX 210 (4) General Physics B:

Thermodynamics, Waves

& Optics

PHYX 211 (4) General Physics C:

Electricity & Magnetism

Upper Division

PHYX 320 (3) Modern Physics, or

CHEM 362 (3) Physical Chemistry II

Plus 3 additional units of upper division

physics courses:

PHYX 310 (3) Spacetime & Relativity

PHYX 315 (3)

Intro to Electronics &

Electronic Instrumentation

PHYX 324

‡

(4) Analytical Mechanics

PHYX 325 (4) Thermal Physics

PHYX 340

‡

(2) Mathematical &

Computational Methods

PHYX 420

‡

(4) Optical Systems Design

PHYX 441

‡

(3) Electricity & Magnetism I

PHYX 450

‡

(4) Quantum Physics I

PHYX 495 (1-3) Selected Topics in

Physics for Seniors —

Undergraduate Research

nnn

‡

Course requires one or more prereq-

uisites that are not required elsewhere

in the minor. See course description for

prerequisites.

Physics

Draft

185

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Political Science

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Political Science —

with concentrations also available in:

Law & Policy

Politics of Environment & Sustainability

Global Politics

Minor in Political Science

Department Chair

John Meyer, Ph.D.

Department of Politics

Founders Hall 180

707-826-4494

politics.humboldt.edu

The Program

Our classes focus on critical engagement

with current political practices globally and in

the U.S. The Political Science major will give

you the skills you need to pursue a career in

political organizing, public policy, government,

or law. Learn how to save the world… one

step at a time.

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 knowledge of political theories, institu-

tions, and processes in the U.S. and interna-

tionally

 the ability to identify, access, read, and

evaluate political science research

 the ability to critically analyze social, po-

litical, and environmental challenges facing

contemporary polities, using support from

appropriate sources

 knowledge of the practice of politics

through experience and reflection on their

experience in relation to social responsibility,

sustainability, and/or the obligations of citi-

zenship in a globalized world

 proficiency in written and oral communi-

cation.

For students who wish to concentrate on

the study of politics as a part of their liberal

arts education, the Department of Politics

offers lower division core and skills courses

in political science and three upper division

elective concentrations focused upon major

challenges and opportunities of the 21st

century. The experience component of our

program recognized the importance of

“hands on” learning outside the classroom.

We strongly encourage our students to

include an international experience, such

as a semester-long study abroad, and/or

to gain competence in a language in addition

to English as part of their major in political

science.

Preparation

In high school take cours es in English, his-

tory, and government.

Dual Degree Pathway (BA & MA)

Students interested in pursuing a graduate

degree while at HSU may wish to consider

the dual degree pathway with the Master

of Arts in Social Science, Environment and

Community graduate program. The dual

degree pathway enables exceptional stu-

dents to earn a bachelor’s and a master’s

degree in five years. Please refer to the

Social Science M.A. program description in

this catalog for more information.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

All courses required for the major must

be completed with a minimum grade of C -.

A total of 41 units are required for the major.

Required Courses (21 units total)

for all Political Science Majors.

Lower Division

Core

PSCI 220 (3)

Intro to

Political Theory

PSCI 230 (3)

Intro to

Comparative

Politics

PSCI 240 (3) I

ntro to International

Relations

Skills

PSCI 280 (1) Core Discussion Seminar

PSCI 295 (4) Political Research &

Analysis

Upper Division

Experience

Select at least one of the following:

PSCI 413 (3) Moot Court

PSCI 376 (2) Multilateralism & the UN

System, and

PSCI 377 (1) Model United Nations

PSCI 482 (3) Internship

Capstone

PSCI 485 (4) Capstone Seminar in

Politics

Select one of the following:

Political Science — Traditional (20 units)

Select a minimum of 20 units of upper divi-

sion political science coursework in consulta-

tion with major advisor.

Law & Policy Concentration (20 units)

PSCI 317 (4) Public Policy Process

PSCI 350 (4) U.S. National Politics, or

PSCI 410 (4) U.S. Constitutional Law

Complete at least one of the following

courses, or all three of the courses above.

CRGS 360 [4] Race, Gender & US Law

[DCG-d]

PSCI 313 (4)

Politics of Criminal Justice

PSCI 347 (4) U.S. Foreign Policy

PSCI 358 (4) Political Advocacy

PSCI 412 (4) Legal Research

PSCI 441 (4) International Law

Plus additional upper division PSCI courses

from any concentration or the list below to

total 41 units for the major.

Politics of Environment & Sustainability

Concentration (20 units)

PSCI 306 (3) Environmental Politics &

PSCI 306M (1) Environmental Politics:

Majors Research Seminar

Complete at least two of the following

courses:

PSCI 352 (4) Water Politics

PSCI 364 (4)

Technology & Development

PSCI 365 (4) Political Ecology

PSCI 373 (4) Politics of Sustainability

Plus additional upper division PSCI courses

from any concentration or the list below to

total 41 units for the major.

Global Politics Concentration (20 units)

PSCI 343 (4) Global Governance

Complete at least 8 units from the follow-

ing courses.

PSCI 303 (3) Third World Politics

[DCG-n]

PSCI 324 (4) The Arab-Israeli Conflict:

History, Narratives &

Nationalism

PSCI 330 (4) Political Regimes &

Political Change

(May be

repeated with different

world regions or topics)

PSCI 340 (4) Ethnicity & Nationalism

PSCI 347 (4) U.S. Foreign Policy

PSCI 360 (4) Political Economy

PSCI 441 (4) International Law

Draft

186

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Political Science

Plus additional upper division PSCI courses

from any concentration or the list below to

total 41 units for the major.

Additional Upper Division Courses

PSCI 323 (4) Topics in Political Theory

PSCI 327 (4) Radical Political Thought

PSCI 354 (4) Media & Public Opinion

PSCI 371 (1-4) Experiential Workshop

PSCI 387 (1) International Education

Colloquium

PSCI 491 (1-4) Mentoring

PSCI 495 (1-4) Field Research

PSCI 499 (1-4) Directed Study

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

All courses required for the minor must be

completed with a minimum grade of C -.

Lower Division

Complete two of the following:

PSCI 220 (3)

Intro to

Political Theory

PSCI 230 (3)

Intro to

Comparative

Politics

PSCI 240 (3) I

ntro to

International

Relations

Upper Division Electives

Complete a minimum of 16 units of 300 or

400 level coursework.

nnn

Draft

187

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Psychology

NOTE: The Psychology Department re quires that all psy chol ogy students adhere strictly

to the Eth ical Stan dards of Psyc hol o gists, published by the American Psy cho log i cal

Association, and to all de part ment procedures and policies con cern ing use of humans

and non hu mans as ex peri men tal participants. Failure to comply will result in immedi ate

expul sion from the de part ment’s pro grams, courses, and fa cil ities.

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Psy chology

Minor in Psychology

Master of Arts degree in Psy chology —

Academic Research, Counseling (MFT),

School Psychology

Department Chair

Tasha R. Howe, Ph.D.

Department of Psychology

Behavioral & Social Sciences 410

707-826-3755

humboldt.edu/psychology

The BA Program

There are two program pathways for the

BA in Psychology. The

Graduate Study

Preparation Pathway

is for students who

desire an advanced degree in psychology or

related discipline or seek a greater under-

standing of research methods. The

General

Psychology Pathway

is designed for students

who plan on obtaining a bachelor’s degree

in Psychology and then either entering the

workforce or obtaining a degree in another

field.

Students will demonstrate:

 knowledge of the major concepts, theo-

ries, and empirical findings in the core

content areas of psychology.

 knowledge of methodological, analytical,

and research skills appropriate to the field

of psychology.

 knowledge of the sociocultural and con-

textual nature of psychology.

 knowledge of ethics involved in conduct-

ing research and working in the field of

psychology.

 skills needed for postbaccalaureate

employment, graduate, or professional

school.

The Department of Psychology at HSU offers

an undergraduate major leading to the BA

degree, a minor program, course options

for general education requirements and

electives, service courses for other majors,

and three graduate programs leading to

the MA degree, including preparation for

the California School Psychology credential,

preparation for licensure as a Marriage-

Family Therapist (MFT), and an MA program

with content emphases in Neuroscience,

Social and Environmental Psychology,

Developmental Psychology, and Behavior

Analysis.

Students have access to physiological and

neuroscience laboratories, research and

computer labs, a library of psychological

tests and measurements, and other re-

sources for psychological research and

applications.

The BA degree with a major in psychology

from HSU is an excellent background for

graduate school and many careers. Many of

our students have been accepted into pres-

tigious nationally recognized Ph.D. programs

and many have gone on to master degree

programs. The psychology major (Graduate

Study Preparation Pathway) provides the

basis for a career as a psychologist or

mental health care worker. Typically, those

professions require a Ph.D. or MA degree.

There are also a number of executives,

lawyers, and business professionals who

earned a bachelor’s degree in psychology

before they obtained advanced degrees. If

you are not planning on graduate school,

psychology graduates (in both paths) still

leave with a number of highly marketable

skills such as the ability to collect, organize,

analyze, and interpret data; write reports

and proposals clearly and objectively;

communicate effectively and sensitively in

both individual and group situations; obtain

information about problems through library

research and personal contacts; and identify

problems and suggest solutions on the basis

of research findings. An undergraduate

degree is also helpful in many health and

social service professions. A psychology

major is helpful for careers in areas such

as a college admissions or employment

counselor, media, management, survey

researcher, or human resources, among

others.

The master’s degree in psychology, com-

bined with an appropriate credential or

Psychology

license, may lead to careers such as school

psychologist, counselor in a human service

agency, marriage and family therapist, or

board certified behavior analyst.

Traineeships and internships with local

public and private agencies are arranged for

graduate students in counseling, behavior

analysis and school psychology. The depart-

ment’s counseling clinic provides additional

supervised opportunities for counseling

graduate students.

Preparation

High school algebra is required and cours es

in bi ology are recommended.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

BACHELOR’S DEGREE

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Lower Division

Select one pathway.

General Psychology Pathway:

PSYC 104 (3)

Introduction to Psychology

PSYC 240 (3) Understanding Research

in Psychology

Graduate Study Preparation Pathway:

PSYC 104 (3)

Introduction to Psychology

PSYC 241 (4)

ntroduction to

Psychological Statistics

PSYC 242 (4)

Introduction

Psychological Research

Design & Methodology

Graduate Study Preparation Pathway

students must also complete at least one

upper-division course from the core or

breadth courses listed here:

PSYC 311D (2)

Human Development

Discussion

PSYC 320 (4) Behavior Analysis

PSYC 324D (2) Cognitive Psychology

Discussion

PSYC 325 (4) Advanced Behavioral

Neuroscience

PSYC 335D

(2)

Social Psychology

Discussion

PSYC 337D (2) Personality Theory &

Research Discussion

PSYC 345L (4) Psychological Testing &

Measurement

Draft

188

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Psychology

Upper Division Coursework

Required for all undergraduate psychology

majors (either pathway)

Core Content Areas in Psychology

(18 units)

Select six of the following seven courses.

PSYC 311 (3) Human Development

PSYC 321 (3) Intro Behavioral

Neuroscience

PSYC 322 (3) Learning & Motivation

PSYC 324 (3) Cognitive Psychology

PSYC 335 (3) Social Psychology

PSYC 337 (3) Personality Theory &

Research

PSYC 438 (3) Dynamics of Abnormal

Behavior

Breadth Requirements (12 units)

Note: Courses taken to meet requirement

above cannot also count for requirements

in this area.)

Select 12 units from the following:

PSYC 300 (3) Psychology of Women

[DCG-d]

PSYC 302 (3) Psychology of Prejudice

[DCG-d]

PSYC 303 (3) Family Relations in

Contemporary Society

PSYC 304 (3) Business Psychology

PSYC 309 (3) Thinking Consumer in

Materialistic Society

PSYC 320 (4) Behavior Analysis

PSYC 323 (3) Sensation & Perception

PSYC 325 (4) Advanced Behavioral

Neuroscience

PSYC 336 (3) Social Influence &

Persuasion

PSYC 345L (4) Psychological Tests &

Measurement

PSYC 400 (3) Health Psychology

PSYC 404 (3) Industrial/Organizational

Psychology

PSYC 405 (3) Environmental Psychology

PSYC 406 (3) Forensic Psychology

PSYC 414 (3)

Psychology of Adolescence

& Young Adulthood

PSYC 415 (3) Psychology of Aging &

Older Adulthood

PSYC 418 (3) Developmental

Psychopathology

PSYC 419 (3) Family Violence

PSYC 436 (3) Human Sexuality

PSYC 437 (3) Sexual Diversity [DCG-d]

PSYC 454 (3) Interviewing & Counseling

Techniques

PSYC 473 (3) Substance Use & Abuse

PSYC 478 (4) Analysis of Variance

PSYC 488 (4) Regression/Multivariate

Topics

No more than 3 units from the following

section may be applied to the Breadth re-

quirement.

PSYC 480 (.5-3) Selected Topics in

Psychology

PSYC 482 (1-4) Field Study

PSYC 495 (1-4) Research in Psychology

PSYC 496 (3) Psychology Research

Seminar

PSYC 497 (1-3) Mentoring

PSYC 499 (1-3) Independent Study

Capstone Experience (3 units)

Choose from the following:

PSYC 485 (3) Senior Seminar

PSYC 486 (3) History & Systems of

Psychology

PSYC 487 (3) Evolutionary Psychology

PSYC 490 (3) Senior Honors Thesis

PSYC 600 series Advanced Seminars (IA)

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Complete at least 15 units, 9 of which must

be upper division. At least 3 units must be

completed at Humboldt.

Introductory Phase (3 units)

PSYC 104 (3)

Introduction to Psychology

Core Areas (6 units)

Two courses from this area in the approved

major courses.

Upper Division Breadth (6 units)

Two courses from this area in the approved

major courses.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

MASTER’S DEGREE

Humboldt offers an MA in psychology under

three separate concentrations – Academic

Research, Counseling (MFT), and School

Psychology.

Admission Procedures

For all three graduate programs the follow-

ing are necessary to submit to the Office

of Admissions, Humboldt State University,

Arcata, CA 95521.

 A California State University application

form. All applicants apply to the university

through calstate.edu/apply.

 Official transcripts of all college-level

work (from every institution attended).

Current HSU students need not request

transcripts.

 Three letters of recommendation dem-

onstrating academic and professional

potential. At least one from faculty, the

others can come from employers or

professionals.

Each concentration maintains different ad-

mission requirements and prerequisites. It

is essential, therefore, that stu dents contact

the Department of Psychology for specific

information.

Programs Leading to Licensure

& Credentialing

Admission into programs leading to

licensure and credentialing does not guar-

antee that students will obtain a license or

credential. Licensure and credentialing re-

quirements are set by agencies that are not

controlled by or affiliated with the CSU and

requirements can change at any time. For

example, licensure or credentialing require-

ments can include evidence of the right to

work in the United States (e.g., social secu-

rity number or taxpayer identification

number) or successfully passing a criminal

background check. Students are responsi-

ble for determining whether they can meet

licensure or credentialing requirements.

The CSU will not refund tuition, fees or any

associated costs to students who deter-

mine subsequent to admission that they

cannot meet licensure or credentialing re-

quirements. Information concerning

licensure and credentialing requirements

are available rom

the Vice President for

the Office of Academic Affairs, Sie mens

Hall 216, 707-826-3722.

Program Requirements

All three concentrations require recommen-

dation by the department for advancement

to candidacy and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in all

work toward the degree, with no grade lower

than a B-. In School Psychology, one grade

of C or below in a required course results in

pro ba tion; two grades of C or below result

in dis mis sal from the program.

Each concentration requires a separate

program of coursework. Contact the

Department of Psy chol ogy for further

information.

Master of Arts degree in Psy chology:

Academic Research Concentration

This Academic Research Program offers a

master's degree with a focus of study in one

of four emphasis areas: Social/Cognitive,

Neuroscience, Developmental, and Behavior

Analysis. Each area provides a background in

methodology and statistics that is paired with

courses relevant to the area.

Program Coordinator

Chris Aberson, Ph.D.

707-826-3670

Draft

189

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Psychology

Prerequisites & Admission Requirements

Academic Research Concentration

In addition to Humboldt State University re-

quirements, the Department of Psychology

requires the following criteria be met for

admission to the program as a classified

graduate student:

 A bachelor’s degree from an accredited

institution or equivalent

 Statement of purpose

 Selection of a specialization area and

desired thesis advisor

 Completion of 24 units of undergradu-

ate coursework in psychology including

PSYC 104 (Introduction to Psychology),

PSYC 241 (Introduction to Psychological

Statistics), and PSYC 242 (Introduction

to Research Design & Methodology) or

equivalent course(s).

 A minimum undergraduate grade-point

average (GPA) of 3.25 in Psychology

courses.

 Neuroscience Emphasis

BIOL 105 (Principles of Biology), CHEM

107 (Fundamentals of Chemistry), PSYC

321 (Intro Behavioral Neuroscience),

and PSYC 325 Advanced Behavioral

Neuroscience) or equivalent.

 Social & Cognitive Emphasis

PSYC 302 Psychology of Prejudice) and

PSYC 335 (Social Psychology) or equiva-

lent.

 Developmental Emphasis

PSYC 311 (Human Development) or

CD 350 (Perspectives: Life-Span Devel-

opment), PSYC 438 (Dynamics of Ab-

normal Behavior), and CD 464 (Atypical

Child Development) or PSYC 418 (De-

velopmental Psychopathology) or equiv-

alent.

 Behavior Analysis Emphasis

PSYC 320 (Behavior Analysis) and

PSYC 322 (Learning and Motivation) or

equivalent.

 Admission will also be based on a match

between student and faculty interests

and the willingness of a faculty member to

supervise the student’s thesis or project

research. We strongly recommend that

students contact faculty in their area

prior to application.

 A student may be conditionally admitted

to the program if the undergraduate

degree lacks one or more prerequisite

courses within their area of specializa-

tion.

Requirements for the Degree: Academic

Research Concentration (all emphasis

areas)

At least 30 units in psychology or support-

ing courses as defined by emphases or

approved by graduate committee. At least

half of these must be at the graduate (500-

600) level.

Complete the following three courses during

the first year.

PSYC 641 (3) Research Methods:

Philosophy & Design

PSYC 642 (2) Research Methods:

Evaluation

PSYC 647 (3) Academic Research

Proseminar

Complete one of the following:

PSYC 578 (4) Analysis of Variance, or

PSYC 588 (4) Regression/Multivariate

Topics

Continuous enrollment in:

PSYC 690 (1-6) Thesis, or

PSYC 692 (1-3) School Psychology

Portfolio Project

Completion of either a thesis or project as

a culminating experience.

Completion of additional courses outlined in

one of the following emphases.

Neuroscience Emphasis

Neuroscience is the study of the physiologi-

cal bases of behavior, particularly how the

brain affects behavior. The Neuroscience

Emphasis provides an extensive back-

ground in biological bases of behavior and

numerous research opportunities. Our

program prepares students for application

to Ph.D. programs in the field of biological

psychology and neuroscience. Students

with degrees in biology (or closely related

fields) may apply for conditional admission

to the neuroscience emphasis without 24

units of psychology courses, if they have

completed PSYC 104, PSYC 241, and

PSYC 242 (or equivalents). These students

would complete prerequisite undergraduate

courses, in addition to the required program

coursework, after admission to the program

to bring their total undergraduate psychol-

ogy coursework to 24 units.

Required Courses (6 units)

PSYC 625 (3) Advanced Psychobiology

PSYC 672 (3) Psychopharmacology

Elective Courses (9-19 units)

PSYC 487 (3) Evolutionary Psychology

PSYC 578 (4) Analysis of Variance, or

PSYC 588 (4) Regression/Multivariate

Topics

PSYC 683 (1-3) Graduate Teaching

Assistantship

PSYC 684 (1-3) Graduate Teaching

Internship

PSYC 480/680 or other courses relevant

to the concentration as approved by advisor

and AR coordinator.

Students may count 578/588 toward one

elective if they complete both courses (see

Requirements for Degree)

Social & Cognitive Emphasis

The Social and Cognitive emphasis focuses

on how thoughts, feelings, and behaviors

are influenced by others and the mental

processes underlying these influences. Our

program prepares students for applica-

tion to Ph.D. programs in either Social or

Cognitive Psychology.

Required Courses (7 units)

PSYC 345L (4) Psychological Tests &

Measurement

PSYC 405 (3) Environmental Psychology

Elective Courses (8-19 units)

PSYC 336 (3) Social Influence &

Persuasion

PSYC 487 (3) Evolutionary Psychology

PSYC 578 (4) Analysis of Variance, or

PSYC 588 (4) Regression/Multivariate

Topics

PSYC 635 (3) Advanced Social

Psychology

PSYC 683 (1-3) Graduate Teaching

Assistantship

PSYC 684 (1-3) Graduate Teaching

Internship

PSYC 480: Selected Topics in Psychology;

PSYC 680: Selected Topics in Contemporary

Psychology, or other courses relevant to the

concentration as approved by advisor and

graduate coordinator.

Students may count PSYC 578: Analysis of

Variance/PSYC 588: Regression/Multi-

variate Topics toward one elective if they

complete both courses (see Requirements

for Degree)

Developmental Emphasis

Developmental psychology is the study of

human development from both normal and

atypical development. The Developmental

Emphasis prepares students to work with

a wide variety of children and their families

or pursue Ph.D. study.

Required Courses (13 units)

PSYC 345L (4) Psychological Tests &

Measurement

PSYC 419 (3) Family Violence

Draft

190

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Psychology

PSYC 518 (3) Advanced Developmental

Psychopathology

PSYC 638 (3) Adv. Psychopathology:

Diagnosis of Mental

Disorder

Elective Courses (2-19 units)

PSYC 303 (3) Family Relations in

Contemporary Society

PSYC 414 (3)

Psychology of Adolescence

& Young Adulthood

PSYC 578 (4) Analysis of Variance, or

PSYC 588 (4) Regression/Multivariate

Topics

PSYC 632 (3) Advanced Developmental

Psychology

PSYC 683 (1-3) Graduate Teaching

Assistantship

PSYC 684 (1-3) Graduate Teaching

Internship

PSYC 480/680 or other courses relevant

to the concentration as approved by advisor

and AR coordinator.

Students may count PSYC 578: Analysis of

Variance/PSYC 588: Regression/Multi-

variate Topics toward one elective if they

complete both courses (see Requirements

for Degree)

Behavior Analysis Emphasis

Behavior analysis is the design, implemen-

tation, and evaluation of instructional and

environmental modifications to produce

improvements in human behavior through

skill acquisition and the reduction of prob-

lematic behavior. The Behavior Analysis

Emphasis develops students' skills in con-

ducting behavioral research and providing

applied behavioral intervention services

for children and adults in areas including

education, developmental disabilities, and be-

havioral consulting. This program is designed

to provide the coursework that constitutes

part of the requirements for becoming a

Board Certified Behavior Analyst.

Required Courses (21 units)

PSYC 622 (3) Advanced Learning and

Behavior

PSYC 655 (3)

Social-Behavioral Evaluation

PSYC 680 (1) Professional Ethics in

Behavior Analysis

PSYC 682 (6) Fieldwork [6 units total

over two semesters]

PSYC 683 (3) Teaching Assistantship

(for PSYC 320)

EDUC

680

(2) Single-Subject Research

Methods

SPED 654 (3) Advanced Behavioral,

Emotional, and

Environmental Supports

5th Year (Blended) Pathway

Students may also apply while in under-

graduate status to begin graduate

coursework, allowing for the completion of

the B.A. and M.A. in five years total. We

strongly encourage HSU students who

satisfy the admission requirements below

to apply for the program in their junior year.

Students applying for this program should

discuss applying with their desired thesis

chair.

5th Year Prerequisites and Requirements

for Admission

 All requirements listed in the section

above titled Prerequisites and

Requirements for Admission, except

completion of B.A.

 Completion of the departmental applica-

tion (contact department office for form)

 Admission is also based on a match

between student and faculty interests

and the willingness of a faculty member to

supervise the student’s thesis or project

research.

5th Year Requirements for Degree

All requirements listed in the section

above titled Requirements for Degree (All

Specializations) with the following deviations:

 Complete PSYC 641: Research Methods:

Philosophy & Design and PSYC 642:

Research Methods: Evaluation during

undergraduate senior year.

 Complete PSYC 647: Academic Research

Proseminar during the 5th year.

Master of Arts degree in Psy chology:

Counseling Concentration

This master’s degree in psychology is ac-

credited by the California Board of Behavioral

Sciences and provides most coursework for

the Marriage and Family Therapist (MFT)

and Licensed Professional Clinical Counselor

licenses. Successful completion will allow

the candidate to apply for internship status

with the Board to accrue the post-degree

hours of supervised practice necessary for

state licensure.

Program Coordinators

Carrie Aigner, Ph.D.

Jen Petullo, M.A., LMFT.

707-826-3757

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 workable knowledge of standard psycho-

therapeutic techniques

 knowledge of and conformance to the

laws, regulations, and professional ethics

related to the practice of a master’s level

psychotherapist

 the ability to understand and utilize re-

search related to the field of counseling

psychology

 appreciation and knowledge of issues of

race, gender, ethnicity, sexual orientation,

and religions as they relate to providing

effective psychotherapeutic interven-

tions.

The master’s program emphasizing coun-

seling provides a solid foundation in clinical

theory and research, along with extensive

training in clinical skills. Supervised field-

work/practica are a required part of the

program, including experience in our on-site

counseling clinic. Students are required to

either pass a cumulative exam or complete

a master’s thesis. The cumulative exam is

given in the fourth semester. The program

is administered by a faculty committee that

plans the curriculum, makes program policy,

and selects students for admission.

Prerequisites for Admission

The following courses must be completed

before the start of the program: Introduction

to Psychology, Introduction to Research

Design in Psychology, and Introductory

Statistics.

At least two courses in: Abnormal Psychology,

Human Development, Personality Theory,

Neuroscience, Cognitive Psychology,

Interviewing and Counseling.

Requirements for Admission

 A bachelor’s degree with a GPA of

minimum of 3.0

 Some experience in human services

and/or research

 Goals that match the program’s

objectives

 The potential for becoming an

effective and ethical psychotherapies

 Resume

 Prerequisite Verification Form

 Demonstrated excellence in oral and

written communication

Courses

First Semester (sample schedule]

PSYC 641 (3) Research Methods:

Philosophy & Design

PSYC 654 (3) Interviewing & Counseling

Techniques

PSYC 658 (3) Theories of Individual

Counseling &

Psychotherapy

PSYC 660 (3)

Law & Ethics in Psychology

PSYC 662 (1) Practicum Preparation

Draft

191

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Psychology

Second Semester

PSYC 518 (3) Advanced Developmental

Psychopathology

PSYC 636 (1) Sexuality Counseling

PSYC 638 (3)

Advanced Psychopathology:

Diagno sis of Mental

Disorders

PSYC 642 (2) Research Methods:

Evaluation

PSYC 656 (3) Couples Therapy

(includes spousal abuse

treatment requirement)

PSYC 682 (1-6) Fieldwork

(to include individual

supervision)

PSYC 690 (2) Thesis (optional)

Third Semester

PSYC 653 (3) Advanced Psychotherapy

with Children & Families

PSYC 663 (1) Licensed Supervision

PSYC 664 (3) Assessment & Testing for

Psychotherapists

PSYC 676 (3) Cross Cultural Counseling

for Individuals, Children &

Families

PSYC 682 (1-6) Fieldwork

PSYC 690 (2) Thesis (optional)

Fourth Semester

PSYC 636 (1) Sexuality Counseling

PSYC 640 (1) Aging & Long-Term Care

PSYC 657 (3) Group Counseling &

Group Psychotherapy

PSYC 663 (1) Licensed Supervision

PSYC 672 (3) Psychopharmacology

PSYC 673 (1) Mental Health Addiction

& Recovery

PSYC 682 (1-6) Fieldwork

PSYC 690 (2) Thesis (optional)

PSYC 691 (2) Comprehensive Exam for

Counselors (optional)

NOTE: Some one-unit courses may be

offered as a weekend course or on a Friday.

NOTE: Students who are unable to complete

the required number of practicum hours

by the end of their fourth semester, must

682 and PSYC 663.

Master of Arts degree in Psy chology:

School Psychology Concentration

Master’s degree in psychology and a

California Credential authorizing service as a

school psychologist. At program completion,

students are recommended to the California

Commission on Teacher Credentialing for

a Pupil Personnel Services Credential with

an authorization to practice as a school

psychologist. Students are eligible to sit

for the national licensing exam to become

a Nationally Certified School Psychologist

(NCSP).

Program Coordinator

Francis De Matteo, Ed. D., NCSP

707-826-4047

The Program

Graduates of this program enter careers

as school psychologists in California public

schools and assume positions as educational

leaders in the area of pupil personnel ser-

vices. Sequenced coursework and integrated

field experience in school and community set-

tings are integral aspects of the program. In

addition to all course and fieldwork require-

ments, each candidate for the MA degree

with a concentration in school psychology

is required to complete a comprehensive

portfolio containing examples of work in all of

the California domains of professional prac-

tice. Students may also choose to complete

a formal thesis as part of their MA degree.

Prerequisites for Admission

Courses in:

 General Psychology

 Research Methods

 Developmental Psychology

 Introductory Statistics

 Personality Theory or Abnormal

Psychology

 Psychological Tests and Measurement

Admission Requirements

 Resume

 Statement of intent

 Prerequisite Verification Form

 CBEST Exam Verification (to be com-

pleted by the end of the first semester.)

First Semester

PSYC 605 (3)

Psychological Foundations/

School Psychology

PSYC 616 (3)

Cognitive Assessment I

Cognitive/Biological Bases

of Behavior

PSYC 641 (3) Research Methods

Philosophy & Design

PSYC 654 (3) Interviewing & Counseling

Techniques

Second Semester

PSYC 606 (2) Educational Foundations/

School Psychology

PSYC 617 (3) Cognitive Assessment II

Cognitive/Biological

Bases of Behavior

PSYC 642 (2) Research Methods:

Evaluation

PSYC 651 (3) Diagnosis & Treatment of

Children for the School

Psychologist I – Cognitive

& Academic Difficulties

PSYC 669 (3)

Legal & Ethical Foundations

in School Psychology

PSYC 690 (1-6) Thesis (optional)

PSYC 692 (1)

School Psychology

Portfolio Project

PSYC 783 (4) School Psychology

Practicum

Third Semester

PSYC 607 (2)

Consultation/Collaboration

PSYC 608 (2) Advanced Assessment/

Case Presentation

PSYC 655 (3) Social-Behavioral

Evaluation

PSYC 676 (3) Cross Cultural Counseling

for Individuals, Children &

Families

PSYC 690 (1-6) Thesis (optional)

PSYC 783 (4) School Psychology

Practicum

Fourth Semester

PSYC 659 (3) Mental Health in K-12

Schools

PSYC 690 (1-6) Thesis (optional)

PSYC 692 (2) School Psychology

Portfolio Project

PSYC 783 (4) School Psychology

Practicum

Internship (Third Year)

PSYC 692 (3) School Psychology

Portfolio Project

PSYC 693 (0) Comprehensive Exam:

School Psychology

PSYC 784 (6-12)

School Psychology

Internship

nnn

Draft

192

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Rangeland Resource Science

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Rangeland Resource

Science

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Rangeland Resource

Science —

concentration in Wildland

Soil Science

Minor in Rangeland Resource Science

Minor in Wildland Soil Science

See Natural Resources for information on

the Master of Science degree.

Department Chair

David F. Greene, Ph.D.

Rangeland Ecology & Management Lead

Susan Edinger Marshall

Department of Forestry & Wildland

Resources

Forestry Building 205

707-826-3935

humboldt.edu/fwr

The Program

Students completing this program will be

able to:

 Identify plants and quantify vegetation

attributes

 Describe, classify and evaluate soil re-

source attributes

 Evaluate rangeland health using national

standards

 Communicate effectively, using oral and

written means, the factual basis,

interconnectedness, and interpretation of

rangeland/wildland soil science and man-

agement

 Demonstrate reasoning and critical think-

ing skills in solving scientific and resource

management problems

Rangeland Resource Science. Learn to

manage rangeland eco sys tems wisely.

Study forage, timber, wild life, rec re ation,

watersheds, and their inter rela tion ships.

Classroom instruction is enhanced by the

uni ver sity’s plant, soil, and animal science

laboratories. Humboldt also has a range

herbar ium. Nearby privately owned ranch es

and federal lands offer excel lent opportuni-

ties for field study.

Potential careers: range conservationist,

biological technician, range man ager, envi-

ronmental specialist, agricultural inspector,

lands specialist, soil conservationist or

soil scientist, range consul tant, natural

resources specialist, water shed man ager,

or ecosystem restoration specialist.

The Rangeland Resource Science con-

centration meets the qualifications for

“Rangeland Management Specialist” and

“Soil Conservationist” classifications for

federal employment, and meets the edu-

cational requirements to apply to take the

California Certified Rangeland Manager

examination.

Wildland Soil Science Concentration.

Learn to address the unique management

requirements and problems of wildland

soils. Wildland soils are uncultivated, natural

soils supporting herbaceous and woody

plant communities supplying timber, wildlife

habitat, livestock forage, watershed values,

and other ecosystem services.

Courses in this concentration cover the

basic physical and biological sciences, intro-

ductory and advanced soil science, and soil

and natural resource management.

Classroom instruction is enhanced by the

university’s soil science laboratories and

greenhouses. Research and demonstration

sites on private and public lands in Northern

California enhance field studies.

Potential careers: soil conservationist, soil

scientist, soil consultant, environmental

specialist, agricultural inspector, lands or

natural resources specialist, restoration

specialist, or watershed manager.

The Wildland Soil Science Concentration

meets the qualifications for “Soil Conser-

vationist” and “Soil Scientist” position

classifications in federal employment. This

concentration also meets the educational

requirements to take the Fundamentals of

Soil Science Examination.

Preparation

In high school take courses in bi ol ogy, chem-

istry, mathematics, and earth sciences.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Complete all courses in the major with a

C- or better.

Core Courses

Lower Division

BIOL 105 (4)

Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resource

Conservation

GSP 101/GSP 101L (2/1) Geospatial

Concepts and Lab

GSP 216 (3) Introduction to Remote

Sensing,

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

SCI 100 (3) Becoming a STEM

Professional in the 21st

Century

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

STAT 109 (4)

Introductory Biostatistics

Upper Division

BOT 310 (4) General Plant Physiology

BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

ESM 305 (3) Environmental Conflict

Resolution

FOR 315 (3) Forest Management

FOR 359 (3) CA & US Forest &

Wildland Policy

RRS 306 (3) Wildland Resource

Principles

RRS 360 (3) Wildland Plant

Communities

RRS 370 (3) Wildland Ecology

Principles

RRS 375 (3) Vegetation Analysis

& Health

SOIL 360 (3) Origin & Classification

of Soils

SOIL 460 (3)

Wildland Soil Management

& Erosion Control

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

Select one of the following concentrations

(Rangeland Resource Science or Wildland

Soil Science) and an associated emphasis.

Rangeland Resource Science

Core courses plus:

ESM 215 (3) Natural Resources &

Recreation, or

FOR 321 (3) Fire Ecology (required for

Fire Emphasis), or

WLDF 301 (3) Principles of Wildlife

Management

Rangeland Resource Science

Draft

193

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Rangeland Resource Science

ECON 423 (3) Environmental & Natural

Resource Economics

RRS 420 (3) Intro to Animal Science

RRS 430 (3) Wildland Restoration &

Development

RRS 460 (3) Rangeland & Ranch

Planning

Approved Electives

Complete one of the following emphases

for the Rangeland Resource Science con-

centration (5-7 units),

or any combination of

courses below or advisor-

approved electives

totaling a minimum of 6 units.

Botany Emphasis (6 units)

Take a minimum of 6 units selected from:

BOT 354 [4] Agrostology

BOT 355 [4] Lichens & Bryophytes

BOT 358 [2] Biology of the Microfungi

BOT 359 [2]

Biology of the Ascomycetes

& Basidiomycetes

BOT 360 [2] Biology of the Fleshy Fungi

Ecological Restoration Emphasis (7 units)

ESM 355 [3] Principles of Ecological

Restoration

ESM 455 [4] Applied Ecological

Restoration

Geospatial Technology Emphasis (6 units)

Take 6 units of advisor-approved GSP

courses (not already taken in core require-

ments)

Fire Emphasis (5 units)

FOR 223 (2) Introduction to Wildland

Fire

and one of the following:

FOR 323 (3) Wildland Fire Behavior, or

FOR 423 (3) Wildland Fuels

Management

Natural Resource Policy Emphasis (6 units)

ESM 210 (3) Public Land Use Policies

& Management

ESM 325 (3) Environmental Law &

Regulation

Soil Emphasis (6 units)

Take two of the following courses.

SOIL 363 [3] Wetland Soils

SOIL 462 [3] Soil Fertility

SOIL 465 [3] Soil Microbiology

SOIL 467 [3] Soil Physics

Wildland Soil Science Concentration

Soil courses are embedded in this con-

centration to meet federal “Soil Scientist”

requirements.

In addition to core courses, complete one of

the following emphases for the Wildland Soil

Science Concentration or

any combination

of the courses below or advi

sor-approved

electives totaling a minimum of 18 additional

units.

Botany Emphasis (18 units)

Take minimum of 6 units from :

BOT 354 [4] Agrostology

BOT 355 [4] Lichens & Bryophytes

BOT 358 [2] Biology of the Microfungi

BOT 359 [2]

Biology of the Ascomycetes

& Basidiomycetes

BOT 360 [2] Biology of Fleshy Fungi

Take 12 units from the following:

FOR 130 [3] Dendrology

SOIL 363 [3] Wetland Soils

SOIL 462 [3] Soil Fertility

SOIL 465 [3] Soil Microbiology

SOIL 468 [3] Intro to Agroforestry

Earth Sciences Emphasis (19-20 units)

GEOL 109 [4] General Geology

GEOL 306 [3] General Geomorphology

SOIL 467 [3] Soil Physics

Take one additional GSP course not taken

in the core (3-4 units)

Take 6 units from the following:

SOIL 363 [3] Wetland Soils

SOIL 462 [3] Soil Fertility

SOIL 465 [3] Soil Microbiology

Ecological Restoration Emphasis (19

units)

ESM 355 [3] Principles of Ecological

Restoration

ESM 455 [4] Applied Ecological

Restoration

RRS 430 (3) Wildland Restoration &

Development

SOIL 363 [3] Wetland Soils

Take two of the following courses:

SOIL 462 [3] Soil Fertility

SOIL 465 [3] Soil Microbiology

SOIL 467 (3) Soil Physics

SOIL 468 (3) Intro to Agroforestry

Sustainable Agriculture Emphasis (16

units)

Take three of the following:

SOIL 363 [3] Wetland Soils

SOIL 462 [3] Soil Fertility

SOIL 465 [3] Soil Microbiology

SOIL 467 [3] Soil Physics

SOIL 468 [3] Intro to Agroforestry

Take one of the following:

BA 378 [4] Small Business

Management

PSCI 365 [4] Political Ecology

PSCI 373 [4] Politics of Sustainability

Take one of the following:

WSHD 333 [3] Wildland Water Quality

WSHD 458 [3]

Climate Change & Land Use

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINORS

Rangeland Resource Science Minor

ESM 105 (3) Natural Resource

Conservation

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

RRS 306 (3) Wildland Resource

Principles

RRS 360 (3) Wildland Plant

Communities

RRS 370 (3) Wildland Ecology

Principles

RRS 375 (3) Vegetation Analysis

& Health

Wildland Soil Science Minor

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

SOIL 360 (3) Origin & Classification

of Soils

SOIL 460 (3)

Wildland Soil Management

& Erosion Control

At least three courses (including one or

more with plus signs

) from the following:

GEOL 306

‡

(3) General Geomorphology

SOIL 363 (3) Wetland Soils

SOIL 462 (3) Soil Fertility

SOIL 465 (3) Soil Microbiology

SOIL 467 (3) Soil Physics

SOIL 468 (3) Intro to Agroforestry

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management, or

WSHD 424 (3) Watershed Hydrology

nnn

Draft

194

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Recreation Administration

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Recreation

Administration

Minor in Recreation Administration

Department Chair

Chris Hopper

Department of Kinesiology &

Recreation Administration

Kinesiology & Athletics 305

707-826-4538

humboldt.edu/kra

The Program

Students completing this program will be

able to:

 develop, implement and evaluate tradi-

tional leisure services and programs within

their specified professional pathway area;

 identify and create leisure opportunities

that maximize participation for diverse

populations;

 apply effective professional communica-

tion, leadership, and management to the

leisure industry;

 select, implement, and evaluate appropri-

ate technologies as related to the leisure

industry; and

 apply professional knowledge, skills, and

abilities to field-based work experiences

within the general area of recreation admin-

istration and within their professional

pathway.

Recreation majors have many fieldwork

choic es through the abundance of near by

parks, wilderness ar eas, lakes, beaches,

rivers, and leisure-oriented or ganiza tions.

Students round out their education by com-

pleting a minor (or minor field of study) in

business administration and an internship.

The internship may be taken any semester,

with the summer option offered through

the College of Extended Education & Global

Engagement.

Organizations employing recreation ad minis-

tra tion graduates include: community parks,

vol unteer agencies, corporate well ness

programs, col lege recreation programs,

com mer cial recreation cen ters, therapeutic

rec reation pro grams, tourism organiza-

tions and outdoor ed ucation and recreation

programs.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Students must earn a C- or better in all

required courses for the major (or their

equivalent, in the case of courses trans-

ferred from another institution).

Core Courses

Lower Division

REC 210 (3) Recreation Leadership

REC 211 (3) Leisure in Society

REC 220 (3) Leisure Programming

Plus one physical education course (1)

Upper Division

REC 302 (3) Inclusive Recreation

REC 320 (3) Organization, Admin. &

Facility Planning

REC 420 (3) Legal & Financial Aspects

of Recreation

REC 455 (1) Internship & Career

Preparation Workshop

REC 482 (6) Internship in Recreation

REC 485 (2) Senior Seminar

Emphases: Select One

Diving Leadership (16 units)

Core courses plus:

REC 252 (1) Diving First Aid,

Introduction to HSU Diving

REC 262 (4) Beginning SCUBA

REC 362 (4) Master Diver

REC 383 (3) Rescue Diver

REC 472 (4) Leadership Diving:

Assistant Instructor

Inclusive Communities (15 units)

Core courses plus:

REC 410 (3) Healthy Communities

Through Recreation

REC 415 (3) Leisure and Aging

Select three courses from the following:

HED 392 (3) Community & Population

Health

PSYC 400 (3) Health Psychology

REC 330 (3) Adventure Theory

& Practice

REC 345 (3) Environmental Education

REC 481 (3) Recreation Practicum

(3)

Child Development course

(advisor-approved)

Outdoor Adventure Recreation (

15 units)

Core courses plus:

REC 330 (3) Adventure Theory &

Practice

REC 370 (3) Outdoor Adventure Rec

REC 375 (2) Winter Adventure

Leadership

REC 430 (4) Expedition Planning &

Leadership

Select one of the following:

REC 345 (3) Environmental Education

REC 435 (3) Sustainable Tourism

REC 481 (3) Recreation Practicum

Tourism Management (15 units)

Core courses plus:

REC 335 (3) Tourism Planning

& Development

REC 365 (3) Travel Industry Mgmt.

REC 435 (3) Sustainable Tourism

Select two courses from the following:

REC 330 (3) Adventure Theory

& Practice

REC 345 (3) Environmental Education

REC 370 (3)

Outdoor Adventure

Recreation

REC 415 (3)

Leisure and Aging

REC 481 (3) Recreation Practicum

Self-Designed (15 units)

Students may design their own emphasis

with a minimum of 15 units of thematic

upper-division coursework; at least six

units must be in recreation administration

(REC) courses. The self-designed emphasis

must be approved by two members of the

Recreation Administration faculty.

Business Minor / Minor Field of Study

Minor (18 units — obtain requirements from

the School of Business)

A minimum of 12 units of business and/or

economics advisor-approved coursework.

Eight units must be upper division.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

18 units required

REC 210 (3) Recreation Leadership

REC 211 (3) Leisure in Society

REC 220 (3) Leisure Programming

REC 302 (3) Inclusive Recreation

REC 320 (3) Organization, Admin. &

Facility Planning

REC 420 (3) Legal & Financial Aspects

of Recreation

nnn

Recreation Administration

Draft

195

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Religious Studies

The religious studies major at Humboldt

State University is unique in its exploratory

nature. Courses cover a variety of subjects,

offering the opportunity to understand the

meaning of religion as it has been developed

both culturally and personally.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Introduction

RS 105 (3) World Religions

RS 120 (3) Exploring Religion

Religion In Tradition

Five courses from the following:

RS 301 (3) Religion in America

RS 320 (3) Sacred Texts: Hebrew

Bible

RS 321 (3) Sacred Texts: New

Testament

RS 322 (4) Sacred Texts: Buddhist

Texts

RS 323 (4) Sacred Texts: Hindu Texts

RS 330 (3) Introduction to Judaism

RS 331 (3)

Introduction to Christianity

RS 332 (3) Introduction to Islam

RS 340 (3) Zen, Dharma & Tao

RS 341 (3)

Spiritual Traditions of India

RS 342 (3) Buddhism in India & Tibet

RS 345 (3) T’ai Chi Ch’üan (Taijiquan)

RS 351 (3) Shamanism & Prophecy

RS 391 (3) Religion in Tradition:

Special Topics

RS 392 (3) Sacred Literature:

Special Topics

Religion In Myth, Culture & Experience

Take nine units from the courses listed

below, including at least one experiential

workshop. No more than three units from

experiential workshops.

RS 300 (3) Living Myths

RS 361 (3) Environment & Religion

RS 362 (3) Wisdom & Craft

RS 364 (3) Cinema & the Sacred

RS 393 (3) Religion in Myth, Culture

& Experience: Special

Topics

RS 394 (1-3) Religious Studies

Workshop

RS 394 (1-3) Sufi Mysticism Weekend

RS 394 (1-3) Jewish Spirituality

Weekend

RS 394

(1-3)

Eastern Orthodox

Christianity

Weekend

Religious Studies

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Religious Studies

Minor in Religious Studies

Department Chair

Vincent Biondo, Ph.D.

Religious Studies Department

Founders Hall 201

707-826-4126, fax 826-3205

religiousstudies.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students will demonstrate religious literacy,

recognizing and understanding diverse

cultural expressions as they appear in

contexts of religious traditions, sacred texts,

international and domestic politics, the arts,

and their own interpersonal relationships.

Students will practice authentic self-reflec-

tion and decision-making as they determine

for themselves matters concerning belief,

practice, values, meaning, and purpose in

their lives.

Students will master phenomenological ap-

proaches to the understanding of religious

and cultural variation, enabling them to

engage diversity directly, with both generos-

ity and justice.

Through their work in classes, but also in

extra-curricular activities, students will mani-

fest sound professionalism in such matters

as time management, attendance, fulfillment

of responsibilities, the ability to follow direc-

tions, comportment, and courtesy.

The objectives of the religious studies major

are best attained in the context of a liberal

arts education. The curriculum lets students

develop an awareness of the capacity for

scholarship, and disciplined and objective

thought on the subject of religion.

The program avoids dogmatism as well as

unquestioning faith or belief, approaching

this area of human inquiry with the same

objectivity achieved elsewhere in the humani-

ties: requiring fairness with regard to the

evidence, respect for reasonable differences

in points of view and the avoidance of any

attempts to proselytize.

With differing world cultures coming into

contact ever more frequently in every field

of endeavor, a religious studies undergradu-

ate degree proves highly relevant. It allows

students to discover, examine and gain

insight into and sensitivity toward the socio-

politico-religious similarities and differences

in world cultures.

RS 394 (1-3) City of 10,000 Buddhas

Weekend

RS 394 (1-3) Evangelical Christianity

Experiential Weekend

RS 394 (1-3) Tibetan Buddhism

Weekend

RS 394 (1-3) Finding Meaning on an

Endangered Planet

RS 394 (1-3) Zen Experiential Weekend

RS 394 (1-3) Wiyot

NAS 302 (3) Oral Literature &

Oral Tradition

Senior Seminar

RS 395 (3) Senior Seminar

27 units must be completed in the major

prior to enrollment in Senior Seminar.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

18 units, drawn from courses for the major.

Introduction

RS 105 (3) World Religions

RS 120 (3) Exploring Religion

Religion In Tradition

Three courses from Religion in Tradition

courses, listed under the major require-

ments.

Religion In Myth, Culture & Experience

Three units from Religion in Myth, Culture &

Experience courses, listed under the major

requirements.

nnn

Draft

196

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Scientiﬁc Diving Minor

Scientific Diving Minor

Minor in Scientific Diving

Advisor

Richard Alvarez

Department of Kinesiology &

Recreation Administration

Kinesiology & Athletics 310

707-826-4539

humboldt.edu/kra

The Program

This minor within the university’s diving

program provides broad-based support of

subaquatic research, education, and recre-

ational activities.

The courses and certifications within the

minor meet diving and training standards

of Humboldt State University, the Nation al

Association of Underwater Instructors

(NAUI), and the American Academy of

Underwater Sciences (AAUS).

As a research, educational, and voca-

tional asset, the diving program is highly

interdisciplinary. Diving has been used by

students, faculty, and staff in the fields of

marine biology, oceanography, fisheries,

wildlife, geology, engineering, industrial

technology, art, business administration,

physical education, recreation adminis tra-

tion,

archeology, and natural resourc es. The

minor facilitates undergraduate studies,

advanced degrees, and careers in govern-

ment or private sectors.

Preparation

All courses require completed HSU diver

certification documentation prior to any

diving, including a university-approved

medical exam (Medical Evaluation of Fitness

for SCUBA, Surface-Supplied, or Free Diving).

Anyone diving under the auspices of the uni-

versity also needs current CPR and oxy gen

provider certification or to be enrolled in

HED 120 (Responding to Emergencies

—CPRFPR) and REC 252 (Diving First Aid,

Introduction to HSU Diving).

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

13 units:

REC

252 (1) Diving First Aid,

Introduction to HSU

Diving

REC 262 (4) Beginning SCUBA

REC 362 (4) Master Diver

REC 471 (3) Scientific Diving

HED 120 (1) Responding to

Emergencies —CPRFPR

[required every two years]

nnn

Social Advocacy Minor

Minor in Social Advocacy

Advisor

Laura Hahn, Ph.D.

Telonicher House, Room 102

707-826-3948

humboldt.edu/communication

The Program

This interdisciplinary program helps stu-

dents who wish to act as advocates for

issues they care about. These concerns

might include the rights of ethnic mi nor ities

or women, protection of the environment,

educational reform, con su mer education, or

antiwar movements, among others.

The program provides opportunities to

learn how various disciplines view advo cacy

and the ethics of advocating (COMM 480),

how to dissem inate infor ma tion about an

issue effectively (JMC 323), and how social

change is effect ed by means of communica-

tion (COMM 315).

Students are encouraged to choose elec-

tives that complement their major or that

extend their understanding of the chosen

issue. The culminating experience challenges

them to apply what they have learned to real

work on that issue in the community beyond

campus.

Students develop both verbal and written

skills in order to influence individ uals and

audiences, to become more aware of their

own ethic of advocacy, and to develop an

understanding of how policy making institu-

tions work.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

JMC 323 (3) Public Relations

COMM 315 (4) Communication & Social

Advocacy

COMM 416 (3) Social Advocacy Theory

& Practice

Culminating Experience

Two or more units by advisement. For ex-

ample: COMM 495, JMC 482, PSCI 471, or

other internship/service learning courses.

Electives

Six units by advisement. Suggest ed:

JMC 429 (3) Advanced Public Relations

PHIL 302 (3) Environmental Ethics

PSCI 358 (4) Political Advocacy

COMM 214 (3) Persuasive Speaking

COMM 309B/WS 309B (3) Gender &

Communication

COMM 404 (4) Theories of

Communication Influence

SOC 475 (4) Community Organizing

TA 307 (3) Theatre of the Oppressed

WS 480 (1-5) Lobbying Women’s Issues

nnn

Draft

197

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Social Science

Master of Arts degree

in So c ial Science — with an

concentration in Environment &

Community

Graduate Program Coordinator

Mark Baker, Ph.D.

Founders Hall 140

707-826-3907

envcomm.humboldt.edu

Program Faculty

Janelle Adsit,

English

Mark Baker,

Politics

Renee Byrd,

Sociology

Leena Dallasheh,

History

Matthew Derrick,

Geography

Yvonne Everett,

Env

Science

Mgmt

Kevin Fingerman,

Env. Science & Mgmt.

Gregg Gold,

Psychology

Nikola Hobbel,

English

Arne Jacobson,

Env

Res

Engineering

Matt Johnson,

Wildlife

Erin Kelly,

Forestry & Wildland Resources

John Meyer,

Politics

Nicholas Perdue,

Geography

Sarah Ray,

Environmental Studies

Laurie Richmond,

Env. Science & Mgmt.

Cutcha Risling Baldy,

Native American

Studies

Maxwell Schnurer,

Communication

Marlon Sherman,

Native

American

Studies

Tony Silvaggio,

Sociology

Jessica Urban,

Critical

Race

Gender

Sexuality

Studies

(CRGS)

Noah Zerbe,

Politics

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 skills to analyze the environmental

consequences of economic and political

structures and decisions

 tools to address issues of race, class,

and gender in environment-community

relationships

 an understanding of community, place,

and sense of place

 knowledge of and experience in diverse

approaches to social science research

and action

 insight from case studies that offer a

problem-solving approach to learning

 preparation for careers in teaching, gov-

ernment, community, and environmental

organizations

 an ethic of service and civic engagement.

Environment & Community

This is a two-year, interdisciplinary graduate

program focused on understanding and

advancing sustainability and community

resilience within the context of social and

environmental change at multiple scales.

The program is committed to conceptually

rigorous, applied research on sustainability

and equity in a manner that transcends a

nature-society dichotomy. Students explore

these topics through graduate seminars

in three curriculum areas: economic and

political dimensions; socio-cultural dimen-

sions: race, class, gender and place; and

environmental dimensions. Capstone topics

for graduate students in this program include

the following general themes: sustainable

food systems, community-natural resource

management interactions, environmental

and social justice, environmental educa-

tion, Native American/indigenous natural

resource management, and sustainable

urban communities. Our graduates pursue

successful careers in the nonprofit sector,

education, private sector, and public sector.

ADMISSION/PATHWAYS

Postbaccalaureate Candidate

Pathway

 Completed BA or BS degree

 GPA not less than 3.0 in the last 60 units

of college coursework

 Three letters of recommendation

 Candidate essay describing goals and

interests

 Ten-page writing sample

 Graduate coordinator approval after

faculty committee review of application

file

Dual Degree Pathway (3+2 BA and

MA Degree)

The E&C program has developed, in con-

junction with select undergraduate majors,

dual degree (3+2) pathways that enable

exceptional students to simultaneously

earn a bachelor’s and a master’s degree

in five years. Although the pathway does

not change undergraduate major nor

graduate degree requirements, students

in the program seamlessly progress from

undergraduate to graduate status. Students

are eligible to apply for the pathway upon

completion of 60 units. A faculty committee

evaluates student applications. Participation

is based on prior academic performance

and other measures of academic excellence.

Contact the E&C coordinator for majors that

participate.

Course Requirements (36 units)

 One three unit proseminar,

Environment

& Community

Research (EC 610), taken

during first semester

 One three-unit research methods elec-

tive, chosen from an approved list, to

be completed no later than the third

semester.

 One unit

Graduate Colloquium (EC 615)

for

three semesters

 One additional course at the graduate or

upper-division undergraduate level from

a list of elective options approved by the

graduate coordinator.

 Six units of Master’s Thesis or Project

(EC 690)

 Three units of field research or indepen-

dent study, (EC 695 Field Research)

 15 units of graduate seminars developed

specifically for this program. Students

take at least one seminar from each of

the following three curriculum areas.

Seminars are developed by the advisory

committee comprised of program faculty.

Curriculum Areas

Economic & Political Dimensions (EC 620)

(some topics below), or Energy, Environment,

& Society (ENGR 532).

 Politics of Sustainability

 Globalism, Capitalism, and Environment

 Political Ecology

Socio-Cultural Dimensions (EC 630) (some

topics below)

 Community and Place

 Klamath River Issues

 Socioeconomics of Natural Resources

in the Mattole

Ecological Dimensions (EC 640) (some

topics below)

 Ecosystems and Society,

 Conservation Ecology and Society

nnn

Draft

198

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Social Work

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Social Work

On campus and online options

Master’s Degree in Social Work (MSW)

Full-time on campus and part-time

online options; advanced standing options

Stipend Programs

 California Social Work Education

Center Title IV-E Child Welfare Training

Program - MSW

 California Social Work Education

Center Title IV-E Child Welfare Training

Program - BASW

Department Chair

Marissa O’Neill, M.S.W., Ph.D.

Bachelor of Arts in Social Work Office

Behavioral & Social Sciences 514

707-826-4448

humboldt.edu/socialwork

Master of Social Work /Field Education

Office

Behavioral & Social Sciences 510

707-826-4443

BA PROGRAM

Humboldt’s BA program recognizes specific

social work competencies and behaviors as

the framework for social work education.

These are noted on the department website

at humboldt.edu/socialwork.

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 demonstrate ethical and professional

behavior, particularly with respect to work

with indigenous and rural communities

 engage diversity and difference in prac-

tice, particularly with respect to work with

indigenous and rural communities

 advance human rights and social, eco-

nomic, and environmental justice, particu-

larly with respect to work with indigenous

and rural communities

 engage in practice-informed research

and research-informed practice, particu-

larly with respect to work with indigenous

and rural communities

 engage in policy practice, particularly with

respect to work with indigenous and rural

communities.

 engage with individuals, families, groups,

organizations, and communities, particu-

larly with respect to work with indigenous

and rural communities

 assess individuals, families, groups, orga-

nizations, and communities, particularly with

respect to work with indigenous and rural

communities

 intervene with individuals, families,

groups, organizations, and communities,

particularly with respect to work with indig-

enous and rural communities

 evaluate practice with individuals, fami-

lies, groups, organizations, and communities,

particularly with respect to work with indig-

enous and rural communities

The BA program is a profession al prepara-

tion program rooted in the liberal arts.

Students develop knowledge, values, and

skills to work with people from diverse cul-

tural, ethnic, and person al backgrounds. The

program is fully ac credited with the Council

on Social Work Education.

Social work students have opportunities to

work with local agencies through a highly

individualized field experience program.

Students find this helpful in building skills

and obtaining jobs following graduation. The

program emphasis is work with rural and

indigenous communities.

Potential careers: services to children,

families, and the elderly; rehabilitation; health

care; community practice; youth work; cor-

rections; employment services; substance

abuse, mental health, and residential treat-

ment.

Generalist Social Work Practice

Generalist social work practitioners work

with individuals, families, groups, organiza-

tions, social policies, and communities in a

variety of settings in pursuit of social and

economic justice. Generalist practitioners

view people and systems from a strengths

perspective in order to recognize, support,

and build upon the innate capabilities of all

human beings. They engage, assess, broker

services, advocate, counsel, educate, and

organize with and on behalf of individuals,

families, and collections of people. Generalist

practitioners engage in community devel-

opment, organizational development, and

evaluation in order to ensure that services

are useful, effective, and ethical.

Admission to the BA Program

Lower division GE courses required for the

major can be taken at a community college

and can be taken CR/NC. Program faculty

can advise students on courses preparing

them for their transfer to Humboldt’s Social

Work Program. For information and/or ap-

pointments, call 707-826-4448.

To be eligible to register for junior-level

courses in the social work major, students

must have completed, or be in the process

of completing, all prerequisites. A cumulative

2.0

GPA and a 2.0 in all social work courses

is necessary to be fully accepted to the

program.

Students who meet the prerequisites need

to submit a “Social Work Major Application

Form” with a personal statement to the

department. Applications to begin the fall

sequence of courses are due no later than

the last Friday in January for continuing

students. Transfer applicants should follow

the Office of Admissions schedule due to

program impaction for transfers only.

Applications received after this date may

not be reviewed in time for placement in

the appropriate major courses. Notification

of acceptance will be made prior to the reg-

istration period for fall classes.

Please note

that all accepted students will be required

to attend a two day on campus orientation

the first week of fall semester.

Full acceptance into junior year coursework

requires students to meet all of the admis-

sion standards and to submit the formal ap-

plication. Provisional status may be granted

to any student who does not meet require-

ments. Students who are given a provisional

status must work out a plan with their faculty

advisor that identifies those areas requiring

improvement and how each area will be ad-

dressed in order to be accepted as a social

work major.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BA

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

section of the catalog, pp. 83-84.

Upper division area D general education

requirement is met by the coursework within

the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in

Social Work.

Course Sequencing

Beyond GE courses, 47 core units are

required for the major. Courses prepare

students for professional generalist social

work and are sequenced to best facilitate

learning and acquisition of skills.

Major

coursework (300-level) always begins in Fall.

Social Work

Draft

199

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Social Work

Prerequisite courses for acceptance to

the Social Work BA Major:

NAS 104 (3) Introduction to Native

American Studies, or

ES 105 (3) Introduction to Ethnic

Studies, or

CRGS 108 (3) Power/Privilege: Gender

& Race, Sex, Class, or

a course that is centrally organized around

a theme related to the experiences of

marginalized groups.

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8], or

PSYC 241 (4) Psychological Statistics

SW 101 (3)

Introduction to Social

Work & Social Work

Institutions

SW 255 (2) Beginning Social Work

Experience

Core Program

Juniors — Fall

SW 340 (3)

Social Work Methods I

SW 340L (1)

Social Work Methods I Lab

SW 350 (4) Human Behavior & the

Social Environment I

SW 355 (2) Social Agency Experience

[may be taken in spring or fall]

SW 382 (4) Social Work Research

Juniors — Spring

SW 330 (4) Social Work Policy

SW 341 (3)

Social Work Methods II

SW 341M (1)

Social Work Methods II Lab

SW 351 (4) Human Behavior & the

Social Environment II

SW 355 (2) Social Agency Experience

[may be taken in fall or spring]

SW 356 (1) Social Work Field

Preparation

Seniors — Fall

SW 455 (5) Field Experience

SW 456 (2) Field Experience Seminar

plus three units of advanced social work

methods courses (see below).

Seniors — Spring

SW 455 (5) Field Experience

SW 456 (2) Field Experience Seminar

plus three units of advanced social work

methods courses (see below).

Advanced Social Work Methods Courses

Six units of advanced social work methods

courses are to be taken in the senior year.

Courses include:

SW 411 [1.5] Distributed Learning

Community

SW 431 [4] Juvenile Delinquency

SW 442 [3] Advanced Social Work

Methods

SW 480 [.5-4] Special Topics

SW 499 [1-3] Directed Study

Field Experience

Field experience courses are restricted to

social work majors. Academic credit for life

experience or previous work experience shall

not be given, in whole or in part, in lieu of any

re quired social work courses.

MSW PROGRAM

Humboldt’s MSW program recognizes spe-

cific social work competencies and behaviors

as the framework for social work education.

These are noted on the department website

at humboldt.edu/socialwork.

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated the ability to:

 demonstrate ethical and professional

behavior, particularly with respect to work

with Indigenous and rural communities,

consistent with advanced generalist prac-

tice.

 engage diversity and difference in prac-

tice, particularly with respect to work with

Indigenous and rural communities, consis-

tent with advanced generalist practice.

 advance human rights and social, eco-

nomic, and environmental justice, particu-

larly with respect to work with Indigenous

and rural communities, consistent with ad-

vanced generalist practice.

 engage in practice-informed research

and research-informed practice, particu-

larly with respect to work with Indigenous

and rural communities, consistent with ad-

vanced generalist practice.

 engage in policy practice, particularly with

respect to work with Indigenous and rural

communities, consistent with advanced

generalist practice.

 engage with individuals, families, groups,

organizations, and communities, particu-

larly with respect to work with Indigenous

and rural communities, consistent with ad-

vanced generalist practice.

 assess individuals, families, groups, orga-

nizations, and communities, particularly with

respect to work with Indigenous and rural

communities, consistent with advanced

generalist practice.

 intervene with individuals, families,

groups, organizations, and communities,

particularly with respect to work with

Indigenous and rural communities, consis-

tent with advanced generalist practice.

 evaluate practice with individuals, fami-

lies, groups, organizations, and communities,

particularly with respect to work with

Indigenous and rural communities, consis-

tent with advanced generalist practice.

Admission to the MSW Program

You must complete the following require-

ments before being considered for admis-

sion:

 Baccalaureate degree from an accred-

ited four-year liberal arts institution.

 GPA of 3.0 or better on a 4.0 scale for

the last 60 hours of academic coursework

(

recommended

 Completion of the following courses (with

a grade of “C” or better): elementary statis-

tics (math, psychology, or sociology; MATH

103 does not count); a course related to

Native American studies. The course must

include a general introduction to the history

of Native peoples of America and the unique

and sovereign relationship between tribal

nations and local, state, and federal govern-

ments.

 Complete the California State University

graduate application via calstate.edu/apply.

Consult the department website for additional

information: humboldt.edu/socialwork.

Conditional Program Admission

Students who lack adequate undergradu-

ate preparation may receive conditional

program admission. Conditionally admitted

students must complete all undergraduate

coursework prior to beginning the master’s

program, including the elementary statistics

and Native American studies prerequisites

with a "C" or better.

Program Schedule Options

The full-time master’s program schedule

consists of 60 units over two years of

study. Students who have a bachelor’s

degree in social work from a CSWE accred-

ited program can apply for the Advanced

Standing Program which consists of 36

units taken over 3 semesters of study, begin-

ning with 6 units offered through the College

of Extended Education & Global Engagement

in the summer.

Part-Time Distributed Learning MSW

Program

The department offers a part-time (3.5

year) Distributed Learning MSW Program

through the College of Extended Education

& Global Engagement. The program is deliv-

ered through online coursework, an annual

on-campus intensive, and other learning

Draft

200

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Social Work

methodologies. Foundation coursework

is completed over the first 5 semesters,

while advanced coursework is completed

over the final 5 semesters. A Part-Time

Advanced Standing Distributed Learning

MSW Program (2 years) is also offered,

which adds 6 units of summer bridge

courses before advanced coursework.

Distributed Learning MSW students enroll

in an additional 1.5 unit “Distributed Learning

Community Seminar” each semester they

are in the program. For more information,

contact the MSW Programs Office at 707-

826-4443.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MSW

Foundation Coursework

SW 530 (3) Social Policy & Services

SW 540 (3) Generalist Social Work

Practice

SW 541 (3) GSWP: Native American

& Rural

SW 543 (3) GSWP II: Macro Practice

SW 550 (3) Human Development,

Diversity & Relationships

SW 555 (6) Foundation Internship

SW 570 (3) Dynamics of Groups,

Agencies, Organizations

SW 582 (3) Research I: Philosophy &

Methods

SW 583 (3) Research II: Qualitative &

Indigenous Research

Methods

Advanced Coursework

SW 640 (3) AGP: Child & Family

Welfare

SW 641 (3) AGP: Integrated Clinical

Practice

SW 643 (3) AGP: Community &

Organization

SW 648 (3) AGP: Adv. Clinical Practice

SW 649 (3) AGP: Wellness &

Sustainability

SW 651 (3) AGP: Indigenous Peoples

SW 655 (6) Advanced Internship

SW 682 (3) Masters Project

Development

SW 683 (3) Masters Project

Implementation

Culminating Experience

Prior to graduation students must success-

fully complete a comprehensive exam.

Pupil Personnel Services Credential –

Social Work (PPSC-SW)

Two social work courses are required in

the summer after completion of the MSW

program requirements. These courses

are offered online through the College of

Extended Education & Global Engagement.

Contact the PPSC Coordinator for more

information.

nnn

Draft

201

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Sociology

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Sociology

Minor in Sociology

Master of Arts degree in Public

Sociology

Department of Sociology

Behavioral & Social Sciences 518

707-826-3139

humboldt.edu/sociology

Affiliated Research Institutes

Altruistic Personality and Prosocial

Behavior Institute

California Center for Rural Policy (CCRP)

Center for Applied Social Analysis and

Education (CASAE)

Humboldt Institute for Interdisciplinary

Marijuana Research (HIIMR)

Humboldt Journal of Social Relations (HJSR)

Department Chair

Mary Virnoche, Ph.D.

Graduate Coordinator

Jennifer Eichstedt, Ph.D.

THE BA PROGRAM

Students completing a BA in Sociology will

have demonstrated the following program

learning outcomes:

 Effectively communicate orally about

social science theory and methods (oral

communication)

 Effectively communicate in writing about

social science theory and methods (informa-

tion literacy)

 Identify systems of power and privilege

and methods for creating diverse, inclusive,

and just communities (social justice)

 Explain the relationships between com-

munities, social systems, institutions, and

the natural world (sustainability)

 Evaluate research designs and analytic

techniques (critical thinking – methods)

Sociology students find an active and sup-

portive departmental culture that surrounds

coursework in sociological theory, methods,

and current social issues. Department

faculty members have a strong commitment

to social justice that shapes course offerings

and content. Students prepare themselves

for sociology-related careers as well as

graduate studies. Service learning, capstone

internships, and faculty-supervised research

are integrated into the curriculum.

The Sociology Student Association creates

additional opportunities for students to

connect with each other, faculty, and local

community organizations. Because of the

breadth, adaptability, and practical applica-

tions of sociology, students with a BA in

Sociology choose to work in many different

sectors: non-profit, private business, social

services, education, health services, public

relations, criminal justice, and government.

Preparation

In high school take math, writing and social

science courses (history, psychology, sociol-

ogy).

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

BACHELOR’S DEGREE

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

pp. 83-84.

A minimum grade of “C” is required for

all courses in the major. Total major units:

47-48.

Core Lower Division (11 units)

SOC 104 (3) Introduction to Sociology

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics, or

STAT 108i (3) Elementary Statistics with

Integrated Support

[Coreq: STAT 8]

SOC 225S (4) Social Issues & Action**

SOC 282L (1) Sociological Statistics Lab

Core Upper Division (17 units)

SOC 303*/SOC 303M (3/1) Race and

Inequality [DCG-d]

SOC 310 (4) Sociological Theory

SOC 372 (1) Proseminar or

SOC 472 (1) Graduate School Planning

SOC 382 (4) Intro to Social Research

SOC 410 (4) Contemporary Theory

Knowledge Based Requirements

(16 units)

Choose four courses with at least one from

each category. Students may request that

a Sociology course not listed be approved to

count in one of the knowledge areas below.

Inequalities and Change

SOC 305*/ SOC 305M (3/1) Global

Transformations

SOC 316 (4) Gender & Society

[DCG-d]

SOC 350 (4) Social Movements

SOC 480 (1-4) Special Topics

Environment

SOC 302*/SOC 302M (3/1) Forests &

Culture

SOC 320 (4) Environmental Sociology

SOC 363 (4) Environmental Crime

SOC 370 (4) Environmental Inequality

& Globalization

SOC 480 (1-4) Special Topics

Communities and Identity

SOC 306*/SOC 306M (3/1) Changing

Family [DCG-d]

SOC 308*/SOC 308M (3/1) Sociology

of Altruism & Compassion

SOC 330 (4) Social Deviance

SOC 411 (4) Popular Culture

SOC 475 (4) Community Organizing

SOC 480 (1-4) Special Topics

Capstone (3-4 units)

Choose one course.

CRIM 487 [4] Community Action

Research

SOC 482 (3) Internship

SOC 492 (3) Senior Thesis

The Department of Sociology offers 1-2 unit

weekend workshops around pressing social

issues and popular topics. We encourage

our students to enroll in these workshops,

but the units may not be counted as part of

the required 47-48 unit major requirement

with the following exception: Workshop units

may be used to “make up” 1-2 units that a

student may be short after transferring

3-unit courses from another college or

university.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

A minimum grade of “C” is required for all

courses in the minor. Total minor units: 20.

SOC 225S

(4) Social Issues & Action**

SOC 382 (4) Intro to Social Research

Plus twelve units of upper division sociology

coursework. No more than one elective for

your minor may be a sociology course with

general education designation, and must be

taken for 4 units.

To best meet student interests, minor elec-

tives should be selected in consultation with

a sociology faculty advisor.

* No more than 8 units of upper division

SOC courses that have GE designations

can be counted toward your major.

** Service Learning Component

Draft

202

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Sociology

THE PUBLIC SOCIOLOGY MA

PROGRAM

Students completing an MA in Public

Sociology will have demonstrated the follow-

ing program learning outcomes:

 Communicate orally at a level appropriate

for an advanced professional about social

science theory, methods, and/or applied

field experience (oral communication)

 Effectively identify and communicate in

writing about central social science contem-

porary theory (critical thinking - written

communication)

 Identify systems of power and privilege

and methods for creating diverse, inclusive,

and just communities (critical thinking - social

justice)

 Explain the relationships between com-

munities, social systems, institutions, and

the natural world (critical thinking -

sustainability)

 Evaluate research designs and analytic

techniques (critical thinking - methods)

The master’s program in public sociology,

focuses on social justice and environmental

sustainability, while fostering a network of

students, faculty, staff, alumni and com-

munity members who are committed to

social change. Public sociology translates

sociological knowledge and skills for com-

munities where these resources are needed.

The concept of social justice emphasizes a

holistic understanding of the relationships

between people, built and “natural” systems,

and the social implications of particular

structures and relationships. Race, class,

gender, and the environment are central

to analysis, as well as strategies for action.

The action component emphasized in our

program is tightly linked to the idea of public

sociology. We understand public sociology

as social change work that draws heavily on

knowledge of social movements, community

organizing, and applied research methods

as particular plans are strategized, imple-

mented, and evaluated.

Our MA students choose an experience

emphasis in either Practicing Sociology

or Teaching Sociology. Regardless of their

emphasis, our alumni graduate with a

solid foundation in social theory and social

research that is marked by a departmental

commitment and curricular integration of

public sociology and social justice, as well

as knowledge and skills for social action.

Sociology faculty members, along with the

Sociology and CJS Community Advisory

Board, cultivate a range of field placement

opportunities for students emphasizing

Practicing Sociology.

Students develop their specialization by

drawing on coursework, carefully selecting

a field placement and working with faculty

mentors.

The Teaching Sociology emphasis introduces

students to pedagogy and theories of learn-

ing, while providing experience with college

classroom teaching. Students explore issues

unique to sociology classrooms, while devel-

oping approaches effective for education

across multiple settings.

The emphasis in Practicing Sociology pre-

pares students for professional positions in

research, business, government, non-profits

organizations and activist organizations. The

emphasis in Teaching Sociology prepares

students for community college and other

education-related professional positions.

Either emphasis is appropriate for students

who wish to continue their graduate study in

a Ph.D. program.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

MASTER’S DEGREE

Common Coursework (21 units)

SOC 583 (4) Quantitative Research

Methods

SOC 584 (4) Qualitative Research

Methods

SOC 605 (1) Graduate Proseminar in

Sociology

SOC 610 (4) Contemporary Social

Theory

SOC 650 (4) Race, Ethnicity & Gender

SOC 665 (4) Community, Ecology

& Social Action

Social Action Electives (4 units)

Select one of the following*:

CRIM 487 [4] Community Action

Research

FILM 455 [4] Grant Writing or

FILM 455S [4] Grant Writing

SOC 350 (4) Social Movements

SOC 475 (4) Community Organizing

* Other courses that are social action

oriented and experience based may be

approved by the Graduate Coordinator.

Area Seminar Electives (4 units)

Select one course in consultation with the

graduate coordinator. A least one of the two

program electives (Social Action or Area

Seminar) must be at graduate (500-600)

level.

Experience Emphasis Coursework

Electives (3 units total)

SOC 590 (1-2) Practicing Sociology

(Enroll in one unit fall semester

of first year. Enroll in two units

spring semester of first year.)

SOC 560 (2) Teaching Sociology, and

SOC 595 (1) Teaching Assistantship

Thesis or Project (6 units)

SOC 690 (1-5)

Master’s Degree Thesis, or

SOC 692 (1-5) Master’s Degree Project

The decision to enroll in “project” or “thesis”

units is based on the orientation and content

of the student work itself and is not dictated

by the experience emphasis. Students should

review the discussion of thesis and project

units in the Public Sociology “Graduate

Manual” and work with the Graduate

Coordinator and their committee chair in

determining the most appropriate course

number (SOC 690 or SOC 692) for their

work. Students emphasizing Practicing

Sociology should enroll in thesis or project

units concurrently with their field placements

(see below).

Grade and Progress Requirements

Students must earn a “B” (3.0) or better in

all courses taken to satisfy the requirements

of the degree. The department reserves the

right to dismiss from the program a student

who does not make academically adequate

and timely progress in moving through

degree requirements. For more information,

see the graduate school handbook regarding

academic probation and disqualification.

ADDITIONAL MA DEGREE INFORMATION

Field Site Placement Requirements

Students emphasizing Practicing Sociology

are required to complete 240 hours of

field placement work that may include up to

40 hours of academic administrative work

such as scheduling and meeting with faculty

advisors, preparing and submitting required

reporting and evaluation information, and

formatting final products as required by

the graduate school. Students should work

closely with the Graduate Coordinator to

identify a placement that will best support

their interests and long-term goals.

Teaching Assistantship

Students emphasizing Teaching Sociology

are required to complete at least one SOC

595: Teaching Assistantship, which provides

an opportunity to be mentored and observe/

learn in a real classroom. Participation in

a teaching assistantship requires prior or

concurrent enrollment in SOC 560 Teaching

Draft

203

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Sociology

Sociology. A student must enroll in SOC 595

Teaching Assistantship (1 unit) each time the

student accepts a teaching assistantship.

Only one teaching assistantship counts

toward the 38 units required for the degree,

though we encourage you to complete more.

Teaching Associates

(Optional)

Students may apply for a teaching associ-

ate position, which is a paid union position.

Teaching associates will work with a faculty

member in one of two large lecture courses:

SOC 104 (Intro to Sociology) or SOC 303

(Race and Inequality). Teaching associates

will run up to three recitation (discussion)

sections with 25-33 students per section.

Teaching associates also grade student

work. This model provides teaching associ-

ates a hands-on experience in the classroom.

Teaching Internship (Optional)

In addition, there are occasionally opportuni-

ties for students to petition the department

to be allowed to engage in a higher level

internship with a faculty member. This allows

advanced students to co-teach a course

with a faculty member. The positions are

reserved for only the very strongest of

new teachers with evidence for readiness

to teach their own class. If selected, one

to two students will work with a faculty

mentor to teach a section of an appropriate

course. The student should enroll in SOC

682 Teaching Internship; the course is not

required for the MA. Prerequisites for par-

ticipating in the Teaching Internship include

SOC 560 Teaching Sociology and SOC 595

Teaching Assistantship, and having served

as a teaching associate as described in the

above paragraph.

Plans of Study Submission Including

Committee Identification

(Semester One)

Near the end of the first semester in the

program, a student should consult with the

Graduate Coordinator to develop and submit

a “Plan of Study” (see website for sample).

The plan sets student goals and strategies

for accomplishment including not only

coursework, but also additional professional

development plans such as professional

meeting attendance and networking strate-

gies. The plan also requires that the student,

with the help of the Graduate Coordinator,

secure the commitment of two sociology

graduate faculty members to serve on the

thesis or project committee. This plan must

be submitted to the Graduate Coordinator

and will be placed in the student’s permanent

file.

Thesis/Project Proposal

(Semester Two)

Working with their committee, the student

should propose their plan for completing

a thesis or project. This proposal should

include a potential theoretical foundation,

data to be collected, and overview of litera-

ture, as applicable. This proposal must be

submitted to and approved by the student’s

full committee.

Advancement to Candidacy Application

(Semester Three)

Near the end of the third semester in the

program, students submit their applications

for candidacy to Graduate Studies. This ap-

plication includes a list of approved classes,

a title and abstract of the thesis or project,

internal review board (IRB) approval docu-

mentation and the signatures of the commit-

tee members, as well as the signature of the

Graduate Coordinator. The application when

approved places the student on the program

for graduation.

Project or Thesis Work, Continuous

Enrollment Requirements, and Leave of

Absences

Once a student is approved for candidacy,

they are required to enroll in at least one unit

of thesis or project work every semester (fall

and spring) until work is complete and each

committee member has provided formal

acceptance of the project or thesis. Students

must file a formal “leave of absence” ap-

plication if they are unable to continue

enrollment (see Graduate School Handbook).

If thesis/project work is in process after

all coursework is complete (except for RP

grades for 6 units of SOC 690 or SOC 692),

the student may choose to meet the continu-

ous enrollment requirement by taking 1 unit

of SOC x693 each term through the College

of Extended Education & Global Engagement.

Supplemental Coursework

Students may enroll in additional courses to

supplement their coursework and further

develop interests and expertise. Students

desiring additional preparation for profes-

sional positions in program evaluation are

encouraged to take advanced statistical

analysis courses in other departments

to supplement their core of methodology

courses.

Conditional Program Admission

Students who lack adequate undergradu-

ate preparation in sociological theory and

methods may receive conditional program

admission. Conditionally admitted students

must complete with an “A-“ or better all

or some of the following undergraduate

courses:

SOC 310 (4) Sociological Theory

SOC 382 (4) Intro to Social Research

SOC 410 (4) Contemporary Social

Theory

STAT 108 (3) Elementary Statistics

nnn

Draft

204

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Spanish

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Span ish

Minor in Spanish

Department Chair

Joseph Diémé, Ph.D.

Program Director

Lilianet Brintrup, Ph.D.

Department of World Languages

& Cultures

Behavioral & Social Sciences 206

707-826-3226, fax 826-4320

wlc.humboldt.edu

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 analysis, acknowledgement, and respect

of cultural expressions and worldviews

of others

 the capacity to be responsible, productive

and compassionate global citizens in a

fragile world

 cultural and linguistic competency

 the ability to collaboratively formulate and

solve problems

 independent and critical thinking.

All classes are taught in Spanish, from

basic to advanced levels, with all four lin-

guistic skills em pha sized: listening, speaking,

reading, and writ ing. Courses in literature

and civilization pro vide the opportunity

for critical understand ing of the cultural

heritage of the Spanish-speaking world,

including the US.

Social events, weekend re treats, lit er ary

workshops, and discussions on social and pol-

i tical contemporary issues provide ample op-

portunity for faculty and students to interact.

Graduates of this program have found

careers as: teachers, interpreters, liter-

ary or technical translators, in ternational

bankers or financiers, travel agents, foreign

serv ice offi cers, foreign correspondents,

and airline employees. Many coun ty, state,

and federal agencies offer jobs for which

knowledge of Spanish is either desirable or

required.

Special Scholarship and Awards. The

Department of World Languages and

Cultures has three permanent scholarships

and awards:

 The Benavides-Garb Family International

Travel Award

Spanish

 The Joe and Helen Bottino Memorial

Travel Award

 The Frank B. Wood Scholarship

All language students are encouraged to

apply for these important scholarships and

awards to enhance language studies with an

international residence. See the department

web page for further information.

Certified Education Program

This program is certified by the California

Commission on Teacher Credentialing

(CCTC). Students who successfully com-

plete this program will have demonstrated

subject matter competency in Spanish and

therefore, will not be required to take the

California Subject Exam for Teachers (CSET)

for Spanish.

SPAN 315S, taken for three to four units,

satisfies the 45 hours of observation

prerequisite by the CCTC for the multiple

subject credential program and/or the

single subject credential program. Consult

with a Spanish program advisor.

Spanish Advanced Placement (AP)

Students with AP credit should consult with

a Spanish program advisor about selecting

Spanish courses. Also discuss the possibility

of counting Spanish AP credit towards the

Spanish minor or, under special circum-

stances, the major.

California Seal of Biliteracy (CSB)

Students who have successfully earned the

CSB should enroll in upper division Spanish

courses at the 300 level and may be granted

credit for the Spanish minor through the

HSU “Credit by Examination” policy with

appropriate documentation. Under special

circumstances, such credit may apply to

the Spanish major. Consult with a Spanish

program advisor.

Spanish Heritage Speakers

Students who are Heritage Speakers of

Spanish should not enroll in Spanish lan-

guage development courses: SPAN 105,

106, 107, or 207. Instead, they should enroll

in Spanish for Heritage Speakers: SPAN

108, 108S, 208, or 208S. Students who

have completed a minimum of one year of

Spanish for Heritage Speakers at the high

school or Community College level should

take upper division Spanish courses at the

300 level. Consult with a Spanish program

advisor.

Preparation

A good background in Eng lish grammar and

syntax is de sir able. Previous Spanish study is

wel come but not required. Students without

previous Spanish language background will

have the opportunity to acquire the language

from the beginning, following the language

and culture course sequence: SPAN 105,

SPAN 106, SPAN 107, and SPAN 207.

Discuss your particular level with a Spanish

program advisor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

Spanish majors must complete 49 units of

upper division major specific coursework. At

least

12 units must be completed at the

Humboldt campus.

Core Courses: 26 units

SPAN 310 (3) Spanish Advanced Oral

Skills

SPAN 311 (4) Spanish Level V, Advanced

Grammar & Composition

SPAN 340 (4)

Introduction to the

Analysis

of Hispanic

Literature

SPAN 401 (4) Hispanic Civilization: Spain

SPAN 402 (4) Hispanic Civilization: Latin

America

SPAN 435 (4)

Spanish Applied Linguistics

SPAN 492 (3) Senior Project

One course from each of the following

pairs: 16 units

SPAN 342 (4) Cervantes, or

SPAN 343 (4) The Golden Age

SPAN 344 (4) Modern Hispanic

Theater Workshop, or

SPAN 345 (4) Hispanic Cinema

SPAN 346 (4)

Borges and the

Contemporary

Spanish

American Short Story, or

SPAN 348 (4) Contemporary Hispanic

Poetry

SPAN 347 (4) The “Boom” of the Latin

American Novel, or

SPAN 349 (4) Contemporary Spanish

Novel

Elective Units: 7 units

Take a minimum of seven upper division elective

units from the 300/400 series (which may

include cours es not taken in the pairs above).

Draft

205

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Spanish

Residency Abroad Requirement

Complete an approved academic semester

program abroad in a Spanish-speaking region

of the Hispanic world, including Spain and/

or Latin America, equivalent to at least 12

units and normally lasting at least 10 weeks.

Students are encouraged to efficiently plan

their academic residency abroad to complete

major and general education requirements.

Program must be selected in consultation

with and approved by the major advisor.

Students are expected to complete their

final semester in residence at Humboldt

State University.

Cost of residency abroad varies according

to program and world region. Be sure to

understand the costs involved and plan

ahead. Consult with the HSU Center for

International Programs office.

Under exceptional circumstances the resi-

dency abroad requirement can be waived by

the major advisor.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

28 units, including:

Core Courses: 23 units

SPAN 106 (4) Spanish Language &

Culture II

SPAN 107 (4)

Spanish Language &

Culture III

, or

SPAN 108 (4) Level III Heritage

Speakers,

SPAN 108S (4)

Level III Heritage Speakers

[Service Learning]

SPAN 207 (4)

Spanish Language &

Culture IV

, or

SPAN 208 (4)

Level IV Heritage Speakers,

SPAN 208S (4)

Level IV Heritage Speakers

[Service Learning]

SPAN 310 (3) Spanish Advanced Oral

Skills

SPAN 311 (4) Spanish Level V, Advanced

Grammar & Composition

SPAN 340 (4) Intro to the Analysis of

Hispanic Literature

Elective Units: 5 units

Take a minimum of 5 upper division elective

units from the SPAN 300/400 series.

Students with a Spanish language back-

ground who begin above SPAN 106 should

take alternative courses, selected in con-

sultation with their minor advisor, in order

to meet the minimum 28 units required for

the minor.

nnn

Draft

206

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Theatre Arts

Bachelor of Arts degree

with a major in Theatre Arts

Minor in Theatre Arts

See also sections in the catalog on Dance,

Dance Studies, and Film.

Department Chair

Ann Alter, MFA

Department of Theatre, Film & Dance

Theatre Arts Building 20

707-826-3566

theatre.humboldt.edu

Program Leader

Rae Robison, MFA

The Program

Students completing this program will be

able to:

 appropriately use vocabulary and his-

torical knowledge from a wide range of

theatre sub-disciplines;

 apply concepts of performance, design

and technology;

 analyze and evaluate scripts and projects

and contribute to department productions;

 create new designs, scripts, interpreta-

tions, and solutions;

 apply principles of effective communica-

tion and collaboration

The goal of the theatre arts major is to

provide a solid and broad foundation of

knowledge, skills, and hands-on practice

in performance, design, and technology

in order to prepare students for jobs in

professional and not-for-profit theatre and

other careers; work in community and non-

professional theatre, and further graduate

study.

At every level of their education, students

in our program are strongly encouraged

to actively participate in departmental and

student productions to translate their class-

room knowledge into practical learning and

experience. In addition, most of our classes

incorporate activities and project work.

Students will begin their theatre training

by approaching foundational knowledge in

history, vocabulary, and other skills that will

strengthen their experiential learning. They

will build on their understanding of principles

of performance, design, and technology in

class projects and productions. As they prog-

ress through the program, students will be

able to analyze productions and apply their

skills and knowledge in more sophisticated

and prominent ways. In their project work,

students will step beyond standard solu-

tions to develop their creative thinking and

problem solving skills. Throughout their

education, they develop strong collaboration

skills and experiences that enhance their

appreciation for the importance of team

work in any endeavor.

The theatre arts major allows students the

flexibility to study performance or design/

technology or a combination of the two

through elective units. Six core units are

shared with the film major, exploring com-

monalities and differences between the

two popular arts. The theatre arts major

prepares students for careers in theatre

and offers skills essential in film, television,

radio, and other production oriented fields.

In addition, students in theatre develop

skills in problem solving, teamwork, creative

processing, collaboration, accountability, and

communication of ideas: skills and practices

demanded in a wide range of careers.

Our annual theatre production season

involves students at all levels in a variety of

plays by the masters, contemporary play-

wrights, and students. Musical productions,

in collaboration with the Music Department,

provide opportunities for students every

year.

Humboldt’s production facilities include a

750-seat proscenium theatre, two smaller

studio theatres, and an intimate thrust

theatre. The program participates in the

Kennedy Center American College Theater

Festival and the United States Institute for

Theatre Technology.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree requirements to

be fulfilled in addition to those listed below

for the major, please see “The Bachelor’s

Degree” section of the catalog, pp. 67-82.

A minimum grade of C- is required for all

courses in the major.

Core Courses [34 units]

TA 104 (4) Story Through Word &

Image

TA 105 (3) Acting I: Principles of

Performance

TA 221 (2) Makeup for Stage &

Screen

TA 237 (3) Production Techniques

TA 328 (4) Production Practicum

[

1 unit course taken for

4 semesters]

TA 340 (4) Theatre History &

Criticism I

TA 341 (4) Theatre History &

Criticism II

[DCG-n]

TA 451 (4) Principles of Stage

Directing

TA 494 (2) Senior Seminar

Take one of the following courses:

TA 331 (4) Scenic Design & Art

Direction, or

TA 333 (4) Lighting Design Stage &

Screen, or

TA 336 (4) Costume Design Stage &

Screen

Elective Courses [14 units]

TA 215 (4) Acting 2: Principles of

Voice & Movement

TA 231 (2) Production & Stage

Management

TA 315 (4) Advanced Principles of

Acting for the Stage

TA 331 (4) Scenic Design & Art

Direction

TA 333 (4) Lighting Design Stage &

Screen

TA 336 (4) Costume Design Stage &

Screen

TA 367 [1-4] Performance Workshop

[2 unit limit toward degree]

TA 415 (4) Acting for the Camera

TA 480 (1-4) Special Topics in Theatre

Arts

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

A minor requires a minimum of 15 units, with

a minimum of 6 upper division units.

Required

TA 340 (4) Theatre History &

Criticism I, or

TA 341 (4) Theatre History &

Criticism II

[DCG-n]

TA 328 (1) Production Practicum

Plus 10 units focused on performance,

design and technology, or a combination of

the two areas selected in consultation with

a departmental advisor.

Note: No more than 3 units total of TA 328

may count toward minor unit requirements.

nnn

Draft

207

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Watershed Management Minor

Minor in Watershed Management

See Natural Resources for information

on the Master of Science degree with an

concentration in Watershed Management.

Advisor

Andrew Stubblefield

Forestry Building 212

707-826-3258

[email protected]

Department of Forestry and Wildland

Resources

Forestry Building 205

707-826-3935, fax 707-826-5634

humboldt.edu/fwr

The Program

Focus on watershed proc esses and interac-

tions between geophysical, biological,

and

socio economic factors in bounded geographic

drainage basins. The interplay between

watershed proc esses and the management

of other natural resources is integral to

these studies.

Visit our webpage at:

humboldt.edu/fwr

Watershed Management Minor

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

Plus one of the following two courses:

GEOL 306 (3) General Geomorphology

SOIL 360 (3) Origin & Classification

of Soils

Plus one of the following two courses:

WSHD 424 (3) Watershed Hydrology

WSHD 458`(3) Climate Change & Land

Use

nnn

Minor in Water Resource Policy

Advisor

Mark Baker

Founders Hall 140

707-826-3907

[email protected]

Department of Politics

Founders Hall 180

707-826-4494

The Program

Before beginning, make an appointment with

the advisor. After completing two courses,

file a program plan.

Students find this background helpful for

careers with public and private agencies,

nonprofit organizations, and the private

sector.

Requirements for the minor: eighteen units,

composed of at least two courses from each

of the following three categories.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MINOR

Policy/Political Process

Two courses from the following:

ESM 325 (3) Environmental Law and

Regulation

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment, or

ENGR 410 (3) Environmental Health &

Impact Assessment

[Prereq: ENGR 313,

ENGR 351, ENGR 440]

PSCI 317 (4) Public Policy Process

Water Resources – Social Aspects

Two courses from the following:

NAS 366 (4) Tribal Water Rights

PSCI 352 (4) Water Politics

PSCI 365/GEOG 365 (4)

Political Ecology

ECON 423 (3) Environmental & Natural

Water Resource Policy Minor

Resource Economics

Water Resources – Physical Aspects

Two courses from the following:

WSHD 333 (3) Wildland Water Quality

[Prereq: CHEM 107 or

consent of instructor]

WSHD 310 (4) Hydrology & Watershed

Management

FISH 320 (3) Limnology

FISH 476 (3)

Ecology of Running Waters

[Prereq: BIOL 105 or IA]

GEOG 473 (1-4) Topics in Physical

Geography

[when offered as

Global Water Resources (3)]

or other appropriate courses as approved

by minor advisor

nnn

Draft

208

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Wildlife

Bachelor of Science degree

with a major in Wildlife —

concentrations in Wildlife Management

& Conservation, Conservation Biology/

Applied Vertebrate Ecology

See Natural Resources for information

on the Master of Science degree with an

concentration in Wildlife.

Department Chair

Richard Brown, DMV, Ph.D.

Department of Wildlife

Wildlife & Fisheries Building 220

707-826-3953

humboldt.edu/wildlife

The Program

Students completing this program will have

demonstrated:

 knowledge of theories, concepts, and

identification procedures in wildlife biology

 use of appropriate evaluative techniques

to develop knowledge and to examine ques-

tions when conducting wildlife/habitat inves-

tigations

 adept presentation of concepts and re-

search findings

 appreciation of sociopolitical factors that

affect wildlife conservation and management

processes.

Humboldt’s wildlife students have the

advantage of liv ing close to the ocean,

wetlands, and many wildlife sanctuaries.

Near ly

five million acres of na tional forest,

parks, and public wilder ness lands offer

hands-on study of wildlife, ecology, and

man-

agement. Students fre quently take field

trips

to surrounding wildlife areas and focus on

laboratory study.

Humboldt’s graduates do well as: wildlife

biologists, soil scientists, wildlife managers,

wildlife refuge managers, park rangers,

naturalists, preserve managers, fish and

game wardens, conservation offi cers, fisher-

ies technicians, forestry technicians, range

conservationists, agricultural inspectors,

and environmental planners.

Preparation

In high school take mathe matics, chem istry,

biology, and any envi ronmental stud ies that

may be available. Students are expected to

be proficient in computer applications.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR

For a description of degree require-

ments to be fulfilled in addition to those

listed below for the major, please see “The

Bachelor’s Degree” section of the catalog,

pp. 67-82., and “The Master’s Degree”

pp. 83-84.

Wildlife Management &

Conservation Concentration

Lower Division

Life Sciences

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

Physical Sciences

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry

One of the following:

CHEM 110 (5) General Chemistry II

CHEM 128 (3) Introduction to Organic

Chemistry

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

[Prereq: GSP

101/GSP 101L]

PHYX 106 (4) College Physics:

Mechanics & Heat

SOIL 260 (3) Intro to Soil Science

Mathematics

MATH 102 (4) Algebra & Elementary

Functions or equivalent

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

Conservation, Policy & Administration

WLDF 210 (3) Introduction to Wildlife

Conservation and

Administration

WLDF 244 (1) Wildlife Policy & Animal

Welfare

Upper Division

BOT 330 (2)

Plant Ecology (lecture only)

BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

WLDF 301 (3)

Principles of Wildlife

Management

PHIL 302 (3) Environmental Ethics, or

WLDF 309 (3)

Case Studies

Environmental Ethics, or

ESM 425 (3) Environmental Impact

Assessment

WLDF 311 (4) Wildlife Techniques

WLDF 365 (3) Ornithology I

ZOOL 356 (3) Mammalogy

ZOOL 354 (4) Herpetology, or

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology, or

ZOOL 314 (5) Invertebrate Zoology, or

ZOOL 358 (4) General Entomology

Life Forms & Applied Science/Manage-

ment

Two of the following courses:

WLDF 420 (3) Wildlife Management

(Waterfowl)

WLDF 421 (3) Wildlife Management

(Upland Game)

WLDF 422 (3) Wildlife Management

(Mammals)

WLDF 423 (3) Wildlife Management

(Nongame)

Habitat Ecology/Management

One of the following courses:

WLDF 430 (3) Ecology & Management

of Wetland Habitats

WLDF 431 (3) Ecology & Management

of Upland Habitats

Advanced Classes

Two of the following courses:

WLDF 450 (3) Principles of Wildlife

Diseases

WLDF 460 (3) Conservation Biology

WLDF 464 (3) Urban Wildlife Ecology

WLDF 468 (3) Spatial Wildlife Ecology

WLDF 470 (3) Animal Energetics

WLDF 475 (3) Wildlife Ethology

WLDF 478 (3) Ecology of Wildlife

Populations

Capstone Classes

WLDF 485 (1) Senior Seminar

WLDF 490 (3) Honors Thesis, or

WLDF 492

(3)

Senior Project, Service, or

WLDF 495 (3) Senior Project

Conservation Biology/Applied

Vertebrate Ecology Concentration

Lower Division

Life Sciences

BIOL 105 (4) Principles of Biology

BOT 105 (4) General Botany

ZOOL 110 (4) Introductory Zoology

Physical Sciences

CHEM 107 (4) Fundamentals of

Chemistry

CHEM 128 (3) Introduction to Organic

Chemistry

Draft

209

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Wildlife

Mathematics

MATH 105 (3) Calculus for the Biological

Sciences & NR

STAT 109 (4) Introductory Biostatistics

Conservation, Policy & Administration

WLDF 210 (3) Intro to Wildlife

Conservation and

Administration

WLDF 244 (1) Wildlife Policy and

Animal Welfare

Upper Division

BOT 330/330L (2/1) Plant Ecology and

Plant Ecology Lab

BIOL 340 (4) Genetics, or

FISH 474 (4) Conservation Genetics of

Fish and Wildlife

BOT 350 (4) Plant Taxonomy

WLDF 301 (3) Principles of Wildlife

Management

WLDF 311 (4) Wildlife Techniques

WLDF 365 (3) Ornithology I

WLDF 460 (3) Conservation Biology

ZOOL 356 (3) Mammalogy

Life Forms & Applied Science/Mgmt.

One of the following courses:

WLDF 420 (3) Wildlife Management

(Waterfowl)

WLDF 421 (3) Wildlife Management

(Upland Game)

WLDF 422 (3) Wildlife Management

(Mammals)

WLDF 423 (3) Wildlife Management

(Nongame)

Habitat Ecology/Management

One of the following courses:

WLDF 430 (3) Ecology & Management

of Wetlands Habitats for

Wildlife

WLDF 431 (3) Ecology & Management

of Upland Habitats for

Wildlife

Advanced Classes

Two of the following courses:

WLDF 450 (3) Principles of Wildlife

Diseases

WLDF 464 (3) Urban Wildlife Ecology

WLDF 468 (3) Spatial Wildlife Ecology

WLDF 470 (3) Animal Energetics

WLDF 475 (3) Wildlife Ethology

WLDF 478 (3) Ecology of Wildlife

Populations

Capstone Classes

WLDF 485 (1) Senior Seminar

WLDF 490 (3) Honors Thesis, or

WLDF 492

(3)

Senior Project, Service, or

WLDF 495 (3) Senior Project

Elective Course

One of the following courses:

GSP 270 (3) Geographic Information

Science (GIS)

[Prereq: GSP

101/GSP 101L]

FISH 310 (4) Ichthyology

STAT 333 (4) Linear Regression

Models/ANOVA

STAT 406 (4) Sampling Design

& Analysis

STAT 504 (4) Multivariate Statistics

ZOOL 310 (4) Animal Physiology

ZOOL 314 (5) Invertebrate Zoology

ZOOL 354 (4) Herpetology

ZOOL 358 (4) General Entomology

nnn

Draft

210

2019-2020 Humboldt State University Catalog

Women’s Studies Minor

Minor in Women’s Studies

Certificate of Study in Women’s Studies

(See Certificates of Study)